P. 1
Gas Turbine Operation

Gas Turbine Operation

|Views: 2,541|Likes:
Published by msc396

More info:

Published by: msc396 on Feb 05, 2013
Copyright:Attribution Non-commercial

Availability:

Read on Scribd mobile: iPhone, iPad and Android.
download as PDF, TXT or read online from Scribd
See more
See less

12/14/2015

pdf

text

original

g

GE Energy Services

MS9001EA Gas Turbine Operations Training Manual ENEL
Ras Laffan, Qatar
Turbine Numbers T9E152, T9E154, T9E155 & T9E160 Tab 1 Gas Turbine Overview MS9001EA Gas Turbine Functional Description MS9001E Gas Turbine Fundamentals MS9001EA Cross Section MS6001B Gas Turbine Unit Description Gas Turbine Arrangement (ML 0406) Gas Turbine Compressor Rotor Assembly Gas Turbine, Turbine Rotor Assembly Variable Inlet Guide Vane Arrangement (ML 0811) First-Stage Nozzle Second-Stage Nozzle Third-Stage Nozzle No 2 Bearing Arrangement Turbine Control Device System Description (Typical) Schematic Diagram – Turbine Control Devices (ML 0415) Inlet and Exhaust Systems System Description (Typical) Schematic Diagram – Inlet and Exhaust Flow (ML 0471) (Typical) Schematic Diagram – Inlet Air Heating (ML 0432) Lubricating Oil System System Description Schematic Diagram – PP Lube Oil (ML 0416) Hydraulic Supply System System Description Schematic Diagram – PP Hydraulic Supply (ML 0434) Trip Oil System System Description Schematic Diagram – PP Trip Oil Gas Fuel System Fuel Gas Control System Schematic Diagram – PP Fuel Gas (ML 0422) Schematic Diagram – PP Fuel Purge (ML 0477) Moog Servo Valve Assembly 9E Description A00203 9001E Cross Section 91-104E8224 9EA CPSR 9EA TURB 91-172D7245 9EA NZ1 9EA NZ2 9EA NZ3 9EA BRG2 A00079 356B2601 AEIS 5166 351B7195 239C7268 LubeOil 202D8427 HydOil 356B2725 TripOil 91-316352 GASSTD00 356B2265 91-315296 MOOG2

Tab 2

Tab 3

Tab 4

Tab 5

Tab 6

Tab 7

g
Tab 8 Tab 9 Cooling Water System Cooling Water System Description Schematic Diagram – PP Cooling Water (ML 0420) Compressor Water Wash System Compressor Water Wash System Description Schematic Diagram – PP Wash System (ML 0442) Gas Turbine Compressor Washing Field Performance Testing Starting System System Description (Typical) Schematic Diagram – Starting Means (ML 0421) Inlet Guide Vane Control System Guide Vane Control System Description Schematic Diagram – IGV (ML 0469)

GE Energy Services
Cooling and Sealing Air System System Description Schematic Diagram – PP Cooling and Sealing Air (ML 0417) Turbine Cooling Arrangement CoolSeal 239C7408 9EA Turbine Cooling CoolWater 360B1319 WW5146 356B2267 GEK 110220A GEK 28166A SS0418 356B2630 GEK106910 91-242B9854 VH5166 91-313088 FP5166 356B2647 91-317644 91-318940 A00052A A00023A GER 3658D GEH 5979D GEK 107359

Tab 10

Tab 11

Tab 12

Tab 13

Heating and Ventilating System System Description Schematic Diagram – Heating and Ventilation (ML 0436) Fire Protection System Fire Protection System Description Schematic Diagram – Fire Protection System (ML 0426) Schematic Diagram – Gas Detection (ML 0474) SPEEDTRONICTM Mark V Control Control Hierarchy Gas Turbine Operator Commands Fundamentals of Mark V Control System Mark V Turbine Control System Turbine Control Users Manual SPEEDTRONICTM Mark V Annunciator Troubleshooting Chart Gas Turbine Operation GE Gas Turbine Performance Characteristics Unit Operation / Turbine Reference Drawings Device Summary (ML 0414) Piping Symbols Glossary of Terms Basic Device Nomenclature International Conversion Tables

Tab 14

Tab 15

Tab 16

GER 3567H UOGTNODLN1

Tab 17

372A8094 277A2415G C00023 A00029B GEK 95149C

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

GE Power Systems

GAS TURBINE FUNDAMENTALS
Model Series 9001E

Simple-Cycle, Single-Shaft Heavy-Duty Gas Turbine

id0002

Figure 1

GENERAL
Figure 1 depicts a General Electric simple–cycle single–shaft, heavy–duty gas turbine. It is an internal combustion engine which produces energy through a cycle similar to the Otto or Diesel cycles in that the three cycles consist of the same four stages: compression, combustion, expansion, and exhaust. There are, however, differences in the details of the three cycles which are worth examining.

The Diesel Cycle
The Diesel Cycle, Figure 3, is similar, except that combustion takes place at a constant pressure (2–3). This is accomplished by injecting fuel at a rate sufficient to compensate for the volume change. Expansion and exhaust then take place as it does in the Otto Cycle.
P = PRESSURE V = VOLUME

2

3 4 1

The Otto Cycle
In the Otto Cycle, Figure 2, the compression stroke (from 1 to 2) is followed by combustion of constant volume (2 to 3) resulting in increased pressure. The pressure causes expansion (3 to 4) with exhaust taking place between points 4 and 1.
3
P = PRESSURE V = VOLUME

P

V
id0022

Figure 3 Diesel Cycle

The Brayton Cycle
In both the Otto and Diesel cycles a loss occurs due to the pressure drop involved in the exhaust stroke. This loss is avoided by creating a cycle in which the exhaust stroke is longer than the compression stroke, thus allowing the working fluid to be expanded to atmospheric pressure. Such a cycle has been devised, and is called a Brayton Cycle (Figure 4). It is also called a Constant Pressure Cycle since combustion and exhaust both take place at constant
1

P

2

4 1 V
id0021

Figure 2 Otto Cycle
A00203

GAS TURBINE FUNDAMENTALS

GE Power Systems
pressure. When the Brayton Cycle is worked out for a steady–flow process, we have the simple gas turbine cycle.

GENERAL DESCRIPTION
The Model Series 9001E gas turbine is a 3000–rpm, single–shaft, simple–cycle power package that basically requires only fuel and fuel connections, generator breaker connections, and an AC–power source for turbine start–up. The MS9001E is also available in a combined–cycle configuration for applications utilizing a Heat Recovery Steam Generator or similar device.

2

3
P = PRESSURE V = VOLUME

P 4 1 V
id0010

GAS TURBINE UNIT
The gas turbine unit consists of a 17–stage axial– flow compressor and a 3–stage power turbine. Each section, compressor rotor and turbine rotor, is assembled separately and then joined together. Through–bolts connect the compressor rotor wheels to the forward and aft stubshafts. The turbine rotor also utilizes through–bolt construction with spacer wheels between the first– and second–stage and the second– and third–stage wheels. The assembled rotor is a three–bearing design utilizing pressure–feed elliptical and tilt–pad journal bearings. The three–bearing design assures that rotor–critical speeds are above the operating speed and allows for optimum turbine bucket/turbine shell clearances.

Figure 4 Brayton Cycle

In the simple gas turbine cycle, combustion and exhaust occur at constant pressure and compression and expansion occur continuously, rather than intermittently as in the Otto or Diesel cycles. This means that gas turbine power is continuously available, whereas in a reciprocating engine power takeoff is available only on the expansion stroke. Figure 5 schematically represents the hardware necessary for the cycle. The points on Figures 4 and 5 are consistent. At point 1, air enters the compressor (c). The high pressure compressor discharge air at point 2 is mixed with fuel in the burner (b). The product of this continuous combustion at point 3 enters the turbine (t), and is expanded to atmospheric pressure (point 4). The turbine provides the horsepower to drive the compressor and load (in this case, a generator).

TURBINE COMPONENTS – OVERVIEW
The major components of the gas turbine are the rotor components, primarily the axial flow compressor and the turbine wheels; the stationary components, primarily the compressor casings, turbine shell, and nozzles; and the combustion components.

FUEL 2 b 3 4

c

t

GEN

1 AIR

c = COMPRESSOR b = BURNERS t = TURBINE
id0017

Casings
The casings make up the structural backbone of the gas turbine. This structure supports the rotating ele2
A00203

Figure 5 Fundamental Gas Turbine

GAS TURBINE FUNDAMENTALS

92 bar (130 to 185 psig). turbine wheels. Nozzles General Electric turbines are of the impulse or high– energy stage design (i. Compressor The function of the axial flow compressor is to furnish high pressure air to the combustion chambers for the production of the hot gases necessary to operate the turbine. The combustion gases are then diluted with excess air to achieve the desired gas temperature at the inlet of the first–stage turbine nozzle. therefore. cooling and diluting the gases which now pass through transition pieces to the turbine first–stage nozzle. This is accomplished by burning fuel mixed with compressor discharge air. The air which continuously discharges from the compressor will occupy a smaller volume at the compressor discharge than at the inlet and.5:1. In addition to cooling the combustion liners. Turbine The turbine wheels are an area of primary importance because they are the point at which the kinetic energy of the hot gases is converted into useful rotational. mechanical energy by the turbine buckets. pressure and heat conversion in the nozzle). This energy is directed to the buckets which use this energy to rotate the shaft.R. driving the axial compressor and load. The amount of air necessary to cool the liner wall and dilute the hot gas to the temperature desired at the first–stage nozzle is about four times that required for complete combustion. compressor discharge air mixes with the combustion gases downstream of the combustion reaction zone. and provides a surface of revolution for the blading to operate while maintaining minimum radial and axial clearance and. will have a temperature of 315°C to 360°C (600°F to 680°F). + Atmos Press ) Compressor Disch Pressure (Atmospheric Pressure) Combustion System The overall function of the combustion system is to supply the heat energy to the gas turbine cycle.e. Fuel is injected into the forward end of the liners where it mixes with the compressor discharge air and combustion takes place. due to heating during compression. A00203 GAS TURBINE FUNDAMENTALS . The schematic operation of the single–shaft simple– cycle gas turbine may be seen in Figure 6. C. functions as a pressure vessel to contain the turbine’s working fluids of compressed air and combustion gases.. thereby creating hot gases with temperatures in excess of 1650°C (3000°F) in the flame zone. The high pressure drop across the nozzle imparts a high velocity (kinetic energy) to the combustion gases. depending on frame size. Air enters the inlet of the multistage compressor where it is compressed from atmospheric pressure to approximately 8.GE Power Systems ments through its bearing housings. As well as being used for combustion. optimum performance. Compressor discharge air is distributed to these chambers where it is bled into a cylindrical combustion liner. The combustion system consists of a number of similar combustion chambers.95 to 12. This produces the power necessary to meet the load requirements and drive the axial–flow compressor. and other portions of the hot–gas path. 3 again dependent on frame size. the relatively cool compressor discharge air acts as a blanket to protect the liners from the heat of combustion. Since only a portion of its output is used for combustion the compressor also serves as a source of cooling air for the turbine nozzles. this “excess air” in the turbine exhaust makes it possible to install auxiliary burners in a Heat Recovery Steam Generator if so desired. transition pieces. This gives a Compressor Pressure Ratio of approximately 10:1 to 13.

GE Power Systems ATMOSPHERIC AIR IGNITION (FOR STARTUP) EXHAUST COMPRESSED AIR COMBUSTION CHAMBER HOT GASES FUEL TORQUE OUTPUT TO DRIVEN ACCESSORIES TORQUE INPUT FROM STARTING DEVICE COMPRESSOR TURBINE TORQUE OUTPUT TO DRIVEN LOAD ROTOR id0020 Figure 6 Simple–Cycle Gas Turbine Operation GE Power Systems Training GAS TURBINE FUNDAMENTALS 4 A00203 .

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

Temperature Detection – using precision thermocouples: Compressor discharge – (CT–DA–1. with functions including the following: a. combustion ignition to the three (3) <RST> controllers in the Speedtronic control panel to provide temperature inputs to the combustion monitor and exhaust temperature control. The devices are located in the inlet and exhaust plenums and mounted on the gas turbine unit. Turbine Shaft Speed Detection – using magnetic type pickups: Forward Compressor Stub Shaft – (77NH–1. alarm. 2). loading. Selected groupings of six (6) thermocouples are wired C00079 1 TURBINE CONTROL DEVICES . Exhaust Plenum The devices mounted in the exhaust plenum are the turbine exhaust control and protection thermocouples (TT–XD–1 thru 18). 3) This function is to provide a speed signal reference for the Speedtronic controls during start–up. and are used as an indication of the ambient temperature to the compressor inlet. Flange–to–Flange Gas Turbine The remaining devices mounted on the turbine itself are grouped in the following categories: Bearing Vibration Detection – using velocity (seismic) type sensors: #1 Bearing Housing – (39V–1A. 2. sensors. temperature measurement b. 1B) #2 Bearing Housing – (39V–2A) #3 Bearing Housing – (39V–3A. and shutdown of the turbine unit. FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION Inlet Plenum The devices mounted in the forward wall of the inlet plenum are the compressor inlet temperature thermocouples (CT–IF–1. flame detection e. and trip functions. and transducers used to monitor and control the operation of the flangeto-flange gas turbine. speed measurement d. 3B) These devices function are to monitor and protect the turbine rotor and bearings from excessive vibration and damage.GE Power Systems TURBINE CONTROL DEVICES MS7001EA GENERAL DESCRIPTION The turbine control devices are all of the control components. 2) This function provides a compressor discharge temperature corrected reference for Pcd bias control during IGV operation and speed control. and the primary function is to provide turbine exhaust temperature measurements 360° around all ten (10) combustors. vibration detection c.

2) Second stage WS2FO–1. This function is to protect the turbine bearings and rotor journal surfaces from overheating and failure (i. 2A. Flame Detection–using ultraviolet radiation type sensors: flame detectors (28FD–2. 10) in combustors # 1 & 10 ignition transformers (95TR–1. 12) [axial]. 1B. 23. 1B. 2) Second stage aft outer (TT–WS2AO–1. Inlet plenum RTD (CT–IF–3/RTD) 2 #1 Bearing Housing – (39VS–11. The compressor inlet pressure and temperature values must be measured in order to perform this function. 7. 7. 8) in combustors # 2. 3. 2B) Thrust Bearing – Inactive Lands – (BT– TI1–1A. 1B. 3. 8 This function is to indicate the presence of flame in the combustors during turbine start–up and normal operation. 2) forward outer (TT– Bearing Metal Thermocouples The turbine unit journal and thrust bearings are equipped with bearing metal thermocouples embedded into the bearing babbitt metal with the function to monitor the “actual” bearing temperatures during operation and give an alarm indication if the metal temperature is too high. 24) [radial] #3 Bearing Housing – (39VS–31. 1B. 2) forward outer (TT– Turbine inner barrel (TT–IB–1) This function is to protect the turbine hot section parts such as nozzles. 2B) #3 main journal bearing – (BT–J3–1A. and shutdown. 2A. 2) Third stage WS3FO–1. 12) [radial] & (96VC–11. The thermocouples are placed in the following locations: #1 main journal bearing – (BT–J1–1A. 32) [radial] Third stage aft outer (TT–WS3AO–1. 2B) Turbine Performance Monitor The compressor inlet bellmouth area has total pressure probes included as well as an RTD mounted to monitor the compressor performance during turbine unit operation. Combustion Ignition–using devices as: spark plugs (95SP–1. The system includes the following equipment: a. 2) First stage forward inner (TT–WS1FI–1. 2A. “wiped”). 1B.e. (77RP–11) [key phasor] #2 Bearing Housing – (39VS–21. and wheels from damage due to excessive temperatures during start–up. 2) First stage forward outer (TT–WS1FO–1. 2A. 2B) Thrust Bearing – Active Lands – (BT– TA1–1A.GE Power Systems Turbine Wheelspaces as: First stage aft outer (TT–WS1AO–1. 2B) #2 main journal bearing – (BT–J2–1A. buckets. 22. 2A. mounted on turbine base 10) This function is to light–off the combustors and establish combustion during turbine start–up. SPECIAL CUSTOMER OPTIONS Bearing Vibration Monitoring – using proximity (non–contacting) type position sensors: TURBINE CONTROL DEVICES C00079 . normal operation.

Performance monitor manifold with valving & condensate drain traps d. C00079 3 TURBINE CONTROL DEVICES . Total and static pressure probes c. that is located off– base in close proximity to the turbine compartment inlet and exhaust plenums. The pressure sensing lines are run from the plenums to the monitor manifold connections for the transducers.GE Power Systems b. Pressure transducers to measure: inlet air total pressure (96CS) bellmouth differential pressure (96BD) barometric pressure (96AP) compressor discharge pressure (96CD–2) exhaust pressure (96EP) inlet filter differential pressure (96TF) The above pressure transducers are mounted on the performance monitor manifold.

NY 12345 TURBINE CONTROL DEVICES 4 C00079 .GE Power Systems GE Power Systems Training General Electric Company One River Road Schenectady.

.

.

.

All external and internal surface areas of the inlet system are stainless steel or coated with a protective corrosion inhibiting primer or galvanized for corrosion protection. it is necessary to treat the atmospheric air entering the turbine and filter out contaminants. The noise generated during gas turbine operation is attenuated by means of absorptive silencing material and devices built into the inlet and exhaust sections which dissipate or reduce the acoustical energy to an acceptable level. © 1994 GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY . The elevated intake arrangement provides a compact system and minimizes the pickup of dust concentrated in the air near the ground. These exhaust emissions must meet certain environmental standards of cleanliness and acoustic levels depending on site location. AIR INLET SYSTEM A. inlet ducting system. Should further information be desired or should particular problems arise which are not covered sufficiently for the purchaser’s purposes the matter should be referred to the GE Company. INTRODUCTION Gas turbine performance and reliability are a function of the quality and cleanliness of the inlet air entering the turbine. It is the function of the air inlet system with its specially designed equipment and ducting to modify the quality of the air under various temperature. Inlet air enters the inlet compartment and flows through the ducting. humidity.AIES5166 August 1996 GE Power Systems Gas Turbine Inlet and Exhaust Systems I. operation or maintenance. Therefore. and inlet plenum leading to the compressor section of the turbine. with built–in acoustical silencer and trash screen. General The air inlet system consists of a multi–stage filter house and support structure. The general arrangement of the inlet compartment with respect to the gas turbine inlet plenum is shown on the mechanical outline drawing in the Outlines and Diagrams tab of this manual. II. for most efficient operation. These instructions do not purport to cover all details or variations in equipment nor to provide for every possible contingency to be met in connection with installation. and contamination situations and make it more suitable for use in the unit. to the inlet plenum and then into the turbine compressor. Hot exhaust gases produced as a result of combustion in the turbine are cooled and attenuated in the exhaust system ducting before being released to atmosphere.

This extends the life of the final filter. The clean air plenum has an aft outlet flange which connects to the inlet ducting. The inlet filter compartment contains three stages of inlet air filtration. These hoods minimize the ingestion of water into the inlet compartment during rainy conditions. The second and third stages consist of a pre–filter and a high efficiency filter respectively. 2. arrowhead design feeding a clean air plenum. A typical design would have a new and clean pressure drop of about an inch of water. Inlet Air Treatment Equipment 1. As dust is accumulated. Operation and Maintenance For additional information on the operation and maintenance of the inlet filtration system. including those smaller than 1 micron. High–efficiency filters have an initial pressure drop which depends upon their construction. Filters normally use pleated media in order to increase the available surface area. Particles are actually trapped within the body of the media itself. They are a low grade synthetic material designed to remove large particles and resist the effects of moisture. The rise is relatively slow at first. refer to the manufacturer’s operation and maintenance manual contained in this section. Weather Hoods The air intakes at each end of the compartment are fitted with large weather hoods. This stage uses a series of bends in the flow path to coalesce the moisture from the flow. The first stage consists of a moisture separator. The panel filters contain a depth loading media. The pre–filter is typically replaced three or four times before a high efficiency filter. D. Inlet Compartment Description System Description The inlet filtration compartment and its integrated support structure sit on a separate foundation just upstream of the control compartment. Pre–Filter The pre–filters are installed directly in front of the high efficiency filters. the final pressure drop depends upon a trade off between filter life and gas turbine performance.5 inches of water as a good compromise for panel filters. pressure drop rises. refer to the section on Inlet Air System Maintenance in the Inspection and Maintenance volume. installation and the quantity of air passed through each filter element. It is positioned such that water droplets will form and roll down the weather hoods. Moisture Separator The moisture separator is a PVC drift eliminator designed to eliminate 90% of 50 micron particles and above. 2 . 4. 3. General Electric recommends a final pressure drop of 2. If specific recommended maintenance and inspection schedules are not included as part of the manufacturer’s manual. this decreases pressure drop and increases dust holding capacity. The system has been sized for additional airflow due to the use of filtered air for compartment pressurization and exhaust frame cooling. The compartment has two–sided. but increases more rapidly as the filter nears the end of its useful life. High–Efficiency Filters The high–efficiency barrier filters use a special media to achieve good collection efficiency for all particles.Gas Turbine B. C.

It encloses the turbine exhaust frame. The inlet silencer consists of an acoustically lined duct containing silencing baffles constructed of a low density insulating material which is encapsulated by perforated sheet steel. plenum top and side covers. an acoustically treated expansion joint. The system is thermally insulated to maintain structural and exterior paint integrity while providing personnel protection. mounted in the plenum. Gas Turbine and Load” drawing. It is acoustically insulated to maintain guaranteed overall gas turbine noise levels. a transition duct. III. an up elbow. an exhaust stack. and a rain damper mounted in the stack. IV. Inlet Ducting and Silencing Gas Turbine The inlet air ductwork system contains the compressor noise silencing and connects the inlet compartment to the compressor inlet plenum. EXPANSION JOINTS Exhaust system expansion joints allow for the thermal growth of adjacent steel duct components while maintaining the integrity of a leak free flowpath. It consists of 2 inlet plenum extensions. The top and side covers close the opening on the top and non–discharge side of the plenum. located between the plenum and the lateral transition duct. diffuser and turning vanes. in the Outline and Diagrams tab for details of the configuration. PLENUM The plenum captures the exhaust gas leaving the gas turbine and directs it radially away from the turbine. The vertical parallel baffle is specifically designed to eliminate the fundamental compressor tone as well as attenuating the noise at other frequencies. This configuration consists of the exhaust plenum. EXHAUST SYSTEM The exhaust system is the system of ductwork that directs the gas turbine exhaust gases from the power turbine exit to the atmosphere. These openings provide directional options for exhaust gas flow in other configurations. 8 feet of parallel baffle silencing and horizontal unlined ducting that connects to the filter house. The horizontal ducting has flanged connections on top to allow filtered air to be pulled off for compartment pressurization and exhaust frame cooling. a horizontal silencer.System Description E. The inlet ducting makes use of materials and coatings in their construction which are designed to make them maintenance free. The perforated sheet is also stainless steel for corrosion resistance. The entire system has been constructed from 304 stainless steel. The acoustic lining in the walls of the silencer duct and the walls of the ducting downstream of the silencer have a similar construction. One joint is supplied with this system. There is a stationary trash screen within the elbow duct which can be accessed for cleaning and inspection through a removable panel on the side of the elbow. a 90 degree elbow. an expansion joint. . The plenum is welded in place to an extension from the turbine base. Thermocouples. provide exhaust gas temperature feedback to the SPEEDTRONICt Mark V control system. V. a horizontal transition duct. Refer to the “Mechanical Outline.

VIII. The damper consists of a gutter system with a stack–mounted drain pipe that runs to the ground. RAIN DAMPER A rain damper is mounted in the stack to prevent water from entering the horizontal ductwork. SILENCER The silencer is a parallel baffle design where the exhaust gasses pass between the horizontally mounted silencer panels before entering the atmosphere. it flows into the elbow and is directed up into the exhast stack. IX. EXHAUST STACK The exhaust stack is a hollow duct welded to the top of the elbow. The damper is an electrically driven device. ELBOW Once the exhaust gas passes through the silencer. The panel thickness and length is sized to absorb enough of the high and low frequency sound energy from the exhaust to meet overall gas turbine noise level guarantees. TRANSITION DUCTS System Description Transition ducts provide a gradual change in flowpath cross–section between major exhaust system components to help minimize total system pressure drop. It is designed to release exhaust gases to the atmosphere well above ground level at a velocity suited for the proper dispersal of combustion products. VII. 4 . Sampling ports are accessible from the ground level via an arrangement of ladders and platforms.Gas Turbine VI. X. Provisions for collecting exhaust gas samples are built into the stack. The panels contain sound absorbing ceramic fiber fill encased in perforated metal lagging.

.

.

.

.

.

.

complete with tank. Auxiliary lube oil pump. Lubricating fluid for the main. All lubricating fluid is filtered and cooled before being piped to the bearing header.g LUBRICATION SYSTEM 1. Bearing header pressure regulator VPR2. e. Lube oil filters. Additionally. . the accessory gear and the hydraulic supply system. Lube oil heat exchangers. After lubricating the bearings. coolers. Major system components include:a. b. For turbine starting. g. FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION Lubricant Reservoir and Piping The reservoir and sump for the lubrication system is the 3300 gallon (12491 litres) tank which is fabricated as an integral part of the accessory base. d. Emergency lube oil pump. Lube reservoir in the accessory base. Also. Lubricating fluid is pumped from the reservoir by the main shaft driven pump (part of the accessory gear) or auxiliary or emergency pumps to the bearing header. h. filters. f. while lubricating fluid used for control is supplied from the bearing header. a. c. 2. auxiliary and emergency lube pumps is supplied from the reservoir. pumps. predetermined pressure to meet the requirements of the main bearings and the accessory lube system. Pressure relief valve VR 1 in the main pump discharge. This lubrication system. as well as the hydraulic control and trip circuit. Lubricating fluid is circulated to the three main turbine bearings and to the turbine accessory gear. a portion of the pressurized fluid is diverted and filtered again for use by hydraulic control devices as control fluid. a maximum of 800 SSU is specified for reliable operation of the control system and for bearing lubrication. This lubricant must be regulated to the proper. Main lube oil pump (shaft driven from the accessory gear). All lubricant pumped from the lube oil reservoir to the bearing header flows through the lube oil heat exchangers to remove excess heat and then through the cartridge type filters. Lube oil temperatures are indicated on the thermometers which are located in the bearing header and the oil tank. lubricating fluid is supplied to the starting means torque converter for use as hydraulic fluid as well as for lubrication. GENERAL GE Power Systems The lubricating requirements for the gas turbine power plant are furnished by a common forced feed lubrication system. The total system capacity is approximately 4000 gallons (15000 litres). furnishes normal lubrication and absorption of heat rejection load of the gas turbine. the lubricant flows back through various drain lines to the lube oil reservoir. valves and various control and protection devices.

. A differential pressure gauge indicates the filter pressure drop. A lubricant drain connection is located on the side of the accessory base to drain the lube oil reservoir. c. 2. The output pressure to the lubrication system is limited by a back pressure valve to maintain system pressure. It is driven by a splined quill shaft from the lower drive gear. 3. Lubricating oil pumps Lubrication to the bearing header is supplied by three lube oil pumps:1. The dual lube oil filters have removable 5-micron (nominal) synthetic media filter elements. A lube oil level gauge and alarm system. Lubricant from the No. 1 turbine bearing assembly is piped through an internal drain line to the lube oil reservoir. Note: The oil level gauge indicates F (Full) or E (Empty) before the annunciator alarm is sounded. This device removes oil mist from the air before it goes to the atmosphere. The lubricant oil system is vented through a mist eliminator. The float mechanism energizes an annunciator circuit of the turbine control panel. The emergency lube oil supply pump is a submerged centrifugal pump driven by a dc motor. Standby Heaters During standby periods the lubricating fluid is maintained at a viscosity proper for turbine start up by heaters installed in the lube oil reservoir. The main lube oil supply pump is a positive displacement type pump mounted in and driven by the accessory gear. to operate an annunciator drop and an audible alarm if the liquid level rises above or drops below a predetermined level. b.g GE Power Systems Filtration of all lube oil is accomplished by filter vessels installed in the lube oil system just after the lube oil heat exchangers. Another temperature switch senses reservoir temperature and will not permit the turbine to be started if the fluid temperature drops below that to maintain the viscosity required for start up. is mounted to the side of the lube oil reservoir above the maximum expected level of the lube oil. through a dial gauge and switches. a hermetically sealed float arm operated device. Temperature switches sense reservoir fluid temperature and control the heaters to maintain fluid temperature to achieve allowable viscosity. Main Lube Oil Pump The main lube oil pump is built into the inboard wall of the lower half casing of the accessory gear. 1. Drain from the other turbine bearing assemblies is piped to an externally routed drain header that interconnects the accessory base and turbine base. Two (dual) coolers and filters are used with a transfer valve installed between the coolers and filters to direct oil flow through either cooler or filter and into the lube oil header. There is also a pressure switch (63QQ-1) which signals when the differential pressure reaches the recommended level for element change. The auxiliary lube oil supply pump is a submerged centrifugal pump driven by an ac motor. The lube oil drain flows forward through this common drain header to the lube oil reservoir.

driven by the accessory drive device. provides the means of checking automatic start up of the emergency lube oil pump and pressure switch 63QL-1. because of an ac power failure. . Test Valve . This can be done while the unit is operating normally on the main lube oil pump. this pressure switch will signal for the auxiliary pump to start running when the lube oil header pressure falls to the point at which the contacts of the switch are set to close. Should the auxiliary pump fail during the shutdown sequence. At this point. This switch causes the auxiliary pump to run under low lube oil pressure conditions as is the case during start up or shutdown of the gas turbine when the main pump. mounted on the gauge cabinet. or any other cause. This pump supplies lube oil to the main bearing header during an emergency shutdown in the event the auxiliary pump has been forced out of service because of loss of ac power. b. This pump is started automatically by the action of pressure switch 63QL-1 whenever the lube pressure in the main bearing header falls below the pressure switch setting. Auxiliary Lube Oil Pump GE Power Systems The auxiliary lube oil pump is a submerged centrifugal type pump driven by an ac motor. the emergency pump will be stopped by pressure switch (63QL-1) when the header pressure exceeds the setting of the switch. It also indicates an alarm condition on the annunciator panel. does not supply sufficient pressure. d.Low Lube Oil Pressure . When the turbine is on the shutdown sequence. the auxiliary lube pump shuts down and system pressure is supplied by the shaft driven. Operation of this pump is as follows:a. b. The control circuit is through the normally closed contacts of pressure switch 63QA-l. The test valve is normally closed and maintains lubricating system pressure on the switch. lube oil pressure is returned to normal and the pump should stop as a result of the restoration of pressure on the 63QL-l switch.Emergency Pump Start A test valve. main lube oil pump. the test valve should be opened gradually to lower lubricating system pressure in the tubing to the switch. The pump will run until the turbine operating speed is reached (operating speed relay 14HS picks up). The auxiliary pump continues to operate until the turbine reaches approximately 95 percent of operational speed. When performing a test. or for other reasons. even though the lube oil header is at rated pressure and the pressure switch (63QA-1) contacts have opened. Emergency Lube Oil Pump The emergency lube oil pump is a dc motor driven pump of the submerged centrifugal type. Upon closing the test valve. the emergency lube oil pump will be started automatically by the action of low lube oil pressure switch 63QL-l and continue to run until the turbine shaft comes to rest. During the turbine starting sequence the pump starts when the start signal is given. The auxiliary lube oil pump is controlled by a low lube oil pressure alarm switch (63QA-I). c. It provides lubricant pressure during start up and shutdown of the gas turbine when the main pump cannot supply sufficient pressure for safe operation.g 2. If the auxiliary lube oil pump should resume operation. 3. This provides the means of checking the pressure points at which the switch operates to start the pump. It operates as follows:a.

f. Operate the transfer valve to bring the standby filter into service.47 kPa).Auxiliary Pump Start GE Power Systems A gauge mounted test valve is also used to provide the means of checking the automatic operation of the auxiliary lube oil pump and pressure switch 63QA-l while the unit is operating normally on the main lube oil pump. one filter can be put into service as the second is taken out without interrupting the oil flow to the main lube oil header. Open the cross fill valve and fill the standby filter until a solid oil flow can be seen in the flow sight glass in the filter vent pipe. synthetic media element filters installed in the lube oil system just after the lube oil heat exchanger. VR 1. Two (dual) filters are used with a transfer valve installed between the filters to direct oil flow through either filter and into the lube oil header. This oil pressure is indicated on a gauge connected into the pressure line. The transfer of operation from one filter to the other should be accomplished as follows:1. Pressure switch 63QQ-l is provided to alarm at a differential pressure of 15 psi (103. Close the cross fill valve. The test valve is installed in the tubing at the switch and is normally closed holding the lube system pressure on the switch. inspection. Only one filter will be in service at a time. 3. limits the positive displacement main pump discharge header pressure and relieves excess fluid to the lube oil reservoir. indicating that a change of filter is required. the test valve should be opened gradually to lower the lube oil system pressure on the switch. Filters should be changed when the differential pressure gauge indicates a differential pressure of 15 psi (103. Oil Filters Filtration of all lube oil is accomplished by a five-micron (nominal). thus cleaning. Heat Exchangers All lubricant pumped from the lube reservoir to the bearing header flows through either of the dual lube oil heat exchangers to remove excess heat. VPR2. When the oil pressure falls to the setting of switch 63QA-1. The dual heat exchangers have a transfer valve between them which directs oil solely through either of the two heat exchangers.47 kPa). this pump is started. The diaphragm valve is operated by sensing fluid pressure in the bearing header. 2.g e. Test Valve For Low Lube Oil Pressure . By means of the manually operated transfer valve. The lube oil pressure in the bearing header is maintained at approximately 25 psig (172.36 kPa) by the diaphragm operated regulating valve. A back pressure relief valve. The gauge provides a means of checking the pressure point at which the switch operates and starts the pump running. When performing a test. Pressure Regulation Two regulating valves are used to control lubrication system pressure. g. See section below on oil filters with regard to operating the transfer valve. This permits the heat exchangers to be operated singly so that one heat exchanger can be removed for servicing without shutting down the turbine. This will indicate a "filled" condition. A differential pressure gauge is connected across the filters to indicate when the filter element needs replacement. h. . and maintenance of the second one can be performed without interrupting oil flow or shutting the as turbine down.

switch 26QA-l in the piping will cause an alarm. Pressure switches 63QT-2A and transmitter 96QT-2A installed in the turbine bearing feed piping shut the turbine down if the lubricant pressure drops to an unacceptable level. . temperature switches 26QT-IA and -26QT-IB are installed in the lubricating fluid header piping and cause the unit to trip should the temperature of the lubricant to the bearings exceed a preset limit. Before this limit is reached. Likewise.g j. Pressure And Temperature Protective Devices GE Power Systems The condition of low lubricating oil pressure is detected by a pressure switch that opens after a decrease of line pressure to a specified value and trips the unit.

.

.

.

.

pressurized by the hydraulic pumps. The dual filter assembly. VR21−1 and VR22−1. Major system components include the main hydraulic supply pump. VPR3−1 and VPR3−2 built into the pumps. in addition to the variable turbine inlet guide vanes and the hydraulic control and trip devices of the gas turbine. Hydraulic fluid is pumped to the hydraulic supply manifold. Hydraulic oil. required for operating the control components of the gas turbine fuel system and the inlet guide vane system is provided by the hydraulic supply system. air bleed valves. the condition will be sensed by pressure switch 63HQ−1. . A pressure compensated variable displacement pump. this fluid having been filtered previously. is controlled by pressure compensators. is the primary pump that pumps oil from the lube system to the hydraulic supply manifold. is provided to permit changeover to the second filter without interrupting the operation of the system. FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION Regulated and filtered lube oil from the bearing header of the gas turbine is used as the oil supply to provide the high pressure fluid necessary to meet the hydraulic system requirements. An auxiliary motor driven hydraulic pump is also provided as the backup to the primary pump. 63HF−1. or annually (whichever occurs first) the filter cartridge should be replaced. such as during start up or low speed conditions. and check valves. This fluid furnishes the means for opening or resetting the fuel stop valves. Each pump has a pressure compensator built into it which regulates pressure. Check valves VCK3−1 and VCK3−2 prevent oil from flowing into the out of service pump. When the gauge indicates a pressure differential of 60 psid (413 kPad). This manifold is an enclosure designed to provide a means of interconnecting a number of small components. There is also a differential pressure switch. The action of the compensator varies the stroke of the pump to maintain a set pressure at the pump discharge. an accumulator assembly. which alarms at high differential pressure. The fluid supply for these hydraulic pumps is taken from the bearing lube oil header. The hydraulic supply system filters prevent contaminants from entering the control devices of the inlet guide vane system. which will relieve pressure should the pressure regulator fail.g HYDRAULIC SUPPLY SYSTEM 1. The air bleed valves vent any air present in the pump discharge lines. 2. Only one filter is in service at any time during system operation. and the hydraulic supply manifold assemblies. the fuel control servovalves and other hydraulic devices. A differential gauge is provided to indicate the oil pressure drop across the filters. driven by a shaft of the accessory gear. The auxiliary hydraulic pump operates whenever the main hydraulic pump pressure output level is inadequate for turbine operation. When the main pump is operating and it fails to maintain adequate pressure. Contained within the manifold assembly are relief valves. and the auxiliary pump will be started by a signal from this switch. the system filters. GENERAL GE Power Systems Fluid power. There are also relief valves. From the output connections of the manifold assembly the high pressure fluid is piped through the system filters (FH2−1 and FH2−2) and now becomes a high pressure control fluid. The check valves also keep the hydraulic lines full when the turbine is shut down. an auxiliary supply pump. complete with cross fill valve and transfer valve.

close the bleed valve. In addition. the accumulator supplies the necessary transient demands for operation of all of the hydraulic control and protection components required in the control and protection of the gas turbine. Open the cross fill valve. 2. is also connected in the high pressure line of the hydraulic supply system to absorb any severe shock that may occur when the supply pumps are started. A hydraulic accumulator assembly. a primary hydraulic interface between the turbine control and protection system and the fuel system servovalves that control or shut off fuel. When no air is contained in the oil coming from the air bleed. 3. This high pressure supply fluid is also used as the hydraulic fluid in the variable inlet guide vane actuating cylinders and IGV control system. Close the cross fill valve. 4. . operate the transfer valve.g 1. having two accumulators. 5. GE Power Systems The following procedure should be used when transferring from one filter to the other : When oil with air comes out of the air bleed. Open the air bleed valve on the unused filter. The output of the hydraulic supply system is a high pressure control fluid.

.

.

g
TRIP OIL SYSTEM
1. GENERAL

GE Power Systems

The gas turbine protection systems consist of a number of primary and secondary systems. several of which operate at each normal start up and shutdown. The other systems and components are strictly for abnormal and emergency operating conditions requiring shutdown of the turbine. The trip oil system is the primary protection interface between the turbine control and protection system circuits (SPEEDTRONIC Control System) and the components on the turbine which admit or shut off fuel to the turbine. The system contains devices which are electrically operated through the turbine control panel by SPEEDTRONIC signals as well as others that are completely mechanical devices that operate directly on the turbine components totally independent of the turbine control panel. 2. a. FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION General

Low pressure oil, taken from the turbine lube oil system, is used in the trip oil system. Lube oil is passed through a piping orifice to become the trip oil (OLT). The orifice is located in the pipe running from the bearing header supply to the trip oil system. This orifice is sized to limit the flow of lube oil into the trip oil system and ensure an adequate capacity for all tripping device operations without causing a starvation of the lube oil system when the trip oil system is activated. The devices that cause a turbine shutdown through the trip system do so by dumping fluid pressure from the system either directly or indirectly through electrohydraulic dump valves, 20FG-1 or 20TV-1. When oil in the trip oil line is dumped, fuel stop valves close by spring return action. When the turbine is started the dump valves are energized to reset at the desired point in the starting sequence permitting oil pressure to open the fuel stop valves and inlet guide vanes. The fuel stop valves remain open until some trip action occurs or until the unit is shut down. An orifice is installed in the trip oil lines to the liquid fuel stop valve to permit operation. Since inlet guide vane activation is also part of the trip oil system, the orifice will permit inlet guide vane operation when the fuel system is in its tripped state. Pressure switches 63HG−1, 63HG−2 & 63HG−3 monitor trip oil pressure to the liquid fuel system. If the pressure to the fuel system becomes too low for reliable operation, the switch will trip the unit and cause annunciation of low trip oil pressure. 1. Fuel Gas Stop Ratio Valve Solenoid Valve (20FG-1)

Liquid fuel solenoid dump valve 20FG-1 is a spring biased spool valve which relieves trip oil pressure causing the liquid fuel stop valve to trip shut. The dump valve is energized to run and de-energized to trip from the SPEEDTRONIC panel. Since this dump valve is spring biased to trip, it protects the turbine during all normal situations as well as those times when loss of dc power occurs. 2. Variable Inlet Guide Vane System 3. The modulated inlet guide vane system is activated by the action of the trip oil system using low pressure trip oil (OLT) in conjunction with high pressure oil (OH) from the hydraulic supply system. Electronic

g

GE Power Systems

control signals activate and position the inlet guide vanes, both during normal operation and under trip conditions, through the action of servovalve 90TV-1, hydraulic dump valve VH3, position sensors 96TV−I and 96TV−2 and hydraulic activating cylinder ACV 1. During normal operation trip oil (OLT) is pressurized and dump valve VH3 is energized which allows hydraulic oil from the hydraulic supply system to flow through servovalve 90TV-1. The controlled, or modulated, position of inlet guide vane servovalve 90TV-1 determines the flow of hydraulic oil through the servovalve and dump valve VH3 to the inlet guide vane hydraulic actuator ACV 1. The hydraulic pressure applied to the actuator determines the position of the inlet guide vane control ring. In a trip condition trip oil is dumped by action of dump valve 20TV-1. This causes inlet guide vane dump valve VH3 to move to the dump position by action of the spring return feature thereby dumping actuator cylinder oil which closes the inlet guide vanes. When the turbine is at rest, the inlet guide vane angle position is at the designed closed position. This closed guide vane angle is the position established to limit the air flow through the compressor during the turbine accelerating and decelerating sequence.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

Servovalve Overview
Moog CONTROLS
TORQUE MOTOR
COILS TOP POLE PIECE ARMATURE FLAPPER MOTOR SHIM FILTER FLEXURE SLEEVE BOTTOM POLE PIECE NOZZLE ORIFICE, INLET PERMANENT MAGNET

FEEDBACK SPRING

SPOOL STOP

BUSHING (SLEEVE)

SPOOL (SLIDE) ORIFICE, RETURN

1350 PSI DRAIN BODY (HOUSING)

END CAP

TO < RST >

LVDT

SUPPLY PRESSURE FILTERED 1st STAGE SUPPLY PRESSURE MOOG2 9/97 1st STAGE CONTROL PRESSURE

CONTROL PORT PRESSURES RETURN PRESSURE INTERNAL DRAIN PRESSURE

.

.

Sealing of the turbine bearings. b. c. Associated components used in the system include: a. Air used in cooling the turbine external casing is ambient air supplied by off base motor driven blowers. Internal cooling air is extracted from the discharge of the compressor including the internal flow of cooling air through the turbine rotating and stationary parts. d.g 1. b. The centrifugal dirt separator located in the fifth stage piping removes any particles of dirt or foreign matter that might be injurious to the bearings. d. Providing an operating air supply for air operated valves. extracted from several points. is used for sealing the bearings. Cooling of internal turbine parts subjected to high temperature. 2 bearing is vented to atmosphere. cooling turbine internal parts and to provide a clean air supply for air operated control valves. a. turbine nozzles and rotating wheels. Turbine Exhaust Frame Cooling Blowers Air Filter (with poro-stone element) Pressure Gauge Dirt Separator FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION General Air from the axial flow compressor. c. The cooling and sealing air system consists of specially designed air passages in the turbine casing. After performing this function. piping for the compressor extraction air and associated components. Compressor extraction air is also used for pulsation protection of the compressor during turbine start up and shut down. Bearing sealing air is extracted from the fifth stage of the compressor. Orifices in the air lines to the turbine bearings limit the flow of air and the pressure to the proper value. Atmospheric air from off base centrifugal type blowers is used to cool the turbine exhaust frame. the air is vented via the oil drain passage from the No. Air is directed to both ends of each bearing housing providing a pressure barrier to the lubricating fluid. b. This pressurised air cools and seals the bearings by containing any lubricating fluid within the bearing housing that otherwise might seep past the mechanical seals. 2. 1 and No. Bearing Cooling and Sealing Cooling and sealing air is provided from two connections on the compressor casing at the fifth stage and is piped externally to each of the three turbine bearings. GENERAL GE Power Systems COOLING AND SEALING AIR SYSTEM The cooling and sealing air system provides the necessary air flow from the gas turbine compressor to other parts of the gas turbine rotor and stator to prevent excessive temperature build up in these parts during normal operation and for sealing of the turbine bearings. 3 bearings while air from the No. . Cooling of the turbine outer shell and exhaust frame. Cooling and sealing functions provided by the system are as follows: a.

VA2-2. 33CB-1 through 33CB-4. 63TK-l or 63TK-2. The turbine will continue to run with the other blower providing cooling air at a reduced flow rate. . on the valves provide permissive logic in the starting sequence and ensure that the extraction valves are fully opened before the turbine is fired. During turbine startup. 33CB-2. VA2-3. When a turbine shutdown signal is initiated and the generator circuit breaker is opened. d. If both blowers should fail. the loss of blower discharge pressure will cause contacts of the respective 63TK pressure switch to close and an alarm will be annunciated. From the solenoid valve. by means of a continuous blowdown orifice.g c. Each blower has a pressure switch. Eleventh stage air is extracted from the compressor at four flanged connections on the compressor casing. the turbine will be shut down in a normal shutdown sequence. If one of the blowers should fail. Exhaust Frame and Turbine Shell Cooling GE Power Systems Cooling of the exhaust frame and turbine shell is accomplished by two electric motor driven. The turbine accelerates to full speed and when the generator circuit breaker closes. 20CB-1 is de-energised and the 11th stage extraction valves are open allowing 11th stage air to be discharged into the exhaust plenum thereby eliminating the possibility of compressor pulsation. speed and flow characteristics of the gas turbine compressor are such that air must be extracted from the 11th stage and vented to atmosphere to prevent pulsation of the compressor during the acceleration period of the turbine starting sequence and during deceleration of the turbine at shutdown. e. before the air enters solenoid valve 20CB. and 33CB-4 are mounted on the valves to give an indication of valve position. Pressurized Air Supply Compressor discharge air is also used as a source of air for operating various air operated valves in other systems. which are mounted external to the turbine. Each of these connections is piped through a normally open. 20CB is de-energised and 11th stage air is again discharged into the exhaust plenum to prevent compressor pulsation during the turbine deceleration period. 33CB-3. VA2-1. 88TK-1 and 88TK-2. to sense blower discharge pressure. Limit switches. Limit switches 33CB-1. Pneumatically operated 11th stage air extraction valves. the air is piped to the piston housings of the four extraction valves. controlled by a three way solenoid valve. with part of the air passing along and cooling the turbine shell and the other portion flowing through the exhaust frame strut passages. piston operated. centrifugal blowers. are used to accomplish the pulsation protection function. and VA2-4. VCK7-1 or VCK7-2 before entering openings in the exhaust frame outer sidewall cavity. Pulsation Protection The pressure. to the turbine exhaust plenum. butterfly or vee ball type valve. Air from 11th stage compressor discharge is piped to a porous air filter which removes dirt and water from the compressor discharge air. The air flow through the struts divides. the 20CB-1 solenoid valve is energised to close the extraction valves and allow normal running operation of the turbine. with a portion directed through passages to cool the third stage turbine aft wheelspace and the remainder flowing into the load shaft tunnel where it discharges through a duct to atmosphere. Air for this purpose is taken at the discharge of the compressor and is then piped to the various air operated valves. An inlet screen is provided with each blower and the discharge of each passes through a back draft damper (check valve). Compressor discharge air controlled by solenoid valve 20CB-1 is used to close the compressor bleed valves. Air for cooling the exhaust frame and turbine shell is normally provided by the two blowers operating simultaneously in parallel. The cooling air flow splits.

3 bearings. 1. the isolation valves must be closed and the drain and air separator blowdown valves opened. and No. During normal operation of the gas turbine. isolation valves are provided in the sealing lines to the No. To prevent water from entering these components and the bearings. .g f. At the conclusion of the water wash. Before initiating water wash. 2. all isolation valves are to be open. and in 20CB-1 and 96CD-1A 1B and 1C feed lines. the isolation valves must be opened and the drain and separator blowdown valves closed to allow normal operation of the turbine. it is important to keep water out of the components that are actuated by compressor discharge air and out of the turbine bearings. No. Water Wash Provisions GE Power Systems When water washing the gas turbine compressor or turbine section.

.

.

.

.

.

g COOLING WATER SYSTEM 1. which controls cooling water flow to the heat exchanger. . After absorbing the heat rejected by the lube oil and atomizing air heat exchangers and the turbine support legs. Turbine Support Legs The cooling water system comprises both on base and off base mounted components. Valve (VTR-2). The pressure is transmitted through a capillary tube to a bellows arrangement which positions the valve plug to control the flow of cooling water through the related heat exchanger. CORROSION INHIBITOR In order to reduce the corrosive properties of water it is necessary to add a corrosion inhibitor to the cooling water system. The valves respond to temperature changes in the atomizing air compressor inlet line and the lube oil feed header. has a small bypass orifice drilled into the valve body to ensure that the pre-cooler is flooded at all times. atomizing air precooler. installed in the cooling water line to the atomizing air pre-cooler. Lube Oil System. (if liquid fuel is used) 3. and Gas Turbine operation is required. 2. The manual override device should be used only when the thermal element of the valve is inoperative. Atomizing Air System. 2. Valves are not installed in the piping to the atomizing air pre-cooler due to the severe consequences of inadvertently shutting off cooling water flow to this component. The cooling water circuits for the lube oil heat exchanger and atomizing air precooler each have a temperature actuated three way valve installed in the cooling water supply line. flow regulating valves. The on base components include the lube oil heat exchangers. Each bulb contains a thermal sensitive liquid which expands when heated. the cooling water flows to the off base mounted finned tube heat exchanger. valves and various flow control devices. This generates pressure within the bulb. has a manually operated device which can be used to override the thermal element. GENERAL GE Power Systems The cooling water system is designed to accommodate the heat dissipation requirements of :1. The valves are closed during turbine start up and will start to open as the temperature of the sensed fluid approaches the control setting. ON BASE COOLING WATER SYSTEM The cooling water is circulated through the system by a centrifugal type pump. 3. Valve (VTR-l) is provided for the lube oil heat exchangers and valve (VTR-2) is provided for the atomizing air precooler. Valves (VTR-l) and (VTR-2) automatically control the flow of cooling water passing through the heat exchangers. orifices and isolating valves. Isolating valves are installed in the cooling water piping to the lube oil heat exchangers to enable the exchangers to be serviced. Included in the off base components is a water to air fin-fan cooling module and a cooling water pump skid comprising pumps. This type of valve. These changes are sensed by a control bulb connected to each valve.

.

.

.

.

.

The dry contaminants that pass through the filters as well as wet contaminants. insects and hydrocarbon fumes. Also included on the skid are the various control panels to initiate wash and to manually start/stop the appropriate devices. A. The ingested air may contain dirt. The settings for these devices can be found in the device summary for the corresponding system. known as the water wash skid. The skid is equipped with a centrifugal water pump motor (88TW–1) and a venturi used with the water pump to mix detergent solution. dust. On-Base Supplied Equipment The on-base turbine equipment supplied with this compressor/turbine wash system consists of piping from the purchaser’s connection(s) on the base. operation or maintenance. Should further information be desired or should particular problems arise which are not covered sufficiently for the purchaser’s purposes the matter should be referred to the GE Company. there are purchaser connections in the drain lines from the inlet plenum. motor operated water injection valve(s). A large portion of these can be removed before they get to the compressor by inlet air filtration. exhaust frame and the exhaust plenum. Customer-supplied piping is required from the skid to the turbine base. and the appropriate spray manifold(s). GENERAL Gas Turbines can experience a loss of performance during operation as result of deposits of contaminants on internal components. combustion area. The deposits of atmospheric contaminants on compressor parts occurs with the ingestion of air. All equipment is made of corrosion resistant material. B.WW5146 February 1997 GE Power Systems Gas Turbine Gas Turbine Compressor Water Wash System I. have to be removed from the compressor by washing with a water-detergent solution followed by a water rinse. contains both a water tank and a detergent tank. pressure and flow. © 1994 GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY . In addition. These instructions do not purport to cover all details or variations in equipment nor to provide for every possible contingency to be met in connection with installation. The water tank is equipped with electric heaters and temperature sensors to maintain proper water temperatures. such as hydrocarbon fumes. All devices are set to give proper temperature. Off-Base Equipment The off-base portion of the water wash system. The schematic for the water wash skid is included in the Reference Drawings section of this manual.

if possible. Refer to the system schematic in the Reference Drawing section for proper pressure(s). General Water washing should be scheduled during a normal shutdown. Mandatory Precautions Before water washing of the compressor begins. it must be verified by visual inspection. This will allow enough time for the internal machine temperature to drop to the required levels for the washing. 2 . Oily or varnished oil deposits on internal gas turbine parts require that a detergent solution be used during the washing operation. System Requirements Water used for washing turbine parts should be reasonably clean so that it does not cause fouling or corrosion in itself. If possible. During this cooling of the turbine. The recommended method for establishing the frequency is to monitor gas turbine performance. Note: Inspection should be made for the source of the oily deposits. and compressor fouling is suspected. If the performance has fallen significantly. comparing the routine performance with the baseline performance to observe the trends. 1. and flow rate(s) for this gas turbine. Distilled or deionized water is recommended. D. Washing System Operation 1. The wash water solution is delivered to the turbine unit at the proper pressure. Compressor Washing Frequency The frequency of compressor washing depends upon the severity and type of atmospheric contamination which fouls the compressor and reduces performance. Water quality requirements are listed in Table 1 of GEI–103623. bellmouth. corrective action should be taken. The comparison will show performance trends. The time required to cool the machine can be shortened by maintaining the unit at crank speed. Functional Description System Description During the washing operation. inlet guide vanes and the first and possibly the second stage of the compressor blades. temperature(s).Gas Turbine C. temperature and flow rate to wash the gas turbine compressor. This visual inspection should include inspection of the compressor inlet. the wash water is to be heated to the proper level. the turbine blading temperature must be low enough so that the water does not cause thermal shock. 2. 2. The detergent shall meet the requirements of GEI–103623. Appendix 1. water or wash solution is delivered through customer piping to the gas turbine in the proper mix ratio.

consult the General Electric Installation and Service Engineering representative. a correct temperature reading will not be obtained. If they are coated with ash.9°C) as measured by the digital thermocouple readout system on the turbine control panel. and potentially hot surfaces. If neither of the above conditions exists and there is no other explanation for the temperature spread. Note: Before water washing the compressor.System Description CAUTION The differential temperature between the wash water and the interstage wheelspace temperature must not be greater than 120°F (67°C) to prevent thermal shock to the hot gas parts. inspect the inlet plenum and gas turbine bellmouth for large accumulations of atmospheric contaminants which could be washed into the compressor. If the thermocouples are coated with ash. Radiation shields should also be checked. the maximum wheelspace temperature must be no greater than 300°F (148.6°C). during operation. The deposits can be removed by washing with a garden hose. the ash should be removed. the wash water may be heated and the turbine kept on crank until the wheelspace temperatures drop to an acceptable level. they should be repositioned per the appropriate drawing. The wheelspace temperatures are read in the control room.2°C). WARNING The water wash operation involves water under highpressure. Caution must be exercised to ensure the proper positioning of all valves during this operation . For wash water of 180°F (82.Since the water may also be hot.3°C to 16. the thermocouples in the exhaust plenum should be examined. If they are not radially oriented relative to the turbine. pipes. necessary precautions should be taken in handling valves. CAUTION If. Gas Turbine To reduce this difference. there has been an increase in exhaust temperature spread above the normal 15°F to 30°F (8. or if the radiation shields are not properly oriented. 3 .

(7. (6. (5. Water Wash Procedures System Description The next sections set forth procedures for performing the following type(s) of washing: 1.) Make certain the turbine is shut down.) Water Temperature Setpoint switch to “Hot.) Select the Water Wash control display on the turbine control panel CRT Select OFF-LINE WATER WASH ON.Gas Turbine 3. Off-line Compressor Wash Procedure (1. the following settings must be initiated: (a.) Place the Master Select Switch in the CRANK position.) When regenerators are present. (8.) On the water wash skid.) Initiate a turbine START signal. Off-Line Compressor Wash 2. if applicable. Open during dry cycle. (4. 4 .) Close flame detector valves or blank–off. Follow the steps outlined in the appropriate section(s) below. (9. the turbine is prohibited from firing. (3. At this time. Water will foul the flame scanners and make starting difficult. a. the compressor should be deenergized during the wash and rinse cycles. (2.) Operation Selector switch to “Manual.) Open inlet guide vanes. refer to the system schematic in the Reference Drawings Section and the device summary to verify the wash system equipment furnished. the gfas–side face must be covered and kept dry during compressor washing to prevent wetting regenerator deposits.) If a unit is equipped with off–base atomizing air compressor. (10. in the Annunciator/Control Panel.) Fuel manifold drains are to remain closed during wash to prevent water from entering.” Note: It will take approximately 9–15 hours for the water to heat up to the proper washing temperature. On-Line Compressor Wash To perform the type(s) of washing designed for this particular unit. THese deposits may change form when wet and bvecome extremely difficult to remove. Leave access doors open while cranking to provide an air exhaust path.” (b.

the drive motor for the booster atomizing air compressor. Note: The turbine may be allowed to cool down on turning gear. there will be no sludge tank. only a wash water effluent tank. (13. On gas-only machines. (h.) Open the inlet plenum drain valve. booster atomizing air compressor.) Close butterfly valve on inlet side of atomizing air system from AD–8 line. manually place the following in the positions indicated and in the order listed: (a.9°C) of the wash water temperature.) Open the atomizing air separator drain valve (if provided). (g. (b. (12. (d.System Description Gas Turbine (11. CA2. (i. The atomizing air system is isolated in the following manner (if provided): (f. the false start drain effluent should be visible to evaluate the effectiveness of the wash cycle.) Arrange any valves in the exhaust plenum drain piping to divert effluent from the sludge tank to the waste water tank. Note: This step is necessary to prevent water wash from entering the exhaust frame cooling system during the wash cycle. Note: The false start drain flow or any flow that goes normally to the sludge tank must be diverted from its “normal” path into the sludge tank.) The cooldown procedure must be continued until the wheelspace temperatures are within 120°F (48. Open the main wash water drain valve at the bottom of the exhaust plenum. into the wash water effluent drain to prevent an overflow of the sludge tank.) Switch the motor controller for the turbine exhaust frame cooling fan motors.) Open vent line on inlet side of CA2.) Close valve installed in the AD-2 line supplying compressor discharge aire to the false start drain valves and open downstream drain.) Open switch at the motor control center for 88AB.) Open all low point drains in the atomizing air lines. (e. The cranking motor will maintain the unit on crank for the cooldown cycle until the stop signal is given. (j. (c. The cooling and sealing air circuitry is isolated in the following manner: 5 .) The turbine will accelerate to full continuous cranking speed. In addition.) During the crank cycle.) The flow through the false start drain valves (VA17) must be diverted from the sludge tank to a wash water effluent tank on turbines that operate on liquid fuel or have the capability to. if time permits. 88TK–1 and 88TK–2 in the manual “ON” position (if provided).

9°C) [300°F (148.) Open separator drain valve on bearing sealing air line. AD–3. (q. if provided.) The water wash skid should now be checked for operational readiness. (l.) To minimize thermal shock to the hot gas path parts the operator must verify that all turbine wheelspace temperatures have cooled to within 120°F (48. The following devices can be manually started by using the respective push buttons in the motor control panel: (a. (18. (m.) Open low point drain on bearing sealing air line. This is accomplished by monitoring the temperature indicator on the turbine panel. (15.) Allow the turbine to reach crank speed. (14. and if provided.) The valve on the main wash pump suction side is open.) The water tank is full. (b.) If the turbine has a self-cleaning inlet filter. (19. (o. if provided.) The detergent tank is full. (d. (c.) Close valve in the bearing sealing air supply line from extraction air.) Close valve in the bleed air lines from extraction air. This push button is located near the 20TW–1 valve. (e. (p. (17. AD–7 & AD–10. refer to the detergent manufacturer’s instructions or the compressor cleaning information in the Maintenance volume of this service manual.) The water temperature is at the required level.) Open detergent isolation valve (ball valve) on line between the venturi and detergent tank.) Open the water wash valve 20TW–1 at the compressor using the push button 20TW–1/PB. AD–4. if provided.) The shutoff isolation valve in the water supply line to the skid is closed.) Start the main wash pump (88TW–1) (b. (n.) For the proper detergent/wash ratio. (16. 6 . AD–6.) Close AD–1. Determine if the following conditions exist: (a.Gas Turbine System Description (k. AD–2.) Open needle valve upstream of WW9 connection for drainage during the wash cycle (low point drain on AD–3).9°C) maximum] of the wash water temperature. close the block valve and open the drain valve on the self-cleaning inlet filter air line.) Initiate the appropriate devices on the water wash skid. This is done to prevent unheated water from entering the water tank once a wash is initiated.

initiate a turbine STOP signal and close water wash valve 20TW–1 using push button station 20TW–1/PB.) Close water wash valve 20TW–1 using the push button station 20TW–1/PB. (f.) Open fuel manifold drains and open all low point drains in atomizing air system.) (g.) Shut off the main wash pump.) Close detergent isolation valve.) Allow the gas turbine to drain and dry for about 20 minutes including coastdown time. (28. (20. the dry–out crank cycle should continue until no water is observed draining from any low point drain. (This valve should be closed at all times. The low point can be in the interconnecting piping or the manifold itself depending on the piping design and location of the gas valves. Note: The interconnecting piping is often the low point trap and this piping must be drained by removing drain plugs or parting pipe flanges. Note: Experience will determine the proper time intervals for the various wash operations or whether repetition of the above procedure is necessary to restore lost performance. initiate the turbine stop signal. lower combustion can flexible hoses may trap water and may require flange disassembly to remove water at these locations.System Description Gas Turbine (c.) After rinsing is complete. Additionally. 20TW–1.) Apply the solution at crank speed for three to five minutes. continue spraying during coastdown until the solution is no longer drawn into the compressor inlet. (d. (26. (21.) Shut off the main wash pump and return all valves on the skid to their normal position(s). (27.) Allow the turbine to reach full continuous crank speed. Refer to detergent manufacturer’s recommendations. 7 . adjust the flow metering valve (globe valve between venturi and flow meter) as necessary until the proper detergent/water mix ratio is obtained.) After the soak time is complete initiate a turbine START signal.) Start the water pump (88TW–1) on the skid. Rinse the compressor with clear water from the skid with the main wash pump. Following water wash and rinse cycles. except when being used to add detergent. (22.) Allow the turbine to soak for approximately 20 minutes. (24. fuel system and purge system. (e.) While monitoring the flow meter. Rinse the compressor for 15–20 minutes. (25. (23.) Open the water wash valve. using the push button station 20TW–1/PB at the turbine.

(35. (32.) Return the following manual valves to their previous position in the order listed: (a.) Switch the motor controller for the turbine exhaust frame cooling fan motors 88TK-1 and 88TK-2. reenergize off-base atomizing air compressor and remove regenerator cover. CAUTION It is critical that this valve be opened to prevent damage to the turbine.) Close all low point drains in the atomizing air lines.) If applicable.) Return the three-way false start drain valve.) Rearrange valves installed in the exhaust plenum drain piping to divert effluent from the wash water tank to the sludge tank (if applicable). into the “AUTO” mode (if provided).) After the turbine has stopped and drying time is complete. (b. (31. close inlet guide vanes. initiate a turbine START signal with the master operation selector switch in the CRANK position. (36. (c. into the compressor.) Close the inlet plenum drain valve (if provided). Accumulation of waste fuel in the exhaust plenum is potentially hazardous.) Close fuel manifold drains.) Open valve on inlet side of atomizing air system from AD-8 line.Gas Turbine System Description (29. (d.) If applicable. (30.. so that fuel or water which may accumulate in the exhaust plenum can continuously drain out of the plenum. (34.) Open valve installed in the AD-2 line supplying compressor discharge air to the false start drain valves. (g. CAUTION It is important that the line that allows waste fuel to drain to the sludge tank be kept open after water washing and during normal turbine startup and operation.) Allow the turbine to accelerate to crank speed. (33. (37. 8 . combustion system and turbine shell valves from water drain to fuel drain (if installed).) Open the hand valves or remove blank-off plates on flame detectors.) Initiate a turbine STOP signal.) Allow the turbine to dry for about 20 minutes at crank speed. Note: This is important to prevent intake of dirt etc. (e. The atomizing air system is reenergized in the following manner: (f.

CAUTION It is critical that this valve be opened to prevent damage to the turbine. CAUTION It is critical that this valve be completely opened to prevent damage to the turbine. (o.) Press the Off–Line Water Wash OFF softswitch on the water wash control display. Gas Turbine (i. CAUTION It is critical that these valves be opened to prevent damage to the turbine. open the block valve and close the drain valve on the self-cleaning filter air line.) Close separator drain valve on bearing sealing air line (if provided).) If the turbine has a self-cleaning inlet filter.) Open valves in all compressor discharge pressure transducer supply lines (AD-4).point drain on AD–3). CAUTION In configurations where AD-6 is used to supply the purge air system.System Description (h. AD-6.) Open valves or remove blank-off plate in the bleed air lines (AE-##) from extraction air. 9 . (n.point drain on bearing sealing air line. (m. if provided) (q. (j. AD-7 and AD-10 (if provided).) Close the atomizing air separator drain valve (if provided). (l. if provided. (38. AD-3.) Close vent line on inlet side of CA2. it is critical that this valve be opened to prevent damage to the turbine. booster atomizing air compressor (if provided).) Open valve in the bearing sealing air supply line AE-5 from extraction air (if provided). The cooling and sealing air circuitry is reengaged in the following order: (k.) Close switch at the motor control center for 88AB.) Open AD-1. (p. (r. Note: Allow the water to drain from the lines while the above restorations are being performed.) Close needle valve upstream of WW9 connection (low .) Close low . the drive motor for the booster atomizing air compressor CA2.

full speed for a minimum of five minutes. And finally.) General The on-line compressor wash system allows an operator to water wash the turbine compressor without having to shut down the turbine. the on-line system proceeds automatically after it is manually initiated.) Compressor inlet temperature must be greater than 50°F (10°C).) In the annunciator/control panel on the skid.) Set the inlet guide vanes to 81° or greater. The on-line system uses ambient temperature water versus the 180°F (82. Note: Check for air leakage from all drains.) Reduce load by 5% if operating at base load. set water temperature setpoint to “COLD” and the Operation Selector switch to “AUTO. (42. The method of washing is similar in many ways to the off-line system.) Place the Master Operation Switch in the AUTO or REMOTE mode.2°C) water used for the off-line system. one for the off-line system and one for the on-line system. Each branch contains a stop valve. and piping to supply high quality wash solution to the compressor. 88TW–1. though. There are significant differences. (40. manifold(s) and spray nozzles. 10 . This will prevent the detergent solutions from drying and clogging the nozzles. whereas. flow control orifice. (2. On-Line Compressor Wash Procedure (1. When the supply pipe reaches the vicinity of the turbine base. Refer to TIL1153–3 for information on cold weather on–line water wash (c. Note: When using a detergent solution for on-line washing. between the two systems. the permissive is in place to allow the turbine to fire and the permissive is removed to allow the 20TW–1 valve to be opened.) Preparation (a. Both systems use the same pump. (39. it is recommended that the wash be followed by enough rinse water to remove the detergent residue from the wash nozzles at the spray manifold. (b. The on-line wash solution requirements differ from that of off-line and must meet the requirements of both Table 1 and Appendix 1 of GEK–103623 for on-line washing.Gas Turbine System Description Note: When the OFF–LINE WATER WASH OFF is selected.) Initiate a turbine START signal within 24 hours after completion of the DRY cycle and allow it to accelerate to. the off-line system is a totally manual process. (d.” (41. it splits into two branches. and remain at.) The gas turbine is now available for commercial service and may be loaded. b.) Turbine must be running at full speed and not in the process of shutting down.

is initially set for 30 minutes.) L2WWP times out typically after 30 minutes.3°C). (3. he should select the COLD setpoint again.) Units operating with water or steam injection for NOx control or power augmentation must reduce water or steam injection to 3% maximum of compressor inlet flow. If a compressor is being washed. the temperature setpoint for the water tank heaters. When the operator decides to perform an off-line wash. In the HOT position. L2WWP. L2WWP. The operator selects the WATER WASH manual control display on the panel CRT and then presses the ON-LINE WATER WASH ON Softswitch. one water wash skid is shared by all the turbines. This is the correct position for off-line washing. turns on. At sites where there are multiple turbines. (d. should measure the effectiveness of the wash at various timer settings and adjust it accordingly. This is done to prevent inadvertently using up 11 . This will give the water time to heat up while the turbine is shutting down and cooling down.) Operation The on-line water wash is initiated from the turbine control panel. From that point on.) Flow switch 80WW–1 indicates that water has begun to flow and it starts the wash period timer. The operator.) 88TW–1 turns off 10 seconds after L2WWP times out. (b. and 20TW–3 begins to close. These switches are used when performing an off-line wash and they need to be returned to their proper positions when the off-line wash is completed. –3 is 65°F (18. One switch is the WATER TEMP SETPOINT. HOT and COLD. either on-or off-line. he should select the HOT setpoint around the same time he gives the turbine a shutdown command. 23WK–1. The OPERATION SELECTOR SWITCH also has two positions. (e.System Description Gas Turbine (e. the temperature setpoint is 178°F (81°C). the request will be blocked and the alarm WATER WASH SKID IN USE will occur on the turbine control panel. 88TW–1.) Solenoid valve 20TW–3 begins to open 3 seconds after the water pump turns on. (c. –2. The wash period time. all turbines are blocked from performing an on-line wash. The normal sequence of events which occur are as follows: (a.) Operator selects ON LINE WATER WASH ON. When the switch is in the manual position. and a request is inadvertently made to wash another compressor. The message COMP WATER WASHING is displayed on the normal CRT display. In the COLD position. The operator must be aware of the position of the two selector switches on the ANNUNCIATOR/CONTROL PANEL which is located on the water wash skid. and the other is the OPERATION SELECTOR SWITCH 43WK–2. The WATER TEMP SETPOINT switch has two positions.) Water pump. though. the wash cycle is totally automatic. MANUAL and AUTOMATIC. The operator should select MANUAL whenever he selects HOT on the WATER TEMP SETPOINT switch. 43WK–1. This is the correct position for on-line washing. When the off-line wash is completed. The controls are designed so that only one turbine compressor can be washed at a time. (f.

and then reset all alarms on the ANNUNCIATOR/CONTROL PANEL. If the latter alarm occurs.Gas Turbine System Description the hot water for an on-line wash instead of the off-line wash it was intended for. must indicate water flow exists. If either of these permissives are not satisfied when an on-line wash is requested. Only one compressor can be washed at a time. 12 . There are two turbine permissives: (a. certain permissives must be satisfied. turbine permissives and water wash skid permissives. 88TW–1. This is the correct position for on-line washing.) The turbine must be operating at full speed and not in the process of shutting down. All alarms on the annunciator control panel must be reset. investigate and correct the problem. 2. Then he can attempt to initiate the wash again from the turbine control panel. 5. the appropriate alarm will occur on the ANNUNCIATOR/CONTROL PANEL and also the alarm WATER WASH SKID TROUBLE: TRIP will occur on the turbine control panel. (b. If one or more of the skid permissives are not satisfied. When the off-line wash is completed. After the water pump. These permissives can be divided into two groups. the operator must go to the water wash skid. 4. (4. 6. The flow switch relay. The water in the tank must be above a minimum level. The logic elements for all of the skid permissives are contained in the ANNUNCIATOR/ CONTROL PANEL which is located on the skid. is turned on. The water wash skid permissives are: 1. the alarm WATER WASH INHIBITED will occur on the turbine control panel. 3. 83WW.) The compressor inlet air temperature must be greater than 50°F (10°C).) Permissives In order to perform an on-line compressor wash. The water temperature must be above 50°F (10°C). the pump inlet and discharge pressures must be satisfactory. the operator should select AUTOMATIC again.

.

.

GEK 110220a Revised May 2002 GE Power Systems Gas Turbine Gas Turbine Compressor Water Wash System These instructions do not purport to cover all details or variations in equipment nor to provide for every possible contingency to be met in connection with installation. operation or maintenance. © 2002 GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY . Should further information be desired or should particular problems arise which are not covered sufficiently for the purchaser's purposes the matter should be referred to the GE Company.

C. Functional Description During the washing operation. exhaust frame. pressure. The ingested air may contain dirt. Also included on the skid are the various control panels to initiate wash and to manually start/stop the appropriate devices. Refer to the system schematic in the Reference Drawing section for proper pressure(s). The skid is equipped with a centrifugal water pump motor (88TW-1) and a venturi used with the water pump to mix detergent solution. and the appropriate spray manifold(s). air operated water injection valve(s). water or wash solution is delivered through customer piping to the gas turbine in the proper mix ratio. Drains from the inlet plenum. The wash water solution is delivered to the turbine unit at the proper pressure. such as hydrocarbon fumes. Off-Base Equipment The off-base portion of the water wash system. The water tank is equipped with temperature sensors and electric heaters to maintain proper water temperatures. All equipment is made of corrosion resistant material. On-Base Supplied Equipment The on-base turbine equipment supplied with this compressor wash system consists of piping from the purchaser's connection on the base. This loss is indicated by a decrease in power output and an increase in heat rate. In addition. contains both a water tank and a detergent tank. Water quality requirements are listed in Table 1 of GEK-107122 (Latest Revision).GEK 110220a I. Appendix 1. Oily or varnished oil deposits on internal gas turbine parts require that a detergent solution be used during the washing operation. System Requirements Water used for washing turbine parts should be reasonably clean so that it does not cause fouling or corrosion in itself. combustion area. B. A. insects. Distilled or deionized water is recommended. The settings for these devices can be found in the device summary for the corresponding system. and flow rate to wash the gas turbine compressor. temperature(s). The deposits of atmospheric contaminants on compressor parts occurs with the ingestion of air. dust. there are purchaser connections in these drain lines. GENERAL Gas Turbine Compressor Water Wash System Gas turbines can experience a loss of performance during operation as result of deposits of contaminants on internal components. The dry contaminants that pass through the filters as well as wet contaminants. The schematic for the water wash skid is included in the Reference Drawings section of this manual. 2 . have to be removed from the compressor by washing with a water-detergent solution followed by a water rinse. 1. The detergent shall meet the requirements of GEK-107122 (Latest Revision). and the exhaust plenum are also provided. known as the water wash skid. and hydrocarbon fumes. The schematic for this on-base water wash equipment is located in the Reference Drawing sections of this manual. and flow rate(s) for this gas turbine. temperature. A large portion of these can be removed before they get to the compressor by inlet air filtration. All devices are set to give proper temperature. and flow.

and piping to supply high quality wash solution to the compressor. the wash water may be heated to the proper level. On-line Water Wash The period between off-line water washes can be extended via frequent on-line washing. If possible. The on-line wash water requirements differ from that of off-line wash solution and must meet the requirements of Table 1 of GEK-107122 (Latest Revision) for on-line washing. The method of washing is similar in many ways to the off-line system. D. it splits into two branches. NOTE Inspection should be made for the source of the oily deposits. When the supply pipe reaches the vicinity of the turbine base. if possible. between the two systems. The on-line compressor wash system allows an operator to water wash the turbine compressor without having to shut down the turbine. corrective action should be taken. and compressor fouling is suspected. Off-line Water Wash Off-line water washing should be scheduled during a normal shutdown.Gas Turbine Compressor Water Wash System 2. the second stage of the compressor blades. The recommended method for establishing the frequency is to monitor gas turbine performance. Compressor Washing Frequency GEK 110220a The frequency of compressor washing depends upon the severity and type of atmospheric contamination that fouls the compressor and reduces performance. whereas. flow control orifice. This visual inspection should include the compressor inlet. manifold(s) and spray nozzles. Both systems use the same pump. General a. though. it must be verified by visual inspection. Each branch contains a stop valve. comparing the routine performance with the baseline performance to observe the performance trends. Refer to GEK-107122 (Latest Revision) for gas turbine compressor liquid washing recommendations b. If the performance has fallen significantly. When the compressor is suspected of being heavily fouled. This will allow enough time for the internal machine temperature to drop to the required levels for the washing. bellmouth. inlet guide vanes and the first and. Finally. There are significant differences. the on-line system proceeds automatically after it is manually initiated. one for the off-line system and one for the on-line system. 88TW-1. while the use of detergents during off-line washing are encouraged. The time required to cool the machine can be shortened by maintaining the unit at crank speed. possibly. an off-line wash should be performed. GE recommends against the use of detergents during on-line washing. During this cooling of the turbine. Washing System Operation 1. 3 . the off-line system requires operator intervention before and after the wash.

2. The wheelspace temperatures are read in the control room. it is recommended that the wash be followed by enough rinse water to remove the detergent residue from the wash nozzles at the spray manifold. CAUTION The differential temperature between the wash water and the interstage wheelspace temperature must not be greater than 120F (67C) to prevent thermal shock to the hot gas parts. If they are not radially oriented relative to the turbine. AND POTENTIALLY HOT SURFACES.GEK 110220a Gas Turbine Compressor Water Wash System NOTE When using a detergent solution for on-line washing. SINCE THE WATER MAY ALSO BE HOT. NECESSARY PRECAUTIONS SHOULD BE TAKEN IN HANDLING VALVES. If the thermocouples are coated with ash. the wash water may be heated and the turbine kept on crank until the wheelspace temperatures drop to an acceptable level. To reduce this difference. Mandatory Precautions Before water washing of the compressor begins. during operation. PIPES. 4 . ***WARNING*** THE WATER WASH OPERATION INVOLVES WATER UNDER HIGH-PRESSURE. Radiation shields should also be checked. consult the General Electric Service Engineering representative. CAUTION MUST BE EXERCISED TO ENSURE THE PROPER POSITIONING OF ALL VALVES DURING THIS OPERATION. If neither of the above conditions exists and there is no other explanation for the temperature spread. the ash should be removed. there has been an increase in exhaust temperature spread above the normal 15F to 30F (8.5C) as measured by the digital thermocouple readout system on the turbine control panel. This will prevent the detergent solutions from drying and clogging the nozzles. or if the radiation shields are not properly oriented. The maximum wheelspace temperature as per TIL 1196–1 must be no greater than 150F (65. If they are coated with ash. they should be repositioned per the appropriate drawing. the thermocouples in the exhaust plenum should be examined. CAUTION If. the turbine blading temperature must be low enough so that the water does not cause thermal shock. a correct temperature reading will not be obtained.3C to 16.6C).

5 . The deposits can be removed by washing with a garden hose.Gas Turbine Compressor Water Wash System GEK 110220a NOTE Before water washing the compressor. inspect the inlet plenum and gas turbine bellmouth for large accumulations of atmospheric contaminants that could be washed into the compressor.

GEK 110220a Gas Turbine Compressor Water Wash System GE Power Systems General Electric Company One River Road. NY 12345 518 • 385 • 2211 TX: 145354 6 . Schenectady.

operation or maintenance.GEK 28166A Revised January 1997 GE Power Systems Gas Turbine Field Performance Testing Procedure These instructions do not purport to cover all details or variations in equipment nor to provide for every possible contingency to be met in connection with installation. Should further information be desired or should particular problems arise which are not covered sufficiently for the purchaser’s purposes the matter should be referred to the GE Company. © 1997 GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fuel Consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IV. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7–11 Figure 1. . PURPOSE OF TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A. . . . . . . . EVALUATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . III. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .GEK 28166A TABLE OF CONTENTS Field Performance Testing Procedure I. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GENERAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CONCLUSION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TEST PROCEDURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 3 3 4 6 6 GAS TURBINE PERFORMANCE DATA . . . . . . . II. . . . . . . . . . FIGURE Gas Flow Measurement Instrumentation . . . . . . . . . . . .

600/1.24). Load is to be calculated by carefully timing. Past experience has shown that a gas turbine operator and four (4) test assistants are required for testing. Average generator output must be measured by a polyphase watt-hour meter (4. which change the operating characteristics of the power plant and make the test less accurate.Field Performance Testing Procedure I. 000) Sec. They are designed to provide the information required to evaluate the aero-thermodynamic performance of the gas turbine only.77°C) in 15 minutes prior to the test point. “Gas Turbine Power Plants. One day of setup time and one day of testing are usually needed per machine. Past experience has shown that test points for gas turbines that cover longer than a half-hour time span are apt to experience changes in inlet air temperatures. II.” with the following additions and/or exceptions. then turbine speed (or frequency) must be measured by an electronic tachometer or equivalent. Kh) stamped on the face of the meter.12). Power Ouput + n revolutions ) Pri K h ) (3. The machine will be considered to be in a steady-state condition when turbine wheelspace temperatures do not change more than 5°F (2. III. PURPOSE OF TEST The primary purpose of the test shall be the measurement of turbine or generator output and fuel heat consumption at one or more load conditions.5% occur. with stopwatch or equivalent. A test point will consist of four sets of instrument readings taken at 10-minute intervals over a 30-minute time span after steady-state conditions have been established (3. Any other operating data should be taken separately to prevent interference with the timing required for the performance test. Sufficient supporting data shall be recorded to enable the “as tested” performance to be corrected to the standard conditions so that an accurate comparison may be made between tested and base line machine capability and heat rate at specified conditions. Speed measurements may not be required when a single-shaft generator drive unit is connected into a large power system. averaging those times and calculating the resulting average power output by applying the appropriate factor (pri. GENERAL GEK 28166A This instruction specifies the methods and equipment to be used during field performance tests of heavy-duty gas turbines using station instrumentation. 3 . When the power system is small or frequency variations of more than 0. a fixed number of disc revolutions throughout the test point. where. for n rev. Figures in parentheses refer to the relevant paragraph in the code. It applies only to turbine generator power plants. TEST PROCEDURE These testing procedures are patterned after those specified and described by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers Power Test Code PTC-22-1966. The attached data sheets should be used to record the test data.

Instead. a single sample will suffice for several test points. If there is a choice of liquid fuels. If the fuel is drawn from a large storage tank. Fuel samples of one pint are sufficient for HHV and specific gravity measurement. a tedious task and seldom worthwhile. It will therefore be ignored for performance evaluation. 1. As stated in paragraph 5. if variations in fuel characteristics are suspected.01 inch (0. liquid fuel generally yields higher test accuracy and repeatability and should therefore be preferred.33 of the code. inlet air relative humidity has negligible effects on power output and heat consumption.56). 4 . Gas turbine exhaust temperature will be measured by the unit control thermocouples mounted in the exhaust plenum (4. A.03 cm) Hg is required (4. lighter fuels yield more accurate test results. however. the total number of disc revolutions should be counted for the entire test point. a count of 20 revolutions should be made continuously throughout the point with the only interruption being the recording of the elapsed time for each group of revolutions.59). Barometric pressure at the gas turbine site shall be measured with a mercury or aneroid barometer. Liquid Fuel Liquid fuel flow is to be measured by a positive displacement meter which has been calibrated. If more than 25% of the control thermocouples are inoperative. bores of smaller than 5/16 inch (0.45 of PTC 22-1966.079 cm) will be permitted (4. A sample of the fuel consumed during the test must be taken for laboratory measurement of higher heating value (HHV) and specific gravity.GEK 28166A Pri K h + PTR ) CTR ) meter K Field Performance Testing Procedure PTR + Potential Instrument Transformer Ratio CTR + Current Instrument Transformer Ratio Ideally. The fuel temperature at the meter must also be measured. It is essential that the temperature-indicating system be adjusted and calibrated in place with a known millivolt source prior to the test so that it reports reliable data. The lower heating value (LHV) will be determined by the method specified in paragraph 4. This is. The total fuel consumed during the exact 30-minute test as measured with a stopwatch must be recorded. A minimum reading accuracy of 0. Fuel Consumption For units designed to burn more than one type of fuel. the performance test should not be conducted. a fuel sample should be taken for each test point. When liquid-in-glass manometers are used.65). however.

the gas temperature with a thermometer or thermocouple.55). Give dimensions if not flange taps. ∆P Indicate manometer type and fluid used for ∆ P measurement. The upstream pressure will be measured with a precision test gauge.0°F (. Calculation of gas flow will be done in accordance with ASME or AGA standards as described in ASME PTC 19. mercury. Gas Fuel Gas fuel is to be measured with a flat-plate orifice installed in accordance with ASME or AGA standards.5. Figure 1. 4-1959 or AGA Report #3. 2. or mercury with scale in water. water.Field Performance Testing Procedure The heat consumption will be calculated using GEK 28166A Heat Consumption (Btu/hr) + gal/min ) 8. List tap location on front of sheet.33 lb/gal (H 2O) ) Specific Gravity (Oil) at metering temp.11 will be used to calculate the lower heating value. ) Heating Value * Btu/lb ) 60 min/hr. Inlet air temperature will be measured with at least two thermometers or thermocouples installed in the inlet plenum near the gas turbine compressor inlet. See Figure 1. Pipe inside diameter d. the pressure drop with a manometer. 5 . Gas Flow Measurement Instrumentation. A gas sample must be taken from the fuel system during the test for laboratory measurement of higher heating value and specific gravity. A ratio (HHV/LHV) of 1. Orifice diameter Pressure connections shown as flange taps. *Use HHV or LHV as specified by rating. The compressor inlet air temperature must be measured with an accuracy of ±1.5°C) (4. Gas D Flow d 5 to 10 D Thermometer well D.

The resulting performance tolerances of a single unit station instrumentation test. CONCLUSION This procedure may be used to periodically measure unit performance in order to establish trends and to determine the effectiveness of compressor cleaning.32% V. The tolerances around the test results are defined as twice the estimated standard deviation (2 Σ). When the tests are performed at “Base” and “Peak” mode.01% Heat rate (oil fuel): ± 2. turbine exhaust static pressure at or near the gas turbine flange must be measured using at least four-disc type static pressure probes. IV. This data should be retained for historical reference. Performance as indicated by determining the heat rate based on the test results is defined by: Heat Rate + Heat Consumption Power Output When decisions are required based on test results. The averaged results are corrected to the standard conditions using the appropriate correction curves for the installation. computed from the tolerances associated with each measured test parameter and the influence of that parameter on the calculation of the corrected test results. as defined by the appropriate control curve. when performed as described in this document are Power output: ± 3. EVALUATION Test results are based on the averaged data taken during the test.GEK 28166A Field Performance Testing Procedure If waste heat recovery equipment is used. the gas turbine control system must be adjusted to operate at the correct average gas turbine exhaust temperature for the test conditions. one should recognize the tolerance due to measurement uncertainties associated with each particular test result.09% Heat rate (gas fuel): ± 2. 6 .

Field Performance Testing Procedure GAS TURBINE PERFORMANCE DATA CUSTOMER___________________________________________________ STATION______________________________________________________ Unit ID Gas Turbine S/N Generator S/N Fired Hours Fired Starts Reading Number Starting Time of Reading Ambient Condition Compressor Inlet Temp. °F ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ Recorded By ______________________________________ *For Gas Fuel use data under Fuel Consumption 7 . Lube Oil Tank Temp.Gal.Oil* Fuel Meter Reading . ______ ______ Elapsed Time .Min. ______ ______ Fuel Temperature °F ______ ______ Fuel Meter Type & S/N______________________________________ Lube Oil Turbine Header Temp. °F. °F 1 ______ Date Operating Mode Data Page Test Number GEK 28166A 2 ______ 3 ______ 4 ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ Barometric Pressure Inches of Mercury Compressor Discharge Pressure PSIG Unit Gauge Precision Gauge ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ Fuel Measurement .

Left Comp.GEK 28166A Field Performance Testing Procedure GAS TURBINE PERFORMANCE DATA CUSTOMER___________________________________________________ STATION______________________________________________________ Unit ID Gas Turbine S/N Generator S/N Reading Number Starting Time of Reading Wheelspace Temperatures °F Comp. 2. Right 1st Stage Forward 1st Stage Forward 1st Stage Aft 1st Stage Aft 2nd Stage Forward 2nd Stage Forward 2nd Stage Aft 2nd Stage Aft 3rd Stage Aft 3rd Stage Aft When 3rd Stage Forward Applicable 3rd Stage Forward Exhaust Temperatures . Disch. 4. 5. 8. 10. 12. 3.Control T/C °F 1. Disch. 9. 11. 7. Exhaust Average Electrical Calculated 1 ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ Date Operating Mode Data Page Test Number 2 ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ 3 ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ 4 ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ Recorded By ______________________________________ 8 . 6.

KV Phase 1-2 Phase 2-3 Phase 3-1 Generator Amperes. Hertz 4 ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ Record WHM Time on Pg. KA Phase 1 Phase 2 Phase 3 Excitation Voltage Excitation Amperes Frequency.Field Performance Testing Procedure GAS TURBINE PERFORMANCE DATA CUSTOMER___________________________________________________ STATION______________________________________________________ Unit ID Gas Turbine S/N Generator S/N Date Operating Mode Data Page Test Number 1 ______ 2 ______ 3 ______ GEK 28166A Reading Number Starting Time of Reading Turbine Panel Board Set Point VCE Generator Panel Board Megawatts WHM (sec/20 rev) Megavars Generator Voltage. 10 ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ Recorded By ______________________________________ 9 .

) 1) _______ 2) _______ 3) _______ 4) _______ Pri Kh Factor Comment/Calculations Recorded By ______________________________________ 10 .GEK 28166A Field Performance Testing Procedure GAS TURBINE PERFORMANCE DATA CUSTOMER___________________________________________________ STATION______________________________________________________ Unit ID Gas Turbine S/N Generator S/N Date Operating Mode Data Page Test Number Power Measurement (Cont’d) WHM (Sec/20 Revs.) Begin Test End Test Repeatedly Time 20 Revolutions of Watt Hour Meter Disc During Entire Test Period Pri Kh Factor 1) ______ 5) _______ 2) _______ 6) _______ 3) _______ 7) _______ 4) _______ 8) _______ Auxiliary WHM (Sec/Rev.

Field Performance Testing Procedure GAS TURBINE PERFORMANCE DATA CUSTOMER___________________________________________________ STATION______________________________________________________ Unit ID Gas Turbine S/N Generator S/N Date Operating Mode Test Number Data Page GEK 28166A Fuel Gas Flow (Record data every two minutes) Time __________ __________ __________ __________ __________ __________ __________ __________ __________ __________ __________ __________ __________ __________ __________ Pipe Size Orifice Size Pressure __________ __________ __________ __________ __________ __________ __________ __________ __________ __________ __________ __________ __________ __________ __________ ∆P __________ __________ __________ __________ __________ __________ __________ __________ __________ __________ __________ __________ __________ __________ __________ Pressure Tap Location Pressure Measured Upstream or Downstream of Orifice Temp __________ __________ __________ __________ __________ __________ __________ __________ __________ __________ __________ __________ __________ __________ __________ Fuel Heating Value Specific Gravity *See Figure 1. Gas Flow Measurement Instrumentation Recorded By ______________________________________ 11 .

GE Power Systems General Electric Company One River Road. Schenectady. NY 12345 518 • 385 • 2211 TX: 145354 Iss. Date 11/77 Reformat 1/93 .

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

In the event of a turbine trip. Control of 90TV will port hydraulic oil through the dump valve to operate the variable inlet guide vane actuator. These instructions do not purport to cover all details or variations in equipment nor to provide for every possible contingency to be met in connection with installation. © 1998 GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY . the compressor bleed valves will open when the generator breaker is opened. For normal shutdown. These are shown on the trip oil and IGV schematic diagrams in Volume III. and hydraulic dump valve VH3. The pulsation limit is expressed as a function of IGV angle and corrected speed. its drain ports are blocked thus allowing the trip oil to operate the dump valve VH3.GEK106910 April 1998 Replaces VARIGV00 GE Power Systems Gas Turbine Variable Inlet Guide Vane System I. position sensors (LVDT) 96TV-1 and 96TV-2. The control system utilizes the measured variables of turbine speed and ambient temperature to determine the IGV angle and automatically modulate them to that position. The inlet guide vanes will ramp to the full closed position as a function of temperature corrected speed. operation or maintenance. When the inlet guide vane dump solenoid valve 20TV in the trip oil circuit is energized. shown by the broken line on Figure 1. PULSATION PROTECTION CONTROL The inlet guide vanes are automatically positioned during a start-up and a shutdown sequence to avoid gas turbine compressor pulsation. Should further information be desired or should particular problems arise which are not covered sufficiently for the purchaser’s purposes the matter should be referred to the GE Company. The variable inlet guide vane actuator is a hydraulically actuated assembly having a closed feedback control loop to control the guide vanes angle. inlet guide vane actuation is the reverse of the startup sequence. II. GENERAL Variable compressor inlet guide vanes (VIGV) are installed on the turbine to provide compressor pulsation protection during startup and shutdown and also to be used during operation under partial load conditions. the compressor bleed valves will open and the inlet guide vanes will ramp to the closed position as a function of temperature corrected speed. GUIDE VANE ACTUATION The modulated inlet guide vane actuating system includes the following components: servo valve 90TV. Corrected speed is a compressor design parameter that is a function of the actual running speed of the compressor and the inlet air temperature. III. Actuation of the dump valve allows hydraulic oil to flow through servo valve 90TV. On DLN units. The vanes are automatically positioned within their operating range in response either to the control system exhaust temperature limits for normal loaded operation. or to the control system pulsation protection limits during the start-up and shutdown sequences. the IGV angle is modulated to control air flow to the combustors for DLN operation modes.

IGV Angle vs Corrected Speed and Load. 2 . Angle) IGV Angle Degrees (CSRVPS) Minimum Full Speed Angle Rotating Stall Region Corrected Speed % (TNHCOR) 100 0 Load % 100 Figure 1.GEK106910 Variable Inlet Guide Vane System Full Open (Max.

In order to keep the fuel control and IGV control from trying to act simultaneously. Manual open/close soft switches are provided to allow the operator to manually position the VIGVs between the minimum full speed angle and full Open. This temperature is the constant CSKGVSSR. the SPEEDTRONIC™ sequencing logic generates a signal which is used in the start check circuit to prevent any attempt to restart the turbine prior to eliminating the cause for the trip. Refer to the control sequence program for a detailed representation of the VIGV software. 3 . the inlet guide vanes are held in the full-closed position (see the Control Specifications in this service manual for settings) until the proper temperature-corrected speed is reached. The manual control is limited to command an angle only when less than that being called for by the automatic control system. This sets a minimum load which the unit must reach before the VIGVs are allowed to open. or IGV position trouble is indicated. For applications requiring steam turbine warmup. The control system will automatically reprogram the VIGVs to the correct position at a controlled rate. which must operate in conjunction with the VIGVs to maintain compressor surge margin during startup. they begin to open to hold the exhaust temperature at this limit until they are full open when the exhaust temoerature control reverts to fuel modulation. EXHAUST TEMPERATURE CONTROL GEK106910 For applications such as a regenerative cycle or where there is a steam generator (boiler) in the gas turbine exhaust. For applications which require part load exhaust temperature control operation. This control should only be used in special circumstances to limit the travel (amount opened). the guide vanes are switched to the “IGV temp control On” with a soft switch.Variable Inlet Guide Vane System IV. This is necessary to avoid combustion resonance and must not be changed. OPERATION During a normal start-up. A graphic representation of this action is shown in Figure 1. The control program for such turbines includes an exhaust temperature control which automatically holds the IGV at a minimum angle during part-load operations. the guide vanes are held at the minimum fullspeed angle until the simple cycle VIGV exhaust temperature is reached. VI. the operator can select a desired exhaust temperature and the IGV’s will modulate to achieve the setpoint. The operator can activate or deactivate the VIGV temperature control mode at any time via the panel soft switches. causing the VIGVs to open until they reach the maximum angle. a value computed as the product of constant CSKGVTPG times the difference between the actual exhaust temperature TTXM and CSKGVSSR is added to the minimum angle. FAULT PROTECTION The guide vane protection system will trip solenoid valve 20TV. This bias becomes zero when the VIGVs are fully open and the fuel temperature control takes over. V. the guide vanes will begin to open. In this mode the VIGVs remain at the minimum full operating position until the base exhaust temperature limit is reached. In normal operation. it is desirable to maximize the exhaust temperature. The compressor bleed valves. initiate a fast normal shutdown and annunciate if there is low hydraulic supply pressure. the manual control is set at full open. a fuel control bias is added to keep the fuel line slightly above the VIGV line. will close when the generator breaker is closed. or the LVDT feedback is different from command. At this point. A switch is provided to permit the operator to select this mode of operation. Should the inlet guide vane system be tripped under and one of the above conditions. When the VIGV temperature control mode is not activated. As the exhaust temperature rises. At this time. This bias is the product of constant CSKGVBG times the difference between the maximum VIGV angle (constant CSKGVMAX) and the VIGV reference CSRGV.

This algorithm compares the difference between the VIGV position feedback CSGV and the reference signal CSRGV to generate alarm signal. During full-speed operation. L86GVT. a trip signal L86GVT is generated if the VIGV position feedback CSGV does not agree with the speed reference CSRGV within the value of LK86GVT1 and for a time of LK86GVT2 given in the Control Specifications Settings. NY 12345 518 • 385 • 2211 TX: 145354 . trip the turbine and annunciate an alarm. GE Power Systems General Electric Company One River Road. During part speed operation. L86GVA if the IGV is not following the reference within the value of LK86GVA1 given in the Control Specifications Settings. Trip signal L86GVT will deenergize 20TV.GEK 106910 Variable Inlet Guide Vane System The primary IGV fault signal is generated by the “IGV not following CSRGV” algorithm. Schenectady. The alarm signal is annunciated if the difference persists for time LK86GVA2 specified in the Control Specifications Settings. trip logic L4GVTX will alarm and trip the turbine if the VIGV feedback CSGV falls below a minimum allowable full-speed value LK4IGVTX.

.

.

.

.

the pressurizing fan motors are equipped with heaters 23PF–1 and 23PF–2. The system and its ducting arrangement are shown in the schematic diagram following this article. One fan is selected as the “lead” fan. These instructions do not purport to cover all details or variations in equipment nor to provide for every possible contingency to be met in connection with installation. the standby fan will start. Heaters are also installed in the accessory and turbine compartments for humidity control. Pressurizing Duct and Fans The compartments use thermally insulated panels and roofs and are both pressurized and cooled with inlet air circulated by the motor driven pressurizing fans. Gravity–operated inlet dampers and CO2 latched outlet dampers (for the accessory. The pressurizing fans take filtered air from the inlet filter compartment to pressurize and ventilate each of the gas turbine unit compartments. The switches are provided with the pressurizing fans. FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION A. provided by duct–mounted motor driven fans. pressure on the latch forces a piston against a spring. © 1996 GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY . and gas valve compartments (enclosures) to dissipate heat from these areas and prevent sand and dust from entering them. is fed to each compartment through an overhead duct that extends from the inlet filter compartment with separate entrance ducting extending to each of the enclosures. GENERAL A pressurized ventilation system is incorporated into the accessory. turbine. and load compartments) are used in the system to automatically provide a tight enclosure when the fire protection system is activated. Two centrifugal fans driven by AC motors 88PF–1 and 88PF–2 are installed in the ventilation ducting next to the inlet filter compartment. The second is sequenced as the “standby” fan. II. A gravity actuated damper is placed in the ducting immediately downstream of the inlet filter housing. operation or maintenance. load and load gear. moving a locking lever which releases the latch allowing the damper to close. For humidity control during periods of shutdown. Should further information be desired or should particular problems arise which are not covered sufficiently for the purchaser’s purposes the matter should be referred to the GE Company.VH5166 August 1996 GE Power Systems Gas Turbine Ventilation and Heating System I. The gravity–closing outlet dampers are normally held open by fire extinguishing agent pressure–operated latches which must be manually reset after damper release. If the selected lead fan fails to operate as sensed by pressure differential switches 63AT–1 and 63AT–2. Fan operation is controlled by temperature switch 26BT–2 mounted in the turbine compartment. When the agent is discharged. The selected lead fan is running during turbine operation and during turbine shutdown when residual temperatures in the compartment exceed the setting of 26BT–2. turbine. Pressurized air.

Thermostat 26VG–1 activates an alarm should the load compartment temperature exceed the switch setting. As with the compartments described above. When the cooling air is discharged from the compartment. and exits through a CO2 actuated damper. However. the cooling air exits through a gravity actuated damper. Air entering the accessory compartment passes through a gravity–actuated damper. E. F. A fire protection system involving gravity–actuated dampers and CO2–actuated dampers similar to that in the accessory compartment is also provided. the pressurized cooling air enters the load compartment through a gravity actuated damper. it passes through a normally–open CO2–actuated damper located at the exit vent opening. D. The pressurized air flows through the compartment collecting heat and is vented to atmosphere at an exit duct opening in the aft section of the roof. The heater is energized when the temperature in the accessory compartment drops below the setting of 26HA–3. Proper attention should be given to this condition. Load and Load Coupling Compartment The load and load coupling is contained in its own enclosure and is located between the exhaust plenum and the generator. As in the accessory and turbine compartments. since there is no fire protection system for the gas valve compartment. Gas Valve Compartment The gas valve compartment is similarly ventilated with pressurized ventilating air. side panels. Thermostat 26BT–1 activates an alarm should the turbine compartment temperature exceed the switch setting. Proper attention should be given to this condition.Gas Turbine B. circulates through the compartment. which closes when the pressurizing fan is not operating. Pressurized ventilating air is blown down through a duct in the roof into the aft end of the compartment. Heater 23HT–3 provides heating for humidity control during periods when the turbine is not operating. Accessory Compartment System Description Pressurized cooling air is piped from the main overhead ducting and brought into an inlet opening in the forward section of the compartment roof. C. 2 . the pressurized cooling air enters the gas valve compartment through a gravity actuated damper and picks up heat as it circulates through the compartment. and access door. Heater 23HA–3 provides heating for humidity control during periods when the turbine is not operating. This separate compartment has its own roof section. The heater is energized when the temperature in the turbine compartment drops below the setting of 26HT–3. Generator Compartment Refer to material after the tab entitled Generator support Systems for information concerning the turbine generator cooling system. Turbine Compartment The flow of pressurized cooling air enters the turbine compartment in the same manner as the accessory compartment.

.

.

.

.

which is usually supplied by the installer. Orifices for the extended discharge system are smaller and permit a relatively slow discharge rate to These instructions do not purport to cover all details or variations in equipment nor to provide for every possible contingency to be met in connection with installation. II. FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION AND SYSTEM OPERATION To gain a better understanding of the fire protection system. Carbon dioxide flow rate is controlled by the size of the orifices in the discharge nozzles in each compartment for both the initial and extended discharge systems. an extended discharge is provided to maintain an extinguishing concentration for a prolonged period to minimize potential reflash conditions.FP5166 October 1996 GE Power Systems Gas Turbine Fire Protection System I. Refer to the fire protection system schematic diagram (MLI 0426) following this article. a brief description of its operation and distinctive features is provided in the following paragraphs. Within a few seconds after actuation. where it connects to the on–base piping that distributes the C02 into the compartments through nozzle orifices. The fire protection system is comprised of a distribution system of piping for the delivery of C02 from a low pressure storage tank to the required gas turbine compartments in the event of a fire. The fire protection system control panel is usually mounted on the off–base skid (or in the turbine control room if requested). a quantity of carbon dioxide (C02) equal to or greater than 34% of the compartment volume is discharged into the compartment in one minute and. The fire protection system design conforms to the requirements specified in NFPA Pamphlet 12– Standard on Carbon Dioxide Extinguishing Systems. delivers the C02 from the off– base skid to the gas turbine compartments. operation or maintenance. To reduce the oxygen content. Should further information be desired or should particular problems arise which are not covered sufficiently for the purchaser’s purposes the matter should be referred to the GE Company. The orifices for the initial discharge system permit a rapid discharge of C02 to quickly build up an extinguishing concentration. recognizing the reflash potential of combustibles exposed to high temperature metal. This low pressure storage tank is usually located on an off–base skid and maintains saturated liquid carbon dioxide at a storage pressure of 300 psig (2069 kPa) at 0 F (–18 C) by means of a refrigeration compressor. The interconnecting field piping. © 1995 GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY . Two separate distribution systems are used: an initial discharge and an extended discharge. sufficient C02 flows from the initial discharge system into the gas turbine compartments to rapidly build up an extinguishing concentration (normally 34%). A C02 concentration (usually 30%) is then maintained by the gradual addition of more C02 from the extended discharge system compensating for compartment leakage. GENERAL INFORMATION The carbon dioxide fire protection system used for the gas turbine unit extinguishes fires by reducing the oxygen content of the air in the compartment from an atmospheric normal of 21% to below the level necessary to support combustion (normally 15%).

The system may also be manually actuated by means of the manual toggle switches (43CP–1A for zone 1) located on the outside of the Electrical Control Cabinet or by the manual pilot valves located in the Pilot Control Cabinet. are equipped with a pin which must be pulled before the push button can be depressed to activate the system and discharge the C02. These devices. there may also be manual lockout switches (which will normally have 43CL nomenclature) mounted on the enclosure external walls of the protected zone for remote lockout of C02 discharge. these timers should be reset by depressing the timer reset button (86FP–1A for zone 1) located on the outside of the Electrical Control Cabinet (this will also serve to shut off the alarms). Strobes and horns. Predischarge timers (which are usually factory set for a suggested 30 seconds to allow personnel to evacuate the compartments. either automatically or manually.Gas Turbine System Description maintain an extinguishing concentration over a prolonged period of time (based on the turbine frame size’s emergency roll down and cool down periods) to minimize the likelihood of a fire reigniting. Actuation of the solenoid valves allows C02 from the storage tank to pressurize the pistons of that particular zones initial and extended discharge pilot operated selector valves located on the C02 discharge manifold. 2CP–1A and –2A (zone 1). but can be changed in the field if required) are also located on the control panel and control the time between the detection of the fire and the activation of the solenoid valves. the compartment panels must be in place and the compartment doors closed. If customer requested. are strategically positioned on the outside and/or inside of the appropriate compartments to warn personnel of C02 discharge. After C02 discharge. regardless of which compartment the fire was detected. shut down the ventilation system. Initial and extended discharge timers. This single zone fire protection system will discharge C02 into all compartments of the turbine being protected. There is sufficient C02 in the system to compensate for leakage through ventilation openings which are not closed by pressure operated dampers and unavoidable cracks in the package lagging. are located on the control panel in the Electrical Control Cabinet and control the length of time the solenoid valves are energized and thus the C02 discharge time (these times are factory set– refer to MLI A068 for the specific times). and cause the discharge of C02. Should a fire occur in one of the protected gas turbine compartments. there may also be manual release switches mounted on the enclosure external walls of the protected zone. Carbon dioxide then flows from the storage tank through the initial and extended discharge selector valves into the piping distribution system and into the compartments of the particular zone. NOTE If the carbon dioxide system is to be effective. which are located in the Pilot Control Cabinet. will trip the turbine to shut off. If customer requested. with the zone consisting of an initial and an extended discharge. Each gas turbine unit has one zone of fire protection. the contacts of the heat–sensitive fire detectors will close and complete an electrical circuit that energizes and opens solenoid valves 45CR–1A and –2A (zone 1 initial and extended discharge). which will normally have 43CP nomenclature (refer to the system schematic). Each fire detector is wired into the fire protection control panel in such a way that both an A and B detector in that particular zone must be tripped in order for C02 to be discharged. For the purposes of maintenance on the fire protection system or the gas turbine itself. There is not enough to allow for uncontrolled escape of C02 through open panels or doors. This zone protection/detection is achieved by using separate A and B loops of heat–sensitive fire detectors. as well as C02 warning signs. the accidental discharge of C02 can be prevented by either closing the main shut off valve located on top of the storage tank or by closing the ball valve/limit switch (33CL–1A) located in the Pilot Control Cabinet. 2 . Actuation of the system.

MAINTENANCE. and maintenance of the fire protection system. AND TESTING Gas Turbine For installation.System Description * * * WARNING * * * Carbon dioxide. and the C02 Concentration Test instructions following this text. refer to the vendor instructions following this text. For fire protection/detection system testing instructions. It is recommended that personnel be adequately trained as to the proper action to take in case of such an emergency. inspection. The extent and type of safeguards and personnel warnings that may be necessary must be designed to meet the particular requirements of each situation. INSTALLATION. Anyone rendered unconscious by CO2 should be rescued as quickly as possible and revived immediately with artificial respiration. creates an atmosphere that will not support life. 3 . It is extremely hazardous to enter the compartments after the CO2 system has been discharged. III. refer to MLI 0113. in a concentration sufficient to extinguish fire.

.

.

.

.

is strictly confidential.Europe RAS LAFFAN GAS TURBINE & AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT CONTROL HIERARCHY STATE OF MODIFICATIONS Index Date Description A 27/08/01 First issue Added Arcnet optical links. Il ne peut être communiqué. ou reproduit sans son autorisation écrite. . propriété exclusive de GE Energy Products France SNC.GE Energy Products . B 29/01/02 C 18/03/02 Added hardwired link between GCP & DCS. It must not be communicated. copié. Added one time synchro signal for redundancy. est strictement confidentiel. and added hubs. copied or reproduced without our written consent. REF : 91-318 940 REV : C SECTION 01 PAGE : 1/3 Ce document. sole property of GE Energy Prudcts France SNC. This document. Replaced coax cable by optical fiber for UDH.

14 Hub HMI Server for unit 13 Viewer for units 11.e.C.13. PLANT LEVEL Master Clock A A B B * B * B A B B A B B A B * B * B IRIG-B Optical modem * *Optical modem GT 11 GT 12 GT 13 LOCAL CONTROL PANEL UNIT LEVEL Hub HMI Server for units 11. Optical converters for Ethernet link are supplied by Customer Optical fibers between GE and DCS are supplied by Customer. alarm. and creates control orders to and monitoring of the dedicated level. Function of links : A Monitoring (status.14 FIELD LEVEL DEDICATED LEVEL DEDICATED I&C TRE Displacement measurement rack A A TEX Excitation & protection cubicle C C <D> <C> TRE Speedtronic Mark V C TRE Displacement measurement rack A A TEX Excitation & protection cubicle C C <D> <C> TRE Speedtronic Mark V C TRE Displacement measurement rack A A TEX Excitation & protection cubicle C C <D> <C> TRE Speedtronic Mark V C TRE Displacement measurement rack A A TEX Excitation & protection cubicle C C <D> <C> TRE Speedtronic Mark V C EQUIPMENT TEX/TEV Generator & breaker TGU Gas turbine & associated equipment TEX/TEV Generator & breaker TGU Gas turbine & associated equipment TEX/TEV Generator & breaker TGU Gas turbine & associated equipment TEX/TEV Generator & breaker TGU Gas turbine & associated equipment C C C C TNT Compressor washing skid TNT Compressor washing skid The PLANT LEVEL manages all the high voltage and production activities.g CENTRAL CONTROL ROOM GE Energy Products .14 Hub HMI Server for unit 12 Viewer for units 11. C Control. command issuing.e. i. drives and monitors the complete unit in its border.13.14 GT 14 Hub HMI Server for units 11.12. is possible.12. analog measurements) B Monitoring & operating. this is the lowest man/machine interface and operates on and with field equipment included in the FIELD LEVEL such as drives.13. in each individual unit.THIRIET 18/03/02 .S. The plant level concerns the plant equipment and is essentially ensured by the DCS (Distributed control System) with all operator workstations. instruments. monitoring and operating : the respective control system provides apart from monitoring and operating facilities also control functions. Type of links : ARCNET LINK HARDWIRED LINK MODBUS LINK ETHERNET NETWORK (GSM PROTOCOL) TIME SYNCHRO NETWORK (IRIG-B) OPTICAL FIBER LINK 91-318 940 rev C Sheet 2 X. The DEDICATED LEVEL is the set of individual monitoring and control. The UNIT LEVEL.Europe RAS LAFFAN GAS TURBINE & AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT CONTROL HIERARCHY * * CUSTOMER'S D.12. The unit level is ensured by the Operator Interfaces located in the Local Control Room and concerns the Gas Turbine equipment. The dedicated level is performed by the cubicles located in the Local Control Room. the analog and binary signal processing. i. VDUs and printers located in the Central Control Room. etc.

e. command issuing. in each individual unit. i.g GE Energy Products . analog measurements) B Monitoring & operating.e. VDUs and printers located in the Central Control Room. C Control. i. The dedicated level is performed by the cubicles located in the Local Control Room. The unit level is ensured by the Operator Interfaces located in the Local Control Room and concerns the Gas Turbine equipment. The UNIT LEVEL. alarm. The plant level concerns the plant equipment and is essentially ensured by the DCS (Distributed control System) with all operator workstations. the analog and binary signal processing.THIRIET 18/03/02 To DCS To DCS LOCAL CONTROL PANEL UNIT LEVEL PRINTER HMI Server Hub EMERGENCY PUSH BUTTON To other GTs ModHub DEDICATED LEVEL B DEDICATED I&C A A A A B B B A B A TEX Excitation & protection cubicle TRE Displacement measurement rack TRE Gas detection rack TRE <D> <C> TRE Speedtronic Mark V TCA Air filter control panel TNT Compressor washing control panel TPT GT&AUX fire fighting panel Gas calculation rack C A A A C A C A TPG TPG C C C C C FIELD LEVEL EQUIPMENT TEV Generator & breaker TGU Gas turbine & associated equipment TGU Gas compartment TGR Final gas separators Vent & shut off valves Oil mist eliminator TCA GT & Generator air filter TNT Compressor washing skid TPT GT detection & release Gas metering The PLANT LEVEL manages all the high voltage and production activities. is possible. Type of links : ARCNET LINK HARDWIRED LINK MODBUS LINK ETHERNET NETWORK OPTICAL FIBER LINK 91-318 940 rev C Sheet 3 ARCNET . monitoring and operating : the respective control system provides apart from monitoring and operating facilities also control functions. Function of links : A Monitoring (status. and creates control orders to and monitoring of the dedicated level. etc. instruments. The DEDICATED LEVEL is the set of individual monitoring and control.Europe RAS LAFFAN GAS TURBINE & AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT CONTROL HIERARCHY Gas Turbine level To DCS To DCS To other GTs ETHERNET X. drives and monitors the complete unit in its border. this is the lowest man/machine interface and operates on and with field equipment included in the FIELD LEVEL such as drives.

a unit start must be initiated in order for the unit to be cranked. the status message field will display either “ON COOLDOWN” or “OFF COOLDOWN”. If desired. If the unit is “READY TO START”. the OFF command prevents “inadvertently” starting of the unit. the unit can be synchronized manually or automatically and loaded manually or automatically.. With the CRANK mode selected and the unit at zero speed. though mixed fuel operation must be done within certain parameters. “OFF” OPERATING MODE The “ OFF” mode is usually selected by the operator after a unit stop has been initiated or completed and there is no anticipated need to start the unit. this is a “fired shutdown”. this is an unalarmed start–check permissive. e. After starting the unit in CRANK mode it can be accelerated to full speed no load (FSNL) by selecting AUTO. selecting a mode of operation. “forced” cooling of the unit or heat recovery steam generator or shaft rotation after a failure of the unit to go on cooldown after a shutdown or trip. after which the unit will be unloaded automatically and decelerated in a manner which reduces the turbine’s thermal stresses gradually. PEAK.GE Power Systems GAS TURBINE OPERATOR COMMANDS INTRODUCTION Issuing the command to start a unit generally involves selecting a fuel. Before or after the unit has been started. initiating a unit start. synchronizing and loading the unit. Some units have the option of operating on a fuel mix. When OFF mode is selected. the status message field will display “CRANKING” while the unit remains in CRANK mode. the unit may be transferred from operation on one fuel to another. If at zero speed. After the unit has reached full speed no load (FSNL). After a unit start has been initiated. OPERATING MODE COMMANDS MODE OF OPERATION OFF CRANK FIRE AUTOMATIC REMOTE A normal unit shutdown is initiated by selecting the STOP command. the unit can be placed “ON COOLDOWN” by using the COOLDOWN ON or RATCHET ON command. one of several automatically controlled load setpoints can be selected. the unit can be taken “OFF COOLDOWN” after an appropriate period of time has passed by using the COOLDOWN OFF or RATCHA00052 REV A “CRANK” OPERATING MODE The “CRANK” mode is usually selected when the unit is to be rotated at or near its purge speed without admitting fuel to the combustion chambers. CRANK mode cannot be selected any time after the unit has fired. OFF cannot be selected while the unit is starting or running. The unit will then be placed “ON COOLDOWN” automatically. 1 GAS TURBINE OPERATOR COMMANDS . After selecting an operating mode and initiating a unit start. ET OFF command. Examples of such instances include axial–compressor cleaning.g. the status message field will display either “READY TO START” or “NOT READY TO START”. or FIRE and then AUTO. Exercise caution if it is necessary to crank the unit for extended periods of time or several times in succession so as not to damage the starting means. PRE–SELECT. BASE. A unit start cannot be initiated from the OFF mode.

If the rotor was to remain stationary after being shutdown. COOLDOWN CYCLE COMMANDS TURBINE COOLDOWN COOLDOWN ON (RATCHET ON) COOLDOWN OFF (RATCHET OFF) “COOLDOWN ON” COOLDOWN ON or RATCHET ON is used during unit cooldown to prevent rotor bow. Once the unit attains full speed.“FIRE” OPERATING MODE The “FIRE” mode is selected when it desired to “fire” the unit (admit and ignite fuel) but not bring it to full speed. and after flame has been initiated. the plant control may only monitor the Mark V. fuel flow will remain at the pre–set warm–up value. then “FIRING”. no mode below AUTO may be selected unless a unit STOP has been initiated. When a unit start is initiated after the FIRE mode has been selected. or to straighten a bowed rotor. The switching from CABLE REMOTE to AUTO and back must be done from the local panel. fire. “AUTO” OPERATING MODE The “AUTO” mode is the normal mode of operation selected when a unit is to be started from the local operator interface and brought to full speed. Model Series 7 and 9. After a unit start has been initiated. Since the unit is not self–sustaining at low speeds. the status message field will display either “READY TO START” or “NOT READY TO START”. not issue commands. The larger units. the upper half of the rotor would tend to get warmer than the lower half and the rotor would bow. the starting means will continue to provide torque to the unit. indicating whether or not all the unit start–check permissives have been satisfied. and load to Spinning Reserve if no other load command is given. a constant rotation at low rpm. the status message field will display “STARTING”. the status message field will display “STARTING”. Spinning Reserve is a pre–selected load level stored as a control constant in the SPEEDTRONIC™ Mk V software. The major difference between the large and small Model . Exercise caution if it is necessary to run the unit at FIRE for extended periods of time so as not to damage the starting means. Personnel must remember that when CABLE REMOTE is selected. “FIRING”. After selecting the AUTO mode. Once flame has been initiated. and then “FULL SPEED NO LOAD” or “SYNCHRONIZING” and “LOADING”. the local <I> is still able to issue commands to the control panel. to do start checks. the unit will crank. control does not transfer to the plant control. “WARMING UP”. depending on whether automatic synchronization has been selected. This may be useful to dry the unit after a water wash if it is not going to be operated within the next 12 hours. “WARMING UP”. utilize the COOLDOWN ON command which puts the units on “slow roll”. synchronize automatically. When AUTO is selected and the generator panel is in the Auto Synch mode. If “CABLE REMOTE” has not been selected. “ACCELERATING”. This could cause a vibration problem during a subsequent start–up or might prevent the rotor from turning at all. The CABLE REMOTE mode may be selected at any time and operation may be switched back and forth from CABLE REMOTE to AUTO while the unit is running. accelerate. Model Series 5 and 6 units utilize the RATCHET ON command which rotates the shaft 56° every three minutes. After starting the unit in FIRE mode it can be accelerated to full speed no load (FSNL) by selecting AUTO. Information displayed in the status message field will be the same as that for AUTO mode operation. “CABLE REMOTE” OPERATING MODE Selecting the “CABLE REMOTE” mode allows the plant’s central control system (DCS or SCADA) to send certain commands to the SPEEDTRONIC Mark V panel.

if so equipped. a shorter warm–up period for the gas turbine after firing and a steeper acceleration curve bringing the unit to full speed. the unit will come up to full speed at its normal rate of acceleration. MS6001 OPTION) “FAST START. This makes megawatts available very quickly but subjects the unit to high levels of thermal stress. When the 14HR zero speed relay picks up after a unit shutdown. for a minimum of 12 hours after a shutdown. “FAST LOAD START” COMMAND When a FAST LOAD START is used to start the unit in AUTO with automatic synchronization selected at the generator panel. automatic synchronization may be re–initiated by selecting START again. approximately eight times the automatic loading rate. but once the generator breaker closes. “START” COMMAND The START command is used to initiate the starting sequence when the CRANK. when the breaker is closed. or REMOTE mode is selected. GAS TURBINE UNIT COMMANDS UNIT START START FAST LOAD START FAST START. It is preferable to leave the unit on the cooldown cycle continuously unless a lengthy shutdown is anticipated. the machine is loaded at a much higher rate than normal. FIRE. The FAST START. While on slow roll or ratchet. The unit then loads at the fast load rate. FAST LOAD” COMMAND When a FAST START.GE Power Systems Series is the type of torque convertor used. Model Series 7 and 9 will not accept a COOLDOWN OFF until 12–14 hours after the unit has been shutdown. the ac–powered lube oil pump will operate. it may de–selected by selecting the normal START command. if BASE is selected. With auto–synch selected and the unit in AUTO mode. It is suggested the unit be put on the cooldown cycle prior to a start–up after an extended period of no rotation. The fast start results from a shorter warm–up period from the diesel engine starting device. AUTO. If FAST LOAD START has been selected mistakenly when initiating a start. the unit will go from zero speed to base load with no other operator input. the machine will load at a higher rate. FAST LOAD START should be used only when necessary as it has a negative impact on the machine’s maintenance intervals. “COOLDOWN OFF” “COOLDOWN OFF” or “RATCHET OFF” will terminate the cooldown cycle. FAST LOAD has even more of a negative impact on the machine’s 3 UNIT STOP STOP A00052 REV A GAS TURBINE OPERATOR COMMANDS . The unit will be on COOLDOWN or RATCHET any time it is at zero speed. unless COOLDOWN OFF or RATCHET OFF has been selected. A unit should remain on the cooldown cycle. the unit will come up to full speed at an accelerated rate and. no operator initiation required. slow roll or ratchet. If the generator breaker has opened for some reason. FAST LOAD (MS5001. providing both lubrication and the “muscle” needed for rotor rotation. FAST LOAD is used to start the unit in AUTO with automatic synchronization selected at the generator panel. the unit goes on slow roll or ratchet automatically. a START command will bring the unit from zero speed to Spinning Reserve with no other operator input.

SPINNING RESERVE is a site– adjustable setting determined by control constant LK90SPIN. e. The unit will remain at SPINNING RESERVE until another load command is given or until a RAISE or LOWER load command is given. This will unload the unit until. the hydraulic ratchet sequence is automatically initiated. The fired shutdown sequence reduces the thermal stresses on the unit which would be caused by stopping fuel flow abruptly. This is usually a nominal megawatt setting. A fired shutdown sequence reduces fuel flow at a set rate and causes the unit to decelerate. the generator breaker opens on “reverse power”. when the rotor reaches zero speed (14HR). the unit’s power output will change. It is important to note that as ambient conditions change. primarily compressor inlet temperature. GAS TURBINE LOAD COMMANDS In the absence of having selected either of the commands listed below. it may de–selected by selecting the normal START command. the automatic loading or unloading of the unit may be aborted by giving a RAISE or LOWER load command. Once at BASE LOAD. If FAST START. The unit is decelerated until the flame becomes unstable at which point fuel flow is stopped.. The FAST START. hence unloading. On machines equipped with the slow roll cooldown. this occurs at approximately 30% speed. PRE–SELECT BASE PEAK PRESELECTED LOAD When “PRESELECTED LOAD” is selected. The preselected load is a megawatt setting that is site–adjustable by changing control constant LK90PSEL. in the case of a generator drive application. On machines equipped with the hydraulic ratchet cooldown. the unit will automatically load or unload at the automatic loading rate until the preselected load output is attained. Once the preselected load level is attained. that is used by the control system as a reference in the absence of any other setting.g. When the unit is on exhaust temperature control. and. when the rotor reaches approximately 30–50 rpm the slow roll sequence is automatically initiated. The turbine speed reference will be reduced at the normal automatic loading. rate. the unit will remain there until another load command is given or a LOWER load command is given.maintenance intervals than FAST LOAD START and should be used judiciously. The unit will then be at approximately 100% speed and a fired shutdown sequence will be initiated. if the gas turbine is started in AUTO with automatic synchronization selected at the generator panel. the unit is at its nominal rated power output for the ambient conditions. BASE LOAD When “BASE LOAD” is selected. the unit will automatically load to a point known as “SPINNING RESERVE”. After selecting BASE LOAD. at this point. gawatts. FAST LOAD is an option available only on Model Series 5 and 6 machines. LOAD SELECTION “STOP” COMMAND A “STOP” command will initiate a unit shutdown sequence. four me- . fuel flow will be controlled to maintain that megawatt output until another load command is given or until a RAISE or LOWER load command is given. fuel flow is regulated to provide the maximum power for the ambient conditions without “overfiring” the machine. A STOP command may be aborted prior to high speed relay L14HS drop–out by giving a START command. FAST LOAD has been selected mistakenly when initiating a start. the unit will load (or unload from PEAK) at the normal loading rate until the unit goes on exhaust temperature control.

With the generator breaker closed and the unit on droop control. Selecting RAISE is the manual means of increasing the unit’s speed or load.GE Power Systems PEAK LOAD “PEAK LOAD” is an option and. a “RAISE” command will increment the turbine speed reference TNR. the unit will remain there until another load command is given or a LOWER load command is given. as ambient conditions change. If the entire grid system tends to be overloaded. selecting RAISE will increase the unit’s load. selecting LOWER will decrease the unit’s load. The isochronous governor setpoint is fixed at 100% speed. any deviation will integrate the fuel command in a 5 GAS TURBINE OPERATOR COMMANDS . selecting LOWER will decrease the unit’s speed. the automatic loading or unloading of the unit may be aborted by giving a RAISE or LOWER load command. the unit is operating at a firing temperature above its design limit. If all units have the same droop. all will share a load increase equally. when selected. With the generator breaker open. primarily compressor inlet temperature. this is a ‘load–sharing’ governor. With the generator breaker open. unit output is increased with a consequent reduction in the machine’s maintenance intervals. Droop speed control is a proportional control. the unit’s power output will change. With the generator breaker closed and the unit on droop control. Similar to operation on BASE. After selecting PEAK LOAD. grid frequency (or speed) will decrease and cause an FSR increase in proportion to the droop setting. a “LOWER” command will decrement the turbine speed reference TNR. ISOCHRONOUS GOVERNOR Selecting “ISOCHRONOUS” will force the unit to maintain rated speed/frequency and provide as much power as required up to the turbine’s firing temperature limit (temperature control). Any change in actual speed (grid frequency) will cause a proportional change in unit load. changing called–for fuel flow (FSR) in proportion to the difference between actual turbine speed and the speed reference. selecting RAISE will increase the unit’s speed. Selecting LOWER is the manual means of decreasing the unit’s speed or load. Load sharing and system stability are the main advantages of this method of speed control. Once at PEAK LOAD. When operating on PEAK. GOVERNOR COMMANDS GOVERNOR DROOP ISOCH DROOP GOVERNOR SPEED/LOAD CONTROL COMMANDS SPEED/LOAD CONTROL RAISE LOWER RAISE SPEED/LOAD When selected. A00052 REV A “DROOP” control is the usual governor command for most generators connected to a utility grid. the unit will load at the normal loading rate until the unit goes on peak exhaust temperature control. A rule of thumb is one hour of PEAK operation is equivalent to six hours of BASE operation. LOWER SPEED/LOAD When selected.

The reset action allows it to integrate out any steady state speed error. BACKUP OPERATOR INTERFACE COMMANDS STARTING PROCEDURE Step 1: Mode Select To “AUTO” • • • Press function key “F1” for MODE SELECT options. 4–D diesel fuel. . Naphtha fuel generally requires forwarding equipment or an additive due to its low lubricity. Heavy liquid fuels usually require that start–up of the gas turbine be done on another fuel and transfer to “HEAVY” after full speed has been attained. Naphtha may also be known as O–GI gas turbine fuel or JP–4.. Some gas fuel applications may be dual gas applications. the dual fuels primarily being natural gas and liquid fuel. e. respectively. If running on gas and the gas supply pressure falls below a pre–set level. high speed diesel. Some applications may use heavier liquid fuels known as crudes and/or residuals. 2–D diesel fuel. 6 burner fuel. Jet A and is generally more expensive than the number 2 distillates. However. etc. using some sort of gas generated by an on–site process as the secondary gas fuel. When running a dual–fuel gas/distillate machine. they would have a tendency to fight each other as each would attempt to hold a slightly different speed. Kerosene is also known as 1–D diesel fuel. This must be done within certain parameters such as being above a minimum load and minimum flow requirements for either fuel. or integrating. there is obviously no fuel selection needed. marine diesel fuel (low speed diesel). These are the fuels specified by “GAS” and “DIST”. These applications are usually in processing plants such as refineries or chemical plants. 4 burner fuel.direction to reduce the speed error to exactly zero. bunker C. Many dual–fuel machines can run at “MIX”. The isochronous governor is a proportional plus reset. light residual oil. a combination of the two fuels.g. 1–GT gas turbine fuel or JP5. the less volatile the fuel and the more on–site processing it needs before it is suitable for use. providing a steady state droop of 0 percent. Generally. FUEL COMMANDS FUEL SELECTION GAS DIST MIX HEAVY For single fuel applications. 2–GT gas turbine fuel. Jet B and is more volatile than the number 1 and 2 distillates. controller. The liquid fuel is usually a distillate known as Number 2 burner fuel. No. the machine is able to start on either fuel and switch to the alternate fuel after full speed has been attained. There are also applications that use lighter liquid fuels such as kerosene or naphtha. An asterisk (*) will appear beside “AUTO”. the control system will automatically switch to the liquid fuel. These heavier fuels require special fuel handling equipment such as heaters and water wash skids to make the fuel easy to handle and suitable for use in a gas turbine. 3–GT gas turbine fuel. Press the “ENTER” key. many machines come equipped for dual fuel operation. No. the higher the fuel number. Use the arrow (< >) keys to point to “AUTO”. etc. the transfer from liquid to gas must always be initiated by the operator. If there were two isochronous governor machines on the same system.

A00052 REV A 7 GAS TURBINE OPERATOR COMMANDS . Check “TNH” to confirm that turbine speed is increasing. Press the “ENTER” key. Use the arrow (< >) keys to point to “CD_ON”. Press the “ENTER” key. Cooldown On • • • • AUXILIARIES CONTROL Press function key “F15” (press down on the “SHIFT” and “F5” keys simultaneously). • Step 3: Load Selection To Base Load • • • Press funtion key “F5”. hydraulic oil and starting means systems) will be activated to support rotor cooldown activities. An asterisk (*) will appear beside “STOP”. Press the “NORMAL” key. indicating shaft rotation. indicating the stop sequence is in progress. Press the “RAISE” key. An asterisk (*) will appear beside “BASE”. Cooldown Off • • • • Press function key “F15” (press down on the “SHIFT” and “F5” keys simultaneously). The signal L94X will change to a “1”. Press “ENTER”. Press the “ENTER” key. Rotor cooldown operation will now stop and the support systems for this cooldown will be shut down automatically.GE Power Systems Step 2: Master Control “START” Signal • • • • Press function key “F2” for MASTER CONTROL options. The cooldown sequence has been initiated. An asterisk (*) will appear beside “CD_ON”. An asterisk (*) will appear beside “START”. indicating the start sequence is in progress. Press the “ENTER” key. No other commands are required. Press the “RAISE” key. Press the “RAISE” key. Press the “RAISE” key. STOP PROCEDURE Normal Stop Command • • • • Press the function key “F2”. At the appropriate time the necessary systems (lube oil. An asterisk (*) will appear beside “CD_OFF”. This includes the lube oil going to the bearings. The STOP procedure may be aborted by initiating a START. Use arrow (< >) keys to point to “BASE”. The signal “L1X” will change to a “1”. Use arrow (< >) key to point to “START”. Use the arrow (< >) keys to point to “CD_OFF”. Use arrow (< >) keys to point to “STOP”. The STOP sequence is fully automatic from this point.

NY 12345 .GE Power Systems Training General Electric Company One River Road Schenectady.

Fuel Stroke Reference (FSR) is the command signal for fuel flow. A generator drive gas turbine is used as the reference. compressor discharge pressure. For example. manual FSR. exhaust temperature. the temperature control system reduces the fuel supplied to the turbine and thereby limits the exhaust temperature.A 8/16/93 modes of acceleration. When it is necessary to alter the turbine operating conditions because of changes in load or ambient conditions. acTO CRT DISPLAY FUEL TEMPERATURE TO CRT DISPLAY FSR SPEED MINIMUM VALUE SELECT LOGIC FUEL SYSTEM ACCELERATION RATE TO CRT DISPLAY START UP SHUT DOWN MANUAL TO TURBINE id0043 Figure 1 Simplified Control Schematic Operating conditions of the turbine are sensed and utilized as feedback signals to the SPEEDTRONIC control system. There are three major control loops – startup. It is the objective of this chapter to describe how the gas turbine control requirements are met. speed. shutdown. protection and sequencing systems designed for reliable and safe operation of the gas turbine. the control modulates the flow of fuel to the gas turbine. and sequencing systems. CONTROL SYSTEM Basic Design Control of the gas turbine is done by the startup. Sensors monitor turbine speed. the lowest FSR output of the six 1 FUNDAMENTALS OF SPEEDTRONIC™ MARK V CONTROL SYSTEM . and shutdown operate in a similar manner. temperature. The secondary control A00023 rev. The output of these control loops is connected to a minimum value gate circuit as shown in Figure 1. protection. and other parameters to determine the operating conditions of the unit.GE Power Systems FUNDAMENTALS OF SPEEDTRONIC™ MARK V CONTROL SYSTEM SPEEDTRONIC™ Mark V Control contains a number of control. and manual control functions illustrated in Figure 1. celeration. if the exhaust temperature tends to exceed its allowable value for a given operating condition. and temperature – which may be in control during turbine operation. The minimum value select gate connects the output signals of the six control modes to the FSR controller. using simplified block diagrams and one–line diagrams of the SPEEDTRONIC Mark V control. speed.

GE Power Systems LOGIC CQTC FSRSU <R><S><T> START-UP CONTROL FSR LOGIC TNH TNHAR TNH TNHAR FSRMIN FSRACC <R><S><T> ACCELERATION CONTROL LOGIC FSRC FSRMAN <R><S><T> MANUAL FSR FSRSU FSRACC FSRMAN FSRSD FSRN FSRT FSR MIN GATE FSR LOGIC TNHCOR CQTC FSRMIN FSRC FSR FSRMIN FSRSD <R><S><T> SHUTDOWN CONTROL SPEED CONTROL <R><S><T> QTBA TCQC 77NH PR/D LOGIC TNH FSRN LOGIC TNR TNR LOGIC TNRI TNRI ISOCHRONOUS ONLY TEMPERATURE CONTROL LOGIC TBQB TCQC A/D FSR TBQA TCQA TTXD A/D TTXD TTRX <R><S><T> TTRX LOGIC TTXM <R><S><T> MEDIAN FSR TTXM <R><S><T> FSRT 96CD id0038V Figure 2 Block Diagram – Control Schematic FUNDAMENTALS OF SPEEDTRONIC™ MARK V CONTROL SYSTEM 2 A00023 rev. A 8/16/93 .

16% –L14HA Accelerating Speed (approx. this indicates that turbine start–up is progressing and keys certain protective features. but enabling protective circuits and obtaining permissive conditions before proceeding. General values for control settings are given in this description to help in the understanding of the operating system. 0% speed) A00023 rev. L14HS will drop out at the under–frequency speed setting. Speed Detectors An important part of the start–up/shutdown sequence control of the gas turbine is proper speed sensing. accelerate the turbine. Only one control loop will be in control at any particular time and the control loop which is controlling FSR will be displayed on the CRT. 50% speed) –L14HS speed) Operating Speed (approx. 3 FUNDAMENTALS OF SPEEDTRONIC™ MARK V CONTROL SYSTEM . 95% Start–up/Shutdown Sequence and Control Start–up control brings the gas turbine from zero speed up to operating speed safely by providing proper fuel to establish flame. starting device and fuel control system. and to do it in such a manner as to minimize the low cycle fatigue of the hot gas path parts during the sequence. the turbine will then require another start signal before the generator will attempt to auto– synchronize to the system again. The actual settings of the speed relays are listed in the Control Specification and are programmed in the <RST> processors as EEPROM control constants. The minimum speed detector L14HM indicates that the turbine has reached the minimum firing speed and initiates the purge cycle prior to the introduction of fuel and ignition. When the shaft speed is below 14HR. This can be referenced during the explanation of each loop to show the interfacing.A 8/16/93 The zero–speed detector. L14HR picks–up (fail safe) and the permissive logic initiates ratchet or slow–roll operation during the automatic start–up/cooldown sequence of the turbine. –L14HM speed) Minimum Speed (approx.GE Power Systems control loops is allowed to pass through the gate to the fuel control system as the controlling FSR. The following speed detectors and speed relays are typically used: –L14HR Zero–Speed (approx. The dropout of the L14HM minimum speed relay provides several permissive functions in the restarting of the gas turbine after shutdown.3%. This involves proper sequencing of command signals to the accessories. or at zero– speed. L14HR. After L14HS drops out the generator breaker will trip open and the Turbine Speed Reference (TNR) will be reset to 100. L14HS will again pick up. Should the turbine and generator slow during an underfrequency situation. This signal provides the logic for various control sequences such as stopping auxiliary lube oil pumps and starting turbine shell/exhaust frame blowers. Figure 2 shows a more detailed schematic of the control loops. Actual values for control settings are given in the Control Specifications for a particular machine. it is important to verify the state of selected devices in the sequence. The high–speed sensor L14HS pickup indicates when the turbine is at speed and that the accelerating sequence is almost complete. provides the signal when the turbine shaft starts or stops rotating. The accelerating speed relay L14HA pickup indicates when the turbine has reached approximately 50 percent speed. As the turbine accelerates. The controlling FSR will establish the fuel input to the turbine at the rate required by the system which is in control. Since a safe and successful start–up depends on proper functioning of the gas turbine equipment. Much of the control logic circuitry is associated not only with actuating control devices. Turbine speed is measured by magnetic pickups and will be discussed under speed control.

If all protective circuits and trip latches are reset. “FIRE”. the L14HR signal de–energizes starting clutch solenoid 20CS and shuts down the hydraulic ratchet. 100 While the turbine is at rest. the accessories. Startup status message “STARTING” will be displayed on the CRT. the software sets maximum and minimum FSR and provides for manual control of FSR. With the “L4” circuit permissive and the starting clutch engaged. “ACCELERATE” and “MAX”. The FUNDAMENTALS OF SPEEDTRONIC™ MARK V CONTROL SYSTEM 4 clutch then requires torque from the starting device to maintain engagement. In addition to the three active start–up levels. the starting device starts turning. Clicking on the “START” Master Control Switch (L1S) and “EXECUTE” will introduce the start signal to the logic sequence. A 8/16/93 . Clicking on the targets for “MAN FSR CONTROL” and “FSR GAG RAISE OR LOWER” allows manual adjustment of FSR setting between FSRMIN and FSRMAX. “WARM– UP”. The start signal energizes the Master Control and Protection circuit (the “L4” circuit) and starts the necessary auxiliary equipment. “SHUTDOWN STATUS” will be displayed on the CRT. SPEED – % 80 ACCELERATE IGNITION & CROSSFIRE 60 START AUXILIARIES & DIESEL WARMUP PURGE COAST DOWN WARMUP 1 MIN IGV – DEGREES Tx – °F/10 40 20 C 0 A FSR – % B APPROXIMATE TIME – MINUTES D id0093 Figure 3 Mark V Start-up Curve When the turbine ‘breaks away’ (starts to rotate). and the voltage supplies. See point “A” on the Typical Start–up Curve Figure 3. The turbine speed relay L14HM indicates that the turbine is turning at the A00023 rev. Activating the Master Operation Switch (L43) from “OFF” to an operating mode will activate the ready circuit. At this time. The levels are: “ZERO”. The fuel command signals are generated by the SPEEDTRONIC control start–up software. Start–up control FSR signals operate through the minimum value gate to ensure that other control functions can limit FSR as required. the “STARTUP STATUS” and “READY TO START” messages will be displayed. The Control Specifications provide proper settings calculated for the fuel anticipated at the site. electronic checks are made of the fuel system stop and control valves. The “L4” circuit permits pressurization of the trip oil system and engages the starting clutch if applicable.GE Power Systems START–UP CONTROL The start–up control operates as an open loop control using preset levels of the fuel command signal FSR. The FSR levels are set as Control Constants in the SPEEDTRONIC Mark V start–up control. indicating that the turbine will accept a start signal.

By maintaining 5 FUNDAMENTALS OF SPEEDTRONIC™ MARK V CONTROL SYSTEM . to reach the temperature control limit. When any of the functional flame detectors senses a loss of flame. Speed relay L14HA indicates the turbine is accelerating. Units not having motor driven boosters may require higher fuel shut off speed to avoid smoke. the start–up control ramps FSR at a predetermined rate to the setting for “ACCELERATE LIMIT”. shutdown Fuel Stroke Reference FSRSD is set equal to FSR. If the generator breaker is closed when the stop signal is initiated. the warm–up timer L2W starts and the fuel command signal is reduced to the “WARM–UP” FSR level. See point “C” on Figure 3. The L14HM signal or completion of the purge cycle (L2TVX) ‘enables’ fuel flow. The purge time is set to allow three to four changes of air through the unit to ensure that any combustible mixture has been purged from the system. and initiates the firing timer L2F. after which fuel flow is stopped. When the turbine overruns the starting device. which monitors the rate of rotor acceleration. fuel flow is halted. The start–up phase ends when the unit attains full– speed–no–load (see point “D” on Figure 3). other control circuits are able to reduce and modulate FSR to perform their control functions. When turbine speed drops below a defined threshold (Control Constant K60RB) FSRSD ramps to a blowout of one flame detector. but not normal. boilers) have a purge timer. Units which do not have extensive exhaust systems may not have a purge timer. During coastdown on units having motor driven atomizing air booster compressors. but firing will be delayed by the L2TV timer to avoid fuel accumulation in successive attempts. this will produce the L94X signal. The start–up cycle has been designed to moderate the highest firing temperature produced during acceleration. FSR control usually passes to acceleration control. FSR is A00023 rev. ignition. The start–up control software establishes the maximum allowable levels of FSR signals during start– up. The warm–up time is provided to minimize the thermal stresses of the hot gas path parts during the initial part of the start–up. The clutch is held in as long as the starting device provides torque to the gas turbine. L2TV. sets firing level FSR. See point “B” on Figure 3. In the acceleration phase of the start–up. When the flame detector output signals indicate flame has been established in the combustors (L28FD). the clutch will disengage. It is possible. shutting down the starting device. If flame is not established by the time the L2F timer times out. Fired shut down is an improvement over the former fuel shut off at L14HS drop out. As fuel is increased. FSRSD latches onto FSRMIN and decreases with corrected speed. TNR then continues to count down to reduce speed. which is initiated with the L14HM signal. but rely on the starting cycle and natural draft to purge the system. FSRMIN/FSRSD decreases at a higher rate until flame–out occurs. This sequence occurs even on units not requiring initial L2TV purge.GE Power Systems speed required for proper purging and ignition in the combustors. This is done by programming a slow rise in FSR. Fired Shutdown A normal shutdown is initiated by clicking on the “STOP” target (L1STOP) and “EXECUTE”. the turbine begins the acceleration phase of start–up. Gas fired units that have exhaust configurations which can trap gas leakage (i. When the STOP signal is given. the minimum fuel required to keep the turbine fired. The sequencing logic remembers which flame detectors were functional when the breaker opened. the Turbine Speed Reference (TNR) counts down to reduce load at the normal loading rate until the reverse power relay operates to open the generator breaker. When the generator breaker opens. typically 60 seconds. At the completion of the warm–up period (L2WX). The unit can be given another start signal. the booster is started at L14HS drop out to prevent exhaust smoke during the shut down. The CRT display will show which parameter is limiting or controlling FSR. As stated before.. The starting means will hold speed until L2TV has completed its cycle.A 8/16/93 then controlled by the speed loop and the auxiliary systems are automatically shut down.e. FSRSD ramps from existing FSR down to a value equal to FSRMIN.

–2.GE Power Systems flame down to a lower speed there is significant reduction in the strain developed on the hot gas path parts at the time of fuel shut off. in turn raising or lowering TNH. changing FSR in proportion to the difference beA00023 rev. where it is monitored by the speed control software. the pulse signal can be distorted. At this point the operator can raise or lower TNR. Fuel flow in excess of that necessary to maintain full speed no load will result in increased power produced by the generator. Clearance between the outside diameter of the toothed wheel and the tip of the magnetic pickup should be kept within the limits specified in the Control Specifications (approx.–3) are high output devices consisting of a permanent magnet surrounded by a hermetically sealed case. Thus the speed control loop becomes a load control loop and the speed reference is a convenient control of the desired amount of load to be applied to the turbine– generator unit.3% TNH for synchronization. Refer to Figure 4. LOW SPEED STOP FUEL STROKE REFERENCE (LOAD) (FSR) id0044 Figure 4 Droop Control Curve Speed/Load Reference The speed control software will change FSR in proportion to the difference between the actual turbine– FUNDAMENTALS OF SPEEDTRONIC™ MARK V CONTROL SYSTEM 6 The turbine follows to 100. generator speed (TNH) and the called–for speed reference (TNR). With the 60–tooth wheel. 50 mils). if required. While on speed control the control mode message “SPEED CTRL”will be displayed. The voltage output is affected by the clearance between the teeth of the wheel and the tip of the magnetic pickup. the frequency of the voltage output in Hertz is exactly equal to the speed of the turbine in revolutions per minute. The signal from the magnetic pickups is brought into the Mark V panel. via the 70R4CS switch on the generator control panel or by clicking on the targets on the CRT. SPEED REFERENCE % (TNR) “FSNL” 100 FULL SPEED NO LOAD FSR RATED FSR MINIMUM FSR 95 TNR MIN. The pickups are mounted in a ring around a 60–toothed wheel on the gas turbine compressor rotor. The start–up speed reference is 100. Droop speed control is a proportional control. 107 HIGH SPEED STOP SPEED CONTROL The Speed Control System controls the speed and load of the gas turbine generator in response to the actual turbine speed signal and the called–for speed reference. one mag pickup to each controller <RST>. The called–for–speed. the speed is held constant by the grid frequency.) speed. The range for generator drive turbines is normally from 95% (min. If the clearance is not maintained within the specified limits. Once the generator breaker is closed onto the power grid. determines the load of the turbine. TNR MAX. TNR.3% and is preset when a “START” signal is given.) to 107% (max. These magnetic pickup sensors (77NH–1. A 8/16/93 MAX FSR . Turbine speed control would then operate in response to the incorrect speed feedback signal. 104 Speed Signal Three magnetic sensors are used to measure the speed of the turbine.

This error is multiplied by a gain constant dependent on the desired droop setting <RST> SPEED CONTROL FSNL TNR SPEED REFERENCE + – TNH SPEED DROOP ERROR SIGNAL + + FSRN <RST> SPEED CHANGER LOAD SET POINT MAX. Load sharing and system stability are the main advantages of this method of speed control. By closing the generator breaker and raising TNR via raise/lower. Any change in actual speed (grid frequency) will cause a proportional change in unit load. Figure 5 Speed Control Schematic A00023 rev. grid frequency (or speed) will decrease and cause an FSR increase in proportion to the droop setting. Normally 4% droop is selected and the setpoint is calibrated such that 104% setpoint will generate a speed reference which will produce an FSR resulting in base load at design ambient temperature. This proportionality is adjustable to the desired regulation or “Droop”. the error between speed and reference is increased. all will share a load increase equally.A 8/16/93 7 FUNDAMENTALS OF SPEEDTRONIC™ MARK V CONTROL SYSTEM . If all units have the same droop. If the entire grid system tends to be overloaded. 104% TNR will produce an FSR resulting in peak load. When operating on droop control. FSR relationship is shown on Figure 4. SELECT LOGIC START-UP OR SHUTDOWN id0040 MEDIAN SELECT TNR SPEED REFERENCE MIN. If the unit has “PEAK” capability.GE Power Systems tween actual turbine speed and the speed reference. LIMIT L83SD RATE L70R RAISE L70L LOWER L83PRES PRESET LOGIC PRESET OPERATING L83TNROP MIN. The speed vs. the full–speed– no–load FSR setting calls for a fuel flow which is sufficient to maintain full speed with no generator load.

3% speed to keep the generator “faster” than the grid. with a sudden rejection of load on the turbine. generator panel selector switch.. the speed matching circuit adjusts TNR to maintain turbine speed 0. If the sysFUNDAMENTALS OF SPEEDTRONIC™ MARK V CONTROL SYSTEM 8 tem frequency has varied enough to cause an unacceptable slip frequency (difference between generator frequency and grid frequency). or from the SPEEDTRONIC Mark V CRT. OFF – Breaker will not be closed by SPEEDTRONIC Mark V control 2. assuring load pick–up upon breaker closure. For example. the speed control system loop would want to drive the FSR signal to zero. 1. the unit is brought to 100. <RST> software drives the synch check and synch permissive relays.GE Power Systems and added to the FSNL FSR setting to produce the required FSR to take more load and thus assist in holding the system frequency. and are then paralleled to <RST>. These may be selected from external contacts.20% to 0. Refer to Figures 4 and 5. See Figure 6. It is used in series with both the auto synchronizing relay and the manual breaker close switch to prevent large out– of–phase breaker closures. but the minimum FSR setting establishes the minimum fuel level that prevents a flameout. ACCELERATION CONTROL Acceleration control compares the present value of the speed signal with the value at the last sample time. Temperature and/or start–up control can drive FSR to zero and are not influenced by FSRMIN. <XYZ> AUTO SYNCH <RST> AUTO SYNCH PERMISSIVE CALCULATED PHASE WITHIN LIMITS GEN VOLTS REF AND A A>B B CALCULATED SLIP WITHIN LIMITS AND L83AS AUTO SYNCH PERMISSIVE CALCULATED ACCELERATION L25 BREAKER CLOSE LINE VOLTS REF A A>B B CALCULATED BREAKER LEAD TIME id0048V Figure 6 Synchronizing Control Schematic There are three basic synchronizing modes. The difference between these two numbers is a A00023 rev. i. Synchronizing Automatic synchronizing is accomplished using synchronizing algorithms programmed into <RST> and <P> software. while <P> provides the actual breaker close command. MANUAL – Operator initiated breaker closure when permissive synch check relay 25X is satisfied 3. The minimum FSR limit (FSRMIN) in the SPEEDTRONIC Mark V system prevents the speed control circuits from driving the FSR below the value which would cause flameout during a transient condition. Bus and generator voltage signals are input to the <P> core which contains isolation transformers.40% faster than the grid to assure the correct slip frequency and permit synchronizing. A 8/16/93 .e. AUTO – System will automatically match voltage and speed and then close the breaker at the appropriate time to hit top dead center on the synchroscope For synchronizing. For added protection a synchronizing check relay is provided in the generator panel.

normally 1% speed/second. The temperature of that gas as it exits the first stage nozzle is known as A00023 rev. which is normally 14HS pick–up. there may be 13 to 27. and known site conditions. firing temperature can be determined as a function of exhaust temperature and the pressure ratio across the turbine. Either FSR or megawatt exhaust temperature control curves are used as back–up to the primary CPD–biased temperature control curve. it is this temperature that must be limited by the control system. These thermocouples are mounted in the exhaust plenum in an axial direction circumferentially around the exhaust diffuser. From thermodynamic relationships. These relationships are shown on Figures 7 and 8. which will reduce FSR. acceleration control usually serves only to contain the unit’s speed if the generator breaker should open while under load. while the constant exhaust temperature limit protects the exhaust system during start– up. If the actual acceleration is greater than the acceleration reference. At “Complete Sequence”. depending on the gas turbine model. The highest temperature in the gas turbine occurs in the flame zone of the combustion chambers. the “firing temperature” of the gas turbine. cooler plenum 9 FUNDAMENTALS OF SPEEDTRONIC™ MARK V CONTROL SYSTEM . After the unit has reached 100% TNH. The combustion gas in that zone is diluted by cooling air and flows into the turbine section through the first stage nozzle.6mm) stainless steel sheathed thermocouples at high velocity. The temperature control system is designed to measure and control turbine exhaust temperature rather than firing temperature because it is impractical to measure temperatures directly in the combustion chambers or at the turbine inlet. Firing temperature can also be approximated as a function of exhaust temperature and fuel flow (FSR) and as a function of exhaust temperature and generator output (DWATT). This indirect control of turbine firing temperature is made practical by utilizing known gas turbine aero– and thermo–dynamic characteristics and using those to bias the exhaust temperature signal.A 8/16/93 Chromel–Alumel exhaust temperature thermocouples are used and. During start–up the acceleration reference is a function of turbine speed. minimizing the cooling effect of the longer time constant. gas turbine cycle performance calculations. since the exhaust temperature alone is not a true indication of firing temperature.GE Power Systems measure of the acceleration. ISOTHERMAL EXHASUT TEMPERATURE (Tx) COMPRESSOR DISCHARGE PRESSURE (CPD) id0045 Figure 7 Exhaust Temperature vs. FSRACC is reduced. and consequently the fuel to the gas turbine. acceleration control usually takes over from speed control shortly after the warm–up period and brings the unit to speed. the latter is determined from the measured compressor discharge pressure (CPD). Compressor Discharge Pressure Exhaust Temperature Control Hardware TEMPERATURE CONTROL The Temperature Control System will limit fuel flow to the gas turbine to maintain internal operating temperatures within design limitations of turbine hot gas path parts. The lines of constant firing temperature are used in the control system to limit gas turbine operating temperatures. the acceleration reference is a Control Constant. They have individual radiation shields that allow the radial outward diffuser flow to pass over these 1/16” diameter (1.

this program will ignore the readings from the failed Controller. that average being the TTXM signal. The temperature control command program compares the exhaust temperature control setpoint with the measured gas turbine exhaust temperature as obtained from the thermocouples mounted in the exhaust plenum. The highest and lowest values are then rejected and the remaining values are averaged. The signals from these individual. and then generates a fuel comFUNDAMENTALS OF SPEEDTRONIC™ MARK V CONTROL SYSTEM 10 Temperature Control Bias Program Gas turbine firing temperature is determined by the measured parameters of exhaust temperature and compressor discharge pressure (CPD) or exhaust A00023 rev. A major function is the exhaust temperature control. selects the temperature control setpoint. Temperature control command 2. calculates the representative exhaust temperature value. The temperature control command program in <RST> (Figure 9) reads the exhaust thermocouple temperature values and sorts them from the highest to the lowest. These signals are accessed by <RST> as well as <C>. FSRT. The TTXM signal will be based on the remaining Controllers’ thermocouples and an alarm will be generated.GE Power Systems mand signal to the analog control system to limit exhaust temperature. The TTXM value is used as the feedback for the exhaust temperature comparator because the value is not affected by extremes that may be the result of faulty instrumentation. A 8/16/93 . Exhaust Temperature Control Software The software contains a series of application programs written to perform the exhaust temperature control and monitoring functions such as digital and analog input scan. Temperature reference selection The temperature control software determines the cold junction compensated thermocouple readings. compares this value with the setpoint. The temperature–control– command program in <RST> compares the exhaust temperature control setpoint (calculated in the temperature–control–bias program and stored in the computer memory) TTRXB to the TTXM value to determine the temperature error. Temperature control bias calculations 3. Fuel Control Command Signal walls. This array (TTXD2) is used in the combustion monitor program as well as in the Temperature Control Program. If a Controller should fail. which consists of the following programs: 1. calculates the control setpoint value. The software program converts the temperature error to a fuel stroke reference signal. Temperature Control Command Program ISOTHERMAL EXHASUT TEMPERATURE (Tx) FUEL STROKE REFERENCE (FSR) id0046 Figure 8 Exhaust Temperature vs. In the Temperature Control Program all exhaust thermocouple inputs are monitored and if any are reading too low as compared to a constant. ungrounded detectors are sent to the SPEEDTRONIC Mark V control panel through shielded thermocouple cables and are divided amongst controllers <RST>. these thermocouples are scanned and cold junction corrected by programs described later. they will be rejected.

The values for these constants are given in the Control Specifications–Control System 11 FUNDAMENTALS OF SPEEDTRONIC™ MARK V CONTROL SYSTEM . The temperature control bias program (Figure 10) calculates the exhaust temperature control setpoint TTRXB based on the CPD data stored in computer memory and constants from the selected temperature–reference table.A 8/16/93 DIGITAL INPUT DATA COMPUTER MEMORY SELECTED TEMPERATURE REFERENCE TABLE TEMPERATURE CONTROL BIAS PROGRAM COMPUTER MEMORY CONSTANT STORAGE id0023 Figure 10 Temperature Control Bias corner) and TTKn_M (FSR bias slope) are used with the FSR data to determine the FSR bias exhaust temperature setpoint. Figure 11 is a graphical illustration of the control setpoints.GE Power Systems <RST> . The constants TTKn_C (CPD bias corner) and TTKn_S (CPD bias slope) are used with the CPD data to determine the CPD bias exhaust temperature setpoint. The program calculates another setpoint based on FSR and constants from another temperature– reference table. In the computer. The constants TTKn_K (FSR bias A00023 rev. firing temperature is limited by a linearized function of exhaust temperature and CPD backed up by a linearized function of exhaust temperature and FSR (See Figure 8). TTXD2 SORT HIGHEST TO LOWEST TO COMBUSTION MONITOR TTXDR TTXDS TTXDT QUANTITY OF TC’s USED REJECT LOW TC’s REJECT HIGH AND LOW AVERAGE REMAINING TTXM <RST> TEMPERATURE CONTROL REFERENCE FSRMIN CPD FSRMAX SLOPE MIN SELECT TTXM TTRXB <RST> TEMPERATURE CONTROL CORNER SLOPE MEDIAN SELECT + FSRT FSR GAIN CORNER FSR ISOTHERMAL + id0032V Figure 9 Temperature Control Schematic temperature and fuel consumption (proportional to FSR).

The maximum and minimum change in ramp rates (slope) are programmed in constants TTKRXR1 and TTKRXR2. FSR bias control will be selected to minimize the effect of turbine nozzle plugging on firing temperature. The FSR bias setpoint will then be compared with the CPD bias setpoint and an alarm will occur when the FSR setpoint exceeds the CPD setpoint. normally. The output of the ramp function is the exhaust temperature control setpoint which is stored in the computer memory. A ramp function is provided in the program to limit the rate at which the setpoint can change. as shown by the heavy lines on Figure 11. they are stored in the selected–temperature–reference memory. Three digital input signals are decoded to select one set of constants which define the control setpoints necessary to meet those requirements. A 8/16/93 . this selection results in a CPD bias control with an isothermal limit. BASE) firing temperature. FSR actually consists of two separate signals added together. FSR1 being the called–for liquid fuel flow and FSR2 being the called–for gas fuel flow. For units operating with heavy fuel. where the setpoint is compared with the feedback signal and converted to a valve EXHAUST TEMPERATURE TTKn_I TTKn_C TTKn_K ISOTHERMAL DIGITAL INPUT DATA TEMPERATURE REFERENCE SELECT SELECTED TEMPERATURE REFERENCE TABLE CPD FSR id0054 CONSTANT STORAGE id0106 Figure 11 Exhaust Temperature Control Setpoints Figure 12 Temperature Reference Select Program FUNDAMENTALS OF SPEEDTRONIC™ MARK V CONTROL SYSTEM 12 A00023 rev. The temperature–reference–select program (Figure 12) determines the operational level for control setpoints based on digital input information representing temperature control requirements. or isothermal for the final exhaust temperature control reference. The temperature–control–bias program also selects the isothermal setpoint TTKn_I. It starts with the servo drive system. Typical digital signals are “BASE SELECT”. The program selects the minimum of the three setpoints. CPD bias.GE Power Systems Settings drawing. During normal operation with gas or light distillate fuels. For example.5°F per second. This chapter will describe a dual fuel system. Consult the Control Sequence Program (CSP) and the Control Specifications drawing for the block diagram illustration of this function and the value of the constants. Standard fuel systems are designed for operation with liquid fuel and/or gas fuel. The CPD bias setpoint is compared with the FSR bias setpoint by the program and an alarm occurs when the CPD setpoint is higher. the “PEAK SELECT” signal determines operation at PEAK (vs. “PEAK SELECT” and “HEAVY FUEL SELECT” and are selected by clicking on the appropriate target on the operator interface CRT. Typical rate change limit is 1. FSR1 + FSR2 = FSR. Temperature Reference Select Program The exhaust temperature control function selects control setpoints to allow gas turbine operation at various firing temperatures. When the appropriate set of constants are selected. FSR bias. FUEL CONTROL SYSTEM The gas turbine fuel control system will change fuel flow to the combustors in response to the fuel stroke reference signal (FSR).

fuel pump. secondary fuel oil filter (high pressure). fuel lines. gas and dual fuel operation and how the FSR from the control systems previously described is conditioned and sent as a set point to the servo system. A00023 rev. –3 and SPEEDTRONIC control cards TCQC and TCQA. the feedback voltage changes. false start drain valve. The digital (microprocessor signal) to analog conversion is done on the TCQA card. There is a null–bias spring which positions the servo so that the actuator will go to the fail safe position should ALL power and/or control signals be lost. this represents called–for fuel flow. The difference is amplified on the TCQC card and sent through the QTBA card to the servo. If the hydraulic actuator is a double–action piston. The servovalve is the interface between the electrical and mechanical systems and controls the direction and rate of motion of a hydraulic actuator based on the input current to the servo. 3-COIL TORQUE MOTOR TORQUE MOTOR ARMATURE N N TORQUE MOTOR JET TUBE FORCE FEEDBACK SPRING S S FAIL SAFE BIAS SPRING P 1 R 2 P Liquid Fuel Control FILTER SPOOL VALVE DRAIN 1350 PSI HYDRAULIC ACTUATOR TO <RST> LVDT ABEX Servovalve Figure 13 Electrohydraulic Servovalve The servovalve contains three electrically isolated coils on the torque motor. hydraulic oil will be ported to one side of the cylinder and the other to drain. This provides redundancy should one of the Controllers or coils fail. The called–for fuel flow signal is then compared to a feedback representing actual fuel flow. fuel pump clutch solenoid 20CF. This output to the servos is monitored and there will be an alarm on loss of any one of the three signals from <RST>. the control signal positions the servovalve so that it ports high–pressure oil to either side of the hydraulic actuator. flow divider. The fuel bypass valve is a hydraulically actuated valve with a linear flow characteristic. Each coil is connected to one of the three Controllers <RST>. fuel pump pressure relief valve. fuel bypass valve. It will describe liquid. flow divider magnetic speed pickups 77FD–1. fuel oil stop valve limit switch 33FL. The LVDT requires an exciter voltage which is provided by the TCQC card. If the hydraulic actuator has spring return. The electrical control components are: liquid fuel pressure switch (upstream) 63FL–2. Located 13 FUNDAMENTALS OF SPEEDTRONIC™ MARK V CONTROL SYSTEM . This core in turn is connected to the valve whose position is being controlled. Some of the fuel handling components are: primary fuel oil filter (low pressure). A feedback signal provided by a linear variable differential transformer (LVDT. –2. Figure 13) will tell the control whether or not it is in the required position. The LVDT outputs an AC voltage which is proportional to the position of the core of the LVDT. and fuel nozzles. combined selector valve/pressure gauge assembly. Servo Drive System The heart of the fuel system is a three coil electro– hydraulic servovalve (servo) as shown in Figure 13. as the valve moves. fuel oil stop valve. liquid fuel pump bypass valve servovalve 65FP. Figure 14 shows the major components of the servo positioning loops. A diagram of the system showing major components is shown in Figure 15.A 8/16/93 Â PS id0029 The liquid fuel system consists of fuel handling components and electrical control components.GE Power Systems position.

2 KHz Type 43 Regulator GCV – Gas Control Valve from SRV to manifold Servovalve command LVDT Excitation LVDT Feedback GCV Actuator LVDT’S Typical Servovalve Control Loop Gas Control Valve Servovalve 65GC 14 ÂÂÂ ÂÂÂ ÂÂÂ ÂÂÂ .GE Industrial & Power Systems TBQC <R> DCC_ <R> Control Sequence Program POS3H POS3L TCQA <R> Offset Gain TCQC <R> 126 Hz QTBA<R> A/D Offset Gain A/D Offset Gain Maximum of two Assigned LVDT/Rs D/A A/D 7.0 Vrms @ 3.

and –3 and outputs an analog signal which is proportional to the pulse rate input. this valve bypasses excess fuel delivered by the fuel pump back to the fuel pump inlet. The A00023 rev. It consists of a number of matched high volumetric efficiency positive displacement gear pumps. These signals control the opening and closing of the fuel oil stop valve. FOR PURGE WHEN REQUIRED VR4 AD ATOMIZING AIR FALSE START DRAIN VALVE CHAMBER OFD 77FD-2 TO DRAIN 77FD-3 id0031V TYPICAL FUEL NOZZLES 40µ 63FL-2 OH HYDRAULIC SUPPLY ACCESSORY GEAR DRIVE Figure 15 Liquid Fuel Control Schematic The flow divider divides the single stream of fuel from the pump into several streams. These are non–contacting magnetic pickups. The gear pumps are mechanically connected so that they all run at the same speed. Fuel flow is represented by the output from the flow divider magnetic pickups (77FD–1. BY-PASS VALVE ASM. the control system checks the permissives L4 and L20FLX and does not allow FSR1 to close the bypass valve unless they are ‘true’ (closing the bypass valve sends fuel to the combustors). A 8/16/93 TCQC card modulates servovalve 65FP based on inputs of turbine speed. making the discharge flow from each pump equal. The flow divider is driven by the small pressure differential between the inlet and outlet. giving a pulse signal frequency proportional to flow divider speed.GE Power Systems between the inlet (low pressure) and discharge (high pressure) sides of the fuel pump. which receives its signal from the controllers. The FSR signal from the controlling system goes through the fuel splitter where the liquid fuel re15 FUNDAMENTALS OF SPEEDTRONIC™ MARK V CONTROL SYSTEM . delivering to the flow divider the <RST> FSR1 FQROUT TNH L4 L20FLX TCQA TCQC PR/A FQ1 <RST> <RST> TCQA fuel necessary to meet the control system fuel demand. and flow divider speed (FQ1). The fuel pump clutch solenoid (20CF) is energized to drive the pump when the stop valve opens. –2 & –3). Fuel Oil Control – Software When the turbine is run on liquid fuel oil. FSR1 (called–for liquid fuel flow). which is proportional to the fuel flow delivered to the combustion chambers. again one per combustor. The TCQA card receives the pulse rate signals from 77FD–1. one for each combustor. It is positioned by servo valve 65FP. The L4 permissive comes from the Master Protective System (to be discussed later) and L20FLX becomes ‘true’ after the turbine vent timer times out. P R 65FP DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE GUAGE FLOW DIVIDER 77FD-1 COMBUSTION CHAMBER OFV FUEL STOP VALVE OF MAIN FUEL PUMP 33FL OLTCONTROL OIL CONN. –2.

more critical speeds where air flow is very low. –2 and 96SR–1. therefore FQROUT is directly proportional to FSR. As the fuel flows into the turbine. the two valves are physically separate on the F–series machines. This analog signal is converted to digital counts and is used in the controller’s software to compare to certain limits as well as to display fuel flow on the CRT. To enable it to do this in a predictable manner. two valves are combined in this assembly as shown on Figure 16. gas supply pressure switch 63FG. The FSR1 signal is multiplied by TNH. A 8/16/93 . 5. so fuel flow becomes a function of speed – an important feature. In all but the F–series machines. LVDT’s 96GC–1. –2. gas fuel vent solenoid valve 20VG. L3LFBSC:Servo current is detected when the stop valve is closed. FUNDAMENTALS OF SPEEDTRONIC™ MARK V CONTROL SYSTEM 16 Gas Fuel Control Fuel gas is controlled by the gas speed ratio/stop valve (SRV) and gas control valve (GCV) assembly. B. When the fuel flow rate is equal to the called– for rate (FQ1 = FSR1). 4. L3LFLT1:Loss of LVDT position feedback (MS7–1 & MS9–1) 3. the operational amplifier on the TCQC card will change the signal to servovalve 65FP to drive the bypass valve in a direction to decrease the error. which is the digital liquid fuel flow command. This enables the system to have better resolution at the lower. the speed ratio valve is designed to maintain a predetermined pressure (P2) at the inlet of the gas control valve as a function of gas turbine speed. FQROUT then goes to the TCQA card where it is changed to an analog signal to be compared to the feedback signal from the flow divider. and SPEEDTRONIC control cards TBQB and TCQC. L60FFLH:Excessive fuel flow on start–up 2. –2. This produces the FQROUT signal. and –3 send a signal to the TCQA card. If the feedback is in error with FQROUT. VENT TO ATMOSPHERE RING MANIFOLD THREE REDUNDANT GAS PRESSURE TRANSDUCERS 96FG–2A. dump valve(s) VH–5. speed ratio/stop valve assembly. particularly while the unit is starting. A functional explanation of each subsystem is contained in subsequent paragraphs. The fuel gas control system consists primarily of the following components: gas strainer. the unit will trip. Both are servo controlled by signals from the SPEEDTRONIC control panel and actuated by single–acting hydraulic cylinders moving against spring–loaded valve plugs. speed sensors 77FD–1.GE Power Systems quirement becomes FSR1. The components are shown interconnected schematically in Figure 17. C STRAINER 20VG–1 TO ATMOSPHERE FUEL NOZZLES (TYPICAL) PKG LK OFF PKG LK OFF SPEED RATIO/ STOP VALVE GAS CONTROL VALVE MS3002 2 Manifolds 3 Nozzles MS5001 1 Manifold 10 Nozzles MS5002 1 Manifold 12 Nozzles MS6001 1 Manifold 10 Nozzles MS7001 1 Manifold 10 Nozzles MS9001 1 Manifold 14 Nozzles id0051 Figure 16 Gas Fuel System It is the gas control valve which controls the desired gas fuel flow in response to the command signal FSR. At full speed TNH does not change. The flow divider feedback signal is also used for system checks. three pressure gauges. which in turn outputs the fuel flow rate signal (FQ1) to the TCQC card. L3LFT:Loss of flow divider feedback If L60FFLH is true for a specified time period (nominally 2 seconds). the servovalve 65FP is moved to the null position and the bypass valve remains “stationary” until some input to the system changes. electro–hydraulic servovalves 90SR and 65GC. these faults will trip the unit during start–up and require manual reset. gas manifold with ‘pigtails’ to respective fuel nozzles. if L3LFLT1 through L3LFT are true. L3LFBSQ:Bypass valve is not fully open when the stop valve is closed. control valve assembly. The checks made are as follows: 1. A00023 rev. fuel gas pressure transducer(s) 96FG.

GE Power Systems TCQC FPRG POS2 SPEED RATIO VALVE CONTROL POS1 TCQC GAS CONTROL VALVE SERVO TCQC GAS CONTROL VALVE POSITION FEEDBACK FSR2 FPG TBQB 96FG-2A 96FG-2B 96FG-2C TRANSDUCERS VENT 20VG COMBUSTION CHAMBER 63FG-3 STOP/ RATIO VALVE GAS CONTROL VALVE GAS P2 Electrical Connection Hydraulic Piping Gas Piping VH5-1 DUMP RELAY TRIP LVDT’S 96SR-1.2 LVDT’S 96GC-1.2 GAS MANIFOLD 90SR SERVO 65GC SERVO HYDRAULIC SUPPLY id0059V Figure 17 Gas Fuel Control System A00023 rev. A 8/16/93 17 FUNDAMENTALS OF SPEEDTRONIC™ MARK V CONTROL SYSTEM .

There are two LVDTs providing feedback . FSR goes through the fuel splitter (to be discussed in the dual fuel section) where the gas fuel requirement becomes FSR2. two of the three controllers are dedicated to one LVDT each. while the third selects the highest feedback through a high–select diode gate. See Figure 18. This allows the Gas Control Valve to open. FSROUT. The gas control valve stem position is sensed by the output of a linear variable differential transformer (LVDT) and fed back to an operational amplifier on the TCQC card where it is compared to the FSROUT input signal at a summing junction. similar to the liquid system. Actuation of the spring–loaded gas control valve is by a hydraulic cylinder controlled by an electro–hydraulic servovalve. L20FGX and L2TVX (turbine purge complete) must be ‘true’. <RST> HIGH SELECT TBQC GAS CONTROL VALVE GAS P2 GAS CONTROL VALVE POSITION LOOP CALIBRATION POSITION LVDT ELECTRICAL CONNECTION GAS PIPING HYDRAULIC PIPING Figure 18 Gas Control Valve Control Schematic FUNDAMENTALS OF SPEEDTRONIC™ MARK V CONTROL SYSTEM ÎÎÎ ÎÎÎ ÎÎÎ SERVO VALVE LVDT’S 96GC-1. goes to the TCQC <RST> OFFSET GAIN FSR2 L4 L3GCV FSROUT ANALOG I/O + + card where it is converted to an analog signal. This signal. -2 FSR id0027V 18 A00023 rev. which is then conditioned for offset and gain. The stroke of the valve will be proportional to FSR.GE Power Systems Gas Control Valve The position of the gas control valve plug is intended to be proportional to FSR2 which represents called– for gas fuel flow. When the turbine is to run on gas fuel the permissives L4. If the feedback is in error with FSROUT. the operational amplifier on the TCQC card will change the signal to the hydraulic servovalve to drive the gas control valve in a direction to decrease the error. In this way the desired relationship between position and FSR2 is maintained and the control valve correctly meters the gas fuel. A 8/16/93 .

GE Power Systems <RST> TNH <RST> GAIN OFFSET L4 L3GRV + + FPRG D A FPG HIGH POS2 SELECT 96FG-2A 96FG-2B 96FG-2C SPEED RATIO VALVE GAS 96SR-1. A 8/16/93 ÎÎÎ ÎÎÎ ÎÎÎ DUMP RELAY SERVO VALVE P2 or PRESSURE CONTROL VOLTAGE TNH Speed Ratio Valve Pressure Calibration id0058V 19 FUNDAMENTALS OF SPEEDTRONIC™ MARK V CONTROL SYSTEM .2 LVDT’S TBQB OPERATING CYLINDER PISTON TRIP OIL LEGEND ELECTRICAL CONNECTION GAS PIPING HYDRAULIC PIPING DIGITAL HYDRAULIC OIL ANALOG I/O MODULE Figure 19 Speed Ratio/Stop Valve Control Schematic A00023 rev.

L3GRVFB: Loss of LVDT feedback on the SRV 3. The gas control valve uses a skirted valve disc and venturi seat to obtain adequate pressure recovery. The closing spring atop the valve plug instantly shuts the valve. A00023 rev. FPRG then goes to the TCQC card to be converted to an analog signal. thereby shutting off fuel flow to the combustors. As before. The GCV has two LVDTs and can run correctly on one. with an offset and gain. Speed Ratio/Stop Valve The speed ratio/stop valve is a dual function valve. Gas flow then is a function of valve inlet pressure P2 and valve area only. L3GFIVP: Intervalve (P2) pressure low The servovalves are furnished with a mechanical null offset bias to cause the gas control valve or speed ratio valve to go to the zero stroke position (fail safe condition) should the servovalve signals or power be lost. L3GRVO: SRV open prior to permissive to open 4. See Figure 19. High pressure recovery occurs at overall valve pressure ratios substantially less than the critical pressure ratio. This is done either by dumping hydraulic oil from the Speed Ratio Valve VH–5 hydraulic trip relay or driving the position control closed electrically. L3GCVFB: Loss of LVDT feedback on the GCV 6. A 8/16/93 . the feedback signals and the control signals of both valves are compared to normal operating limits. and if they go outside of these limits there will be an alarm. L3GRVSC: Servo current to SRV detected prior to permissive to open 5. The speed ratio/stop valve has two control loops. or a no–run condition.GE Power Systems The plug in the gas control valve is contoured to provide the proper flow area in relation to valve stroke. In addition to being displayed. There is a position loop similar to that for the gas control valve and there is a pressure control loop. L60FSGH: Excessive fuel flow on start–up 2. Hydraulic trip dump valve VH–5 is located between the electro–hydraulic servovalve 90SR and the hydraulic actuating cylinder. This is done by proportioning it to turbine speed signal TNH. This dump valve is operated by the low pressure control oil trip system. an open or a short circuit in one of the servo coils or in the signal to one coil does not cause a trip. The net result is that flow through the control valve is independent of valve pressure drop. the dump valve spring shifts a spool valve to a position which dumps the high pressure hydraulic oil (OH) in the speed ratio/stop valve actuating cylinder to the lube oil reservoir. It serves as a pressure regulating valve to hold a desired fuel gas pressure ahead of the gas control valve and it also serves as a stop valve. The following are typical alarms: 1. Fuel gas pressure P2 at the inlet to the gas control valve is controlled by the pressure loop as a function of turbine speed. As a stop valve it is an integral part of the protection system. FUNDAMENTALS OF SPEEDTRONIC™ MARK V CONTROL SYSTEM 20 The speed ratio/stop valve provides a positive stop to fuel gas flow when required by a normal shut– down. P2 pressure is measured by 96FG which outputs a voltage proportional to P2 pressure. L3GCVSC: Servo current to GCV detected prior to permissive to open 8. This P2 signal (FPG) is compared to the FPRG and the error signal (if any) is in turn compared with the 96SR LVDT feedback to reposition the valve as in the GCV loop. emergency trip. L3GCVO: GCV open prior to permissive to open 7. When the trip oil pressure is low (as in the case of normal or emergency shutdown). which then becomes Gas Fuel Pressure Reference FPRG. Any emergency trip or normal shutdown will move the valve to its closed position shutting off gas fuel flow to the turbine. If permissives L4 and L3GRV are ‘true’ the trip oil (OLT) is at normal pressure and the dump valve is maintained in a position that allows servovalve 90SR to control the cylinder position. During a trip or no–run condition. a positive voltage bias is placed on the servo coils holding them in the ‘valve closed’ position.

A 8/16/93 PURGE SELECT GAS SELECT MIX TIME id0033 Figure 21 Fuel Transfer After a typical time delay of thirty seconds to bleed down the P2 pressure and fill the gas supply line. at a programmed rate through the median select gate. 3. Mixed fuel operation. LIMIT L83FZ PERMISSIVES RAMP RATE L83FG GAS SELECT L83FL LIQUID SELECT FSR FSR1 LIQUID REF.GE Power Systems Dual Fuel Control Turbines that are designed to operate on both liquid and gaseous fuel are equipped with controls to provide the following features: 1. Transfer from Full Gas to Full Distillate FSR2 FSR1 PURGE SELECT DISTILLATE TIME Transfer from Full Distillate to Full Gas FSR1 UNITS FSR2 PURGE SELECT GAS TIME Transfer from Full Distillate to Mixture FSR1 UNITS Figure 20 Fuel Splitter Schematic FSR2 Fuel Splitter As stated before FSR is divided into two signals. id0034 MEDIAN SELECT L84TG TOTAL GAS L84TL TOTAL LIQUID UNITS Fuel Transfer – Liquid to Gas If the unit is running on liquid fuel (FSR1) and the “GAS” membrane switch is pressed to select gas fuel. This is complete in thirty seconds. LIMIT MIN. 2. 4. but FSR2 will step to a value slightly greater than zero. This will open the gas control valve slightly to bleed down the intervalve volume. to provide dual fuel operation. See Figure 20. the following sequence of events will take place. FSR2 GAS REF. <RST> FUEL SPLITTER A=B A=B MAX. This is done in case a high pressure has been entrained. usually 0. Transfer from one fuel to the other on command. 21 FUNDAMENTALS OF SPEEDTRONIC™ MARK V CONTROL SYSTEM .5%. the control signal for the secondary fuel. The presence of a higher pressure than that required by the speed/ratio controller would cause slow response in initiating gas flow. The software diagram for the fuel splitter is shown in Figure 20. the software program ramps the fuel commands. FSR is multiplied by the liquid fuel fraction FX1 to produce the FSR1 signal. Allow time for filling the lines with the type of fuel to which turbine operation is being transferred. FSR2 to increase and FSR1 to decrease. providing the transfer and fuel gas permissives are true (refer to Figure 21): FSR1 will remain at its initial value. FSR1 is then subtracted from the FSR signal resulting in FSR2. A00023 rev. Operation of liquid fuel nozzle purge when operating totally on gas fuel. FSR1 and FSR2.

GE Power Systems When the transfer is complete logic signal L84TG (Total Gas) will disengage the fuel pump clutch 20CF. PURGE AIR MANIFOLD TELL TALE LEAKOFF PC VA18 TO INLET OF ATOMIZING AIR PRECOOLER (RECIRCULATION) ORIFICE FROM ATOMIZING AIR COMPRESSOR id0039 Figure 22 Dual Fuel Liquid Fuel Nozzle Purge System The time delay is needed to reduce the load spike which occurs when the liquid fuel is purged into the combustion chamber. some atomizing air is diverted through the liquid fuel nozzles. and gas nozzle flow velocities. this will fill the liquid FUNDAMENTALS OF SPEEDTRONIC™ MARK V CONTROL SYSTEM 22 fuel piping and avoid any delay in delivery at the beginning of the FSR1 increase. After a 10 second time delay which permits reaching steady state nozzle pressure ratio. 20PL-1 The atomizing air bypass valve VA18 is opened by energizing 20AA. Mixed Fuel Operation Gas turbines may be operated on a mixture of liquid and gas fuel. close the fuel oil stop valve by de–energizing the liquid fuel dump valve 20FL. Fuel Transfer – Gas to Liquid Transfer from gas to liquid is essentially the same sequence as previously described. Liquid Fuel Purge To prevent coking of the liquid fuel nozzles while operating on gas fuel. Limits on the fuel mixture are required to ensure proper combustion. purge valve VA19–1 is actuated by energizing solenoid valve 20PL–1. The following sequence of events occurs when transfer from liquid to gas is complete. gas fuel distribution. Operation on a selected mixture is obtained by entering the desired mixture at the operator interface and then selecting ‘MIX’. A 8/16/93 . at the beginning of a transfer. This results in a purge pressure ratio across the fuel nozzles of 1:1. See Figure 22. TO LIQUID NOZZLES AV VA19-1 FROM ATOMIZING AIR PRECOOLER 20AA AV AA PITCH PITCH ORIFICE BLOW-OFF TO ATOMS. resulting in a small volume of liquid fuel flow being purged into the combustors. and initiate the purge sequence. except that gas and liquid fuel command signals are interchanged. except that there is usually no purging sequence. For instance. This will command a small liquid fuel flow. The rest of the sequence is the same as liquid–to– gas. If there has been any fuel leakage out past the check valves. FSR2 remains at its initial value. Percentage of gas flow must A00023 rev. but FSR1 steps to a value slightly greater than zero. This results in a higher cooling/purging air flow through the liquid fuel nozzles.

GE Power Systems be increased as load is decreased to maintain the minimum pressure ratio across the fuel nozzle.2 OLT-1 TRIP OIL C1 VH3-1 D C2 ORIFICES (2) OD id0030 Figure 23 Modulating Inlet Guide Vane Control Schematic Guide Vane Actuation The modulated inlet guide vane actuating system is comprised of the following components: servovalve 90TV. Control of 90TV will port hydraulic pressure to operate the variable inlet guide vane actuator. This IGV modulation maintains proper flows and pressures. LVDT position sensors 96TV–1 and A00023 rev. If used. 23 FUNDAMENTALS OF SPEEDTRONIC™ MARK V CONTROL SYSTEM . and. solenoid valve 20TV and hydraulic dump valve VH3. A 8/16/93 96TV–2. See Figure 23. and thus stresses. ing and unloading of the generator. 20TV and VH3 can prevent hydraulic oil pressure from flowing to 90TV. and. maintains a minimum pressure drop across the fuel nozzles. in the compressor. load- <RST> CSRGV CSRGV IGV REF <RST> D/A HIGH SELECT CSRGVOUT ANALOG I/O CLOSE HM3-1 HYD. in some instances. and deceleration of the gas turbine. when used in a combined cycle application. maintains high exhaust temperatures at low loads. MODULATED INLET GUIDE VANE SYSTEM The Inlet Guide Vanes (IGVs) modulate during the acceleration of the gas turbine to rated speed. SUPPLY IN FH6 OUT –1 R P OPEN 90TV-1 2 1 A 96TV-1.

The other systems and components function strictly during emergency and abnormal operating conditions. if the actual speed decreases below 95% TNH. For underspeed operation. as the turbine decelerates from 100% TNH. The IGVs will then go to the minimum full speed angle. See Figure 24.5% corrected speed. at ambients less than 80° F. usually 700° F. the IGVs begin to move to the full open position as exhaust temperature approaches the temperature control reference temperature. In most cases.7 degrees per percent increase in corrected speed. The most common kind of failure on a gas turbine is the failure of a sensor or sensor wiring. the guide vanes will modulate open at about 6. this in turn closes the compressor bleed valves. TNHCOR is greater than TNH. a nominal 34 degree angle. As the unit is loaded and exhaust temperature increases. When the guide vanes reach the minimum full speed angle. Protective systems respond to the simple trip signals such as pressure switches used for low lube oil pressure. FULL OPEN (MAX ANGLE) IGV ANGLE – DEGREES (CSRGV) SIMPLE CYCLE (CSKGVSSR) COMBINED CYCLE (TTRX) MINIMUM FULL SPEED ANGLE ROTATING STALL REGION STARTUP PROGRAM REGION OF NEGATIVE 5TH STAGE EXTRACTION PRESSURE FULL CLOSED (MIN ANGLE) 0 100 CORRECTED SPEED–% (TNHCOR) 0 FSNL LOAD–% EXHAUST TEMPERATURE 100 BASE LOAD id0037 Figure 24 Variable Inlet Guide Vane Schedule PROTECTION SYSTEMS The gas turbine protection system is comprised of a number of sub–systems. In the event of a turbine trip. For combined cycle operation. By not allowing the guide vanes to close to an angle less than the minimum full speed angle at 100% TNH. this compensates for changes in air density as ambient conditions change. The inlet guide vanes remain fully closed as the turbine continues to coast down.5%. depending on the operation mode selected.GE Power Systems Operation During start–up. the IGVs move to the full open position at a pre–selected exhaust temperature. the IGVs begin to open when exhaust temperature is within 30° F of the temperature control reference.3%. the inlet guide vanes are held fully closed. the turbine will be tripped.7 degrees per percent decrease in corrected speed. If the condition is serious enough to disable the protection completely. or similar indications. At ambient temperatures greater than 80° F. the MS5001 being an exception. the inlet guide vanes are modulated to the fully closed position. For simple cycle operation. from zero to 83. the inlet guide vanes will go to the full open position when the exhaust temperature reaches one of two points. During a normal shutdown. if TNHCOR decreases below approximately 91%. They also respond to more comA00023 rev. they stop opening. Solenoid valve 20CB is usually opened when the generator breaker is closed. high gas compressor discharge pressure. as the exhaust temperature decreases the IGVs move to the minimum full speed angle. thereby lessening combustion system resonance. the inlet guide vanes modulate closed at 6. the generator breaker will open and the turbine speed setpoint will be reset to 100. normally. several of which operate during each normal start–up and shutdown. a minimum pressure drop is maintained across the fuel nozzles. Turbine speed is corrected to reflect air conditions at 80° F. the protection systems are set up to detect and alarm such a failure. the compressor bleed valves will be opened. After attaining a speed of approximately 83. A 8/16/93 . corrected speed TNHCOR is less than actual speed TNH. nominally 57°. this is usually at approximately 91% TNH. the compressor bleed valves are opened and the inlet guide vanes go to the FUNDAMENTALS OF SPEEDTRONIC™ MARK V CONTROL SYSTEM 24 fully closed position. When the generator breaker opens.

while other totally mechanical systems operate directly on the components of the turbine. fuel. Significant components of the Hydraulic Trip Circuit are described below. A 8/16/93 system is used to selectively isolate the fuel system not required. Each protective system is designed independent of the control system to avoid the possibility of a control system failure disabling the protective devices. See Figure 25. Besides the tripping functions.GE Power Systems plex parameters such as overspeed. combustion monitor. PRIMARY OVERSPEED MASTER PROTECTION CIRCUIT <RST> GCV SERVOVALVE GAS FUEL CONTROL VALVE OVERTEMP SRV SERVOVALVE VIBRATION GAS FUEL SPEED RATIO/ STOP VALVE COMBUSTION MONITOR RELAY VOTING MODULE 20FG SECONDARY OVERSPEED LOSS of FLAME MASTER PROTECTION CIRCUIT <XYZ> BYPASS VALVE SERVOVALVE FUEL PUMP RELAY VOTING MODULE 20FL LIQUID FUEL STOP VALVE id0036V Figure 25 Protective Systems Schematic Trip Oil A hydraulic trip system called Trip Oil is the primary protection interface between the turbine control and protection system and the components on the turbine which admit. The system contains devices which are electrically operated by SPEEDTRONIC control signals as well as some totally mechanical devices. To do this. In each case there are two essentially independent paths for stopping fuel flow. Mechanical Overspeed Trip This is a totally mechanical device located in the accessory gearbox and is actuated automatically by the overspeed bolt if the unit’s speed exceeds the bolt’s setting. or shut–off. 25 FUNDAMENTALS OF SPEEDTRONIC™ MARK V CONTROL SYSTEM . high vibration. overtemperature. On gas turbines equipped for dual fuel (gas and oil) operation the A00023 rev. making use of both the fuel control valve (FCV) and the fuel stop valve (FSV). See Figure 26 and the Overspeed Protection System. some of these protection systems and their components operate through the master control and protection circuit in the SPEEDTRONIC control system. The result is a rapid decay of trip oil pressure which stops all fuel flow to the unit. trip oil also provides a hydraulic signal to the fuel stop valves for normal start–up and shutdown sequences. and loss of flame.

This network limits flow into each branch.–3 for liquid. An individual fuel stop valve may be selectively closed by dumping the flow of trip oil going to it.–2. the overspeed trip. when one of the trip devices located in the main artery of the system. yet prevent reduction of lube oil flow to the gas turbine and other equipment when the trip system is in the tripped state. This device is a solenoid–operated spring–return spool valve which will relieve trip oil pressure only in the branch that it controls. which permits closure of the liquid fuel stop valve by its spring return mechanism. 63HG–1. Solenoid valve 20FL can cause the trip valve on the liquid fuel stop valve to go to the trip state. is actuated. See Figure 26. e. deenergized–to–trip. This orifice is sized to limit the flow of oil from the lube oil system into the trip oil system. Solenoid valve 20FG can cause the trip valve on the gas fuel speed ratio/stop valve to go to A00023 rev. Dump Valve Each individual fuel branch in the trip oil system has a solenoid dump valve (20FL for liquid. This philosophy protects the turbine during all normal situations as well as that time when loss of dc power occurs. 20FG for gas).–3 FUNDAMENTALS OF SPEEDTRONIC™ MARK V CONTROL SYSTEM 26 for gas) which will ensure tripping of the turbine if the trip oil pressure becomes too low for reliable operation while operating on that fuel. thus allowing individual fuel control without total system pressure decay.–2.. PROTECTIVE SIGNALS MASTER PROTECTION L4 CIRCUITS LIQUID FUEL LIQUID FUEL STOP VALVE MANUAL TRIP (WHEN PROVIDED) ORIFICE AND CHECK VALVE NETWORK 20FG 20FL 63HL INLET ORIFICE GAS FUEL GAS FUEL SPEED RATIO/ STOP VALVE 12HA OVERSPEED TRIP WIRING RESET PIPING MANUAL TRIP GAS FUEL DUMP RELAY VALVE 63HG OH id0056 Figure 26 Trip Oil Schematic – Dual Fuel Check Valve & Orifice Network At the inlet of each individual fuel branch is a check valve and orifice network which limits flow out of that branch. However. Operation The tripping devices which cause unit shutdown or selective fuel system shutdown do so by dumping the low pressure trip oil (OLT). the check valve will open and result in decay of all trip pressures. Pressure Switches Each individual fuel branch contains pressure switches (63HL–1. These valves are normally energized–to–run. A 8/16/93 . It must ensure adequate capacity for all tripping devices.g.GE Power Systems Inlet Orifice An orifice is located in the line running from the bearing header supply to the trip oil system.

5% rated speed. thus de–energizing the dump valves. permitting its spring–returned closure. The dump valves are de–energized on a “2–out– of–3 voted” trip signal from the relay module. which will shut the unit down. This helps prevent trips caused by faulty sensors or the failure of one controller. This trip will latch and must be reset by the master reset signal L86MR. There is also a mechanical overspeed protection system on all units except for F–model heavy–duty and aero–derivatives. By pushing the Emergency Trip Button. The orifice in the check valve and orifice network permits independent dumping of each fuel branch of the trip oil system without affecting the other branch. <RST> <XYZ> HIGH PRESSURE OVERSPEED TRIP TNH HP SPEED TRIP SETPOINT TNKHOS TNKHOST TEST TEST PERMISSIVE MASTER RESET SAMPLING RATE = 0. When TNH exceeds the setpoint.–2. Overspeed bolt assembly in the accessory gear shaft 2. Overspeed trip mechanism in the accessory gear 3. The output of the other two controllers is sufficient to continue to control the servovalve. the FSR from that controller will be zero. The secondary electronic overspeed protection system resides in the <XYZ> controllers. Both dump valves will be closed only during fuel transfer or mixed fuel operation. 5E P/B. Under normal operation. the SPEEDTRONIC control system will close the appropriate dump valve to activate the desired fuel system(s). The overspeed system would not be called on except after the failure of other systems. the P28 vdc power supply is cut off to the relays controlling solenoid valves 20FL and 20FG. This system should be set to trip the unit at 112.GE Power Systems the trip state. detection software. Tripping all devices other than the individual dump valves will result in dumping the total trip oil system.25 SEC id0060 RESET A A>B B TO MASTER PROTECTION AND ALARM MESSAGE L12H SET AND LATCH Overspeed Protection The SPEEDTRONIC Mark V overspeed system is designed to protect the gas turbine against possible damage caused by overspeeding the turbine rotor. redundantly. Both systems consist of magnetic pickups to sense turbine speed. Should one controller fail. All systems operate to trip the fuel stop valves and. The signal to the fuel system servovalves will also be a “close” command should a trip occur. the overspeed trip signal (L12H) is transmitted to the master protective circuit to trip the turbine and the “ELECTRICAL OVERSPEED TRIP” message will be displayed on the CRT. This consists of the overspeed bolt assembly in an accessory gear shaft and the overspeed trip mechanism. The primary electronic overspeed protection system resides in the <RST> controllers. During start–up or fuel transfer. and associated logic circuits and are set to trip the unit at 110% rated speed. drive the FSR command to zero. The overspeed protection system consists of a primary and secondary electronic overspeed system. the speed of the rotor is controlled by speed control. A 8/16/93 LH3HOST L86MR1 Figure 27 Electronic Overspeed Trip Mechanical Overspeed Protection System The mechanical overspeed protection system consists of the following principal components: 1. The turbine speed signal (TNH) derived from the magnetic pickup sensors (77NH–1. and –3) is compared to an overspeed setpoint (TNKHOS). Electronic Overspeed Protection System The electronic overspeed protection function is performed in both <RST> and <XYZ> as shown in Figure 27. This is done by clamping FSR to zero. Position limit switch 12HA The mechanical overspeed protection system is the backup for the electronic overspeed protection sys27 FUNDAMENTALS OF SPEEDTRONIC™ MARK V CONTROL SYSTEM . speed A00023 rev.

In certain failure modes however. TTKOT1 TRIP EXH TEMP TTRX TRIP MARGIN TTKOT2 ALARM MARGIN TTKOT3 CPD/FSR id0053 Figure 29 Overtemperature Protection Under normal operating conditions. Overspeed Trip Mechanism The overspeed trip mechanism for the turbine shaft is also mounted in the accessory gear. When actuated. See Figure 28. eccentrically located bolt assembled in a cartridge and designed so that the spring force holds the bolt in the seated position until the trip speed is reached. The trip button and the reset handle are mounted with the overFUNDAMENTALS OF SPEEDTRONIC™ MARK V CONTROL SYSTEM 28 OLT 12 HA MANUAL RESET MANUAL TRIP OD OVERSPEED BOLT id0047 Figure 28 Mechanical Overspeed Trip speed trip mechanism limit switch 12HA on the outside of the accessory gear. This trip action is totally independent of the electronic connections in the turbine control panel. the trip speed setting is higher than the primary or electronic overspeed protection setting. The overspeed trip mechanism may be tripped manually and must be reset manually. centrifugal force acting on the bolt is balanced by the spring force within the bolt assembly and the bolt remains seated. Further increase of the shaft speed causes the centrifugal force on the bolt to exceed the spring force and the bolt moves outward in less than one shaft revolution where it contacts and trips the overspeed trip mechanism. To avoid further temperature increase. operating only after the failure of the temperature control system. This also prevents hydraulic pressure from re–opening the valves. It is a backup system.GE Power Systems tem. The spring force can be adjusted so that the overspeed bolt will trip at a specified shaft speed. the exhaust temperature control system acts to control fuel flow when the firing temperature limit is reached. This in turn dumps the hydraulic control oil from the stop valve actuating cylinders to drain. Under such circumstances the overtemperature protection system provides an overtemperature alarm about 25° F above the temperature control reference. the gas turbine is tripped. the overspeed bolt assembly trips the latching trip finger of the overspeed trip mechanism. or exceeds. As the shaft speed increases. exhaust temperature and fuel flow can exceed control limits. See Figure 29. This action releases the trip valve in the mechanism and dumps the trip oil system pressure to drain. thus closing the valves. For the most part the mechanical overspeed protection system is an integral part of the gas turbine unit and will trip the fuel stop valves closed when the turbine speed is at. A00023 rev. Whenever this trip is actuated an alarm will occur. it starts unloading the gas turbine. the trip setting of the overspeed bolt assembly. which in turn closes the trip valves controlling the fuel stop valves. Overtemperature Protection The overtemperature system protects the gas turbine against possible damage caused by overfiring. It is a spring–loaded. For the actual alarm and trip overtemperature setpoints refer to the Control Specifications. adjacent to the overspeed bolt assembly. If the temperature should increase further to a point about 40° F above the temperature control reference. Overspeed Bolt Assembly An overspeed bolt assembly mounted in an accessory gear shaft is used to sense the overspeed of the gas turbine. As the backup system. A 8/16/93 .

Overtemperature Trip (L86TXT) An overtemperature trip will occur if the exhaust temperature (TTXM) exceeds the temperature control reference (TTRXB) plus the trip margin (TTKOT2). and the turbine will be tripped through the master protection circuit. and a very few have eight.” This avoids possible accumulation of an explosive mixture in the turbine and any exhaust heat recovery equipment which may be installed. The “EXHAUST TEMPERATURE HIGH” alarm message will be displayed when the exhaust temperature (TTXM) exceeds the temperature control reference (TTRXB) plus the alarm margin (TTKOT3) programmed as a Control Constant in the software. The SPEEDTRONIC control will furnish up to +350Vdc to drive the ultraviolet detector tube. The alarm will automatically reset if the temperature decreases below the setpoint. The overtemperature trip will latch. If the number of pulses per second exceeds a set threshold value.25 SEC. one in the sequencing system and the other in the protective system. The flame detector system used with the SPEEDTRONIC Mark V system detects flame by sensing ultraviolet (UV) radiation. id0055 Figure 30 Overtemperature Trip and Alarm Overtemperature Protection Software Overtemperature Alarm (L30TXA) The representative value of the exhaust temperature thermocouples (TTXM) is compared with alarm and trip temperature setpoints. in that it is self–monitoring. The flame sensor is a copper cathode detector designed to detect the presence of ultraviolet radiation. the “EXHAUST OVERTEMPERATURE TRIP” message will be displayed. The flame detector system is similar to other protective systems. Typically. there will be an alarm but the unit will continue to run. the unit will trip on “LOSS OF FLAME. Such radiation results from the combustion of hydrocarbon fuels and is more reliably detected than visible light. Generally speaking. <RST> OVERTEMPERATURE TRIP AND ALARM TTXM ALARM A A>B B L30TXA ALARM TO ALARM MESSAGE AND SPEED SETPOINT LOWER set signal L86MR1 must be true to reset and unlatch the trip. if half of the flame detectors indicate flame and half (or less) indicate no–flame. the SPEEDTRONIC generates a logic signal to indicate ”FLAME DETECTED” by the sensor. or if it exceeds the isothermal trip setpoint (TTKOT1). A 8/16/93 FUNDAMENTALS OF SPEEDTRONIC™ MARK V CONTROL SYSTEM . The SPEEDTRONIC counts the number of current pulses per second through the ultraviolet sensor. The trip function will be latched in and the master reA00023 rev. During a normal start–up the flame detectors indicate when a flame has been established in the combustion chambers and allow the start–up sequence to continue. This cycle continues as long as there is ultraviolet radiation. For exam29 TTKOT3 TTRXB A A>B B OR A A>B B TTKOT2 TTKOT1 L86MR1 TRIP ISOTHERMAL SET AND LATCH RESET L86TXT TRIP TO MASTER PROTECTION AND ALARM MESSAGE SAMPLING RATE: 0. some have two. If more than half indicate loss–of–flame. which varies in color and intensity.GE Power Systems Overtemperature trip and alarm setpoints are determined from the temperature control setpoints derived by the Exhaust Temperature Control software. The current through the detector will discharge through circuity in the SPEEDTRONIC control until the driving voltage decreases to the point where the gas is no longer ionized. In the presence of ultraviolet radiation. the gas in the detector tube ionizes and conducts current. Most units have four flame detectors. there will be about 300 pulses/second when a strong ultraviolet signal is present. Flame Detection and Protection System The SPEEDTRONIC Mark V flame detectors perform two functions. See Figure 30.

utilizing three channels called <X>. After firing speed has been reached and fuel introduced to the machine. If a predetermined vibration level is exA00023 rev. A failure of one detector will be annunciated as “FLAME DETECTOR TROUBLE” when complete sequence is reached and the turbine will continue to run.GE Power Systems ple. the condition is annunciated as a “FLAME DETECTOR TROUBLE” alarm and the turbine cannot be started. The flame detection circuits are incorporated in the protective module <P> and is triple redundant. and <Z>. <Y>. when the gas turbine is below L14HM all channels must indicate “NO FLAME. More than half the flame detectors must indicate “NO FLAME” in order to trip the turbine. Note that a short–circuited or open–circuited detector tube will result in a “NO FLAME” signal. Each channel detects excessive vibration by means of a seismic pickup mounted on a bearing housing or similar location of the gas turbine and the driven load. A 8/16/93 . SPEEDTRONIC Mk V Flame Detection Turbine Protection Logic 28FD UV Scanner 28FD UV Scanner 28FD UV Scanner 28FD UV Scanner Analog I/O (Flame Detection Channels) Flame Detection Logic CRT Display Turbine Control Logic NOTE: Excitation for the sensors and signal processing is performed by SPEEDTRONIC Mk V circuits Figure 31 SPEEDTRONIC Mk V Flame Detection ido115 Vibration Protection The vibration protection system of a gas turbine unit is composed of several independent vibration chanFUNDAMENTALS OF SPEEDTRONIC™ MARK V CONTROL SYSTEM 30 nels. if at least half the flame detectors see flame the starting sequence is allowed to proceed.” If this condition is not met.

It is important that each of the thermocouples is in good working condition.GE Power Systems ceeded. The vibration detectors generate a relatively low voltage by the relative motion of a permanent magnet suspended in a coil and therefore no excitation is necessary. When the vibration amplitude reaches the programmed trip set point. <RST> L39TEST 39V OR A A<B FAULT B VF FAULT L39VF nance or replacement action is required. 31 AUTO OR MANUAL RESET L86AMR id0057 Figure 32 Vibration Protection When the “VIBRATION TRANSDUCER FAULT” message is displayed and machine operation is not interrupted. This message indicates that mainteA00023 rev. the vibration protection system trips the turbine and annunciates to indicate the cause of the trip. an uneven turbine inlet pattern will cause an uneven exhaust pattern. Removal of the latched trip condition can be accomplished only by depressing the master reset button (L86MR1) when vibration is not excessive. See Figure 32. either an open or shorted condition may be the cause. it is possible to monitor vibration levels of each channel while the turbine is running without interrupting operation. Combustion Monitoring The primary function of the combustion monitor is to reduce the likelihood of extensive damage to the gas turbine if the combustion system deteriorates. Each channel includes one vibration pickup (velocity type) and a SPEEDTRONIC Mark V amplifier circuit. Several different algorithms have been developed for this depending on the turbine model series and the type of thermocouples used. The usefulness and reliability of the combustion monitor depends on the condition of the exhaust thermocouples. The main monitor program is written to analyze the thermocouple readings and make appropriate decisions. the channel will trigger a trip signal. From changes that may occur in the pattern of the thermocouple readings. The uneven inlet pattern could be caused by loss of fuel or flame in a combustor. A A>B ALARM B VA ALARM L39VA A A>B TRIP B VT AND TRIP L39VT SET AND LATCH RESET TRIP Combustion Monitoring Software The controllers contain a series of programs written to perform the monitoring tasks (See Combustion Monitoring Schematic Figure 33). By using the display keypad and CRT display. A 8/16/93 FUNDAMENTALS OF SPEEDTRONIC™ MARK V CONTROL SYSTEM . The pickup signal from the analog I/O module is inputted to the computer software where it is compared with the alarm and trip levels programmed as Control Constants. a rupture in a transition piece. The monitor does this by examining the exhaust temperature thermocouples and compressor discharge temperature thermocouples. and a “HIGH VIBRATION TRIP” message will be displayed. or some other combustion malfunction. The significant program constants used with each algorithm are specified in the Control Specification for each unit. This means of detecting abnormalities in the combustion system is effective only when there is incomplete mixing as the gases pass through the turbine. warning and protective signals are generated by the combustion monitor software to alarm and/or trip the gas turbine. A twisted–pair shielded cable is used to connect the detector to the analog input/output module. the circuit will latch.

0 K3 = 0. The various <C> processor outputs to the CRT cause alarm message displays as well as appropriate control action.0 K2 = 5. makes use of the temperature spread and adjacency tests to differentiate between actual combustion problems and thermocouple failures. SPREAD #2 (S2): The difference between the highest and the 2nd lowest thermocouple reading c. The combustion monitor outputs are: Exhaust Thermocouple Trouble Alarm (L30SPTA) If any thermocouple value causes the largest spread to exceed a constant (usually 5 times the allowable spread). The behavior is summarized by the Venn diagram (Figure 34) where: a. S1. SPREAD #1 (S1): The difference between the highest and the lowest thermocouple reading b. Sallow is the “Allowable Spread”. based on average exhaust temperature and compressor discharge temperature. usually 30° F and 125° F.8 TRIP IF S1 & S2 ARE ADJACENT The allowable spread will be between the limits TTKSPL7 and TTKSPL6. S2 and S3 are defined as follows: FUNDAMENTALS OF SPEEDTRONIC™ MARK V CONTROL SYSTEM . 2. A 8/16/93 K3 MONITOR ALARM TC ALARM S1 K2 S allow id0050 K1 Figure 34 Exhaust Temperature Spread Limits 1.GE Power Systems <RST> CTDA MAX TTKSPL1 TTKSPL2 TTXC MEDIAN SELECT CALCULATE ALLOWABLE SPREAD MEDIAN SELECT TTXSPL COMBUSTION MONITOR ALGORITHM MIN MAX TTKSPL5 MIN TTKSPL7 CONSTANTS A A>B TTXD2 CALCULATE ACTUAL SPREADS B A A>B B A A<B B A A<B B L60SP1 L60SP2 L60SP3 L60SP4 id0049 Figure 33 Combustion Monitoring Function Algorithm (Schematic) The most advanced algorithm. which is standard for gas turbines with redundant sensors. The values of the combustion monitor program constants are listed in the Control Specifications. a thermocouple alarm (L30SPTA) is pro32 A00023 rev. SPREAD #3 (S3): The difference between the highest and the 3rd lowest thermocouple reading VENN DIAGRAM ALSO TRIP IF: S2 S allow S TRIP IF S1 & S2 OR S2 & S3 ARE ADJACENT S1 allow uK 1 COMMUNICATIONS FAILURE TYPICAL K1 = 1.

GE Power Systems
duced. If this condition persists for four seconds, the alarm message “EXHAUST THERMOCOUPLE TROUBLE” will be displayed and will remain on until acknowledged and reset. This usually indicates a failed thermocouple, i.e., open circuit. Combustion Trouble Alarm (L30SPA) A combustion alarm can occur if a thermocouple value causes the largest spread to exceed a constant (usually the allowable spread). If this condition persists for three seconds, the alarm message “COMBUSTION TROUBLE” will be displayed and will remain on until it is acknowledged and reset. High Exhaust Temperature Spread Trip (L30SPT) A high exhaust temperature spread trip can occur if: 1. “COMBUSTION TROUBLE” alarm exists, the second largest spread exceeds a constant (usually 0.8 times the allowable spread), and the lowest and second lowest outputs are from adjacent thermocouples 2. “EXHAUST THERMOCOUPLE TROUBLE” alarm exists, the second largest spread exceeds a constant (usually 0.8 times the allowable spread), and the second and third lowest outputs are from adjacent thermocouples 3. the third largest spread exceeds a constant (usually the allowable spread) for a period of five minutes Monitor Enable (L83SPM) The protective function of the monitor is enabled when the turbine is above 14HS and a shutdown signal has not been given. The purpose of the “enable” signal (L83SPM) is to prevent false action during normal start–up and shutdown transient conditions. When the monitor is not enabled, no new protective actions are taken. The combustion monitor will also be disabled during a high rate of change of FSR. This prevents false alarms and trips during large fuel and load transients. The two main sources of alarm and trip signals being generated by the combustion monitor are failed thermocouples and combustion system problems. Other causes include poor fuel distribution due to plugged or worn fuel nozzles and combustor flameout due, for instance, to water injection. The tests for combustion alarm and trip action have been designed to minimize false actions due to failed thermocouples. Should a controller fail, the thermocouples from the failed controller will be ignored (similar to temperature control) so as not to give a false trip. If any of the trip conditions exist for 9 seconds, the trip will latch and “HIGH EXHAUST TEMPERATURE SPREAD TRIP” message will be displayed. The turbine will be tripped through the master protective circuit. The alarm and trip signals will be displayed until they are acknowledged and reset.

A00023 rev. A 8/16/93

33

FUNDAMENTALS OF SPEEDTRONIC™ MARK V CONTROL SYSTEM

GE Power Systems Training
General Electric Company One River Road Schenectady, NY 12345

GER-3658D

SPEEDTRONIC™ MARK V GAS TURBINE CONTROL SYSTEM
D. Johnson and R.W. Miller GE Drive Systems Salem, VA T. Ashley GE Power Systems Schenectady, NY Dry Low NOx techniques, fuel staging and combustion mode are controlled by the Mark V system, which also monitors the process. Sequencing of the auxiliaries to allow fully automated startup, shutdown and cooldown are also handled by the Mark V Control System. Turbine protection against adverse operating situations and annunciation of abnormal conditions are incorporated into the basic system. The operator interface consists of a color graphic monitor and keyboard to provide feedback regarding current operating conditions. Input commands from the operator are entered using a cursor positioning device. An arm/execute sequence is used to prevent inadvertent turbine operation. Communication between the operator interface and the turbine control is through the Common Data Processor, or <C>, to the three control processors called <R>, <S> and <T>. The operator interface also handles communication functions with remote and external devices. An optional arrangement, using a redundant operator interface, is available for those applications where integrity of the external data link is considered essential to continued plant operations. SIFT technology protects against module failure and propagation of data errors. A panel mounted back-up operator display, directly connected to the control processors, allows continued gas turbine operation in the unlikely event of a failure of the primary operator interface or the <C> module. Built-in diagnostics for troubleshooting purposes are extensive and include “power-up,” background and manually initiated diagnostic routines capable of identifying both control panel and sensor faults. These faults are identified down to the board level for the panel and to the circuit level for the sensor or actuator components. The ability for on-line replacement of boards is built into the panel design and is available for those turbine sensors where physical access and system isolation are feasible. Set points, tuning parameters and control constants are adjustable during operation using a security password system to prevent unauthorized access. Minor modifications to sequencing and the addition of relatively simple algorithms can be 1

INTRODUCTION
The SPEEDTRONIC Mark V Gas Turbine Control System is the latest derivative in the highly successful SPEEDTRONIC ™ series. Preceding systems were based on automated turbine control, protection and sequencing techniques dating back to the late 1940s, and have grown and developed with the available technology. Implementation of electronic turbine control, protection and sequencing originated with the Mark I system in 1968. The Mark V system is a digital implementation of the turbine automation techniques learned and refined in more than 40 years of successful experience, over 80% of which has been through the use of electronic control technology. The SPEEDTRONIC ™ Mark V Gas Turbine Control System employs current state-of-the-art technology, including triple-redundant 16-bit microprocessor controllers, two-out-of-three voting redundancy on critical control and protection parameters and Software-Implemented Fault Tolerance (SIFT). Critical control and protection sensors are triple redundant and voted by all three control processors. System output signals are voted at the contact level for critical solenoids, at the logic level for the remaining contact outputs and at three coil servo valves for analog control signals, thus maximizing both protective and running reliability. An independent protective module provides triple redundant hardwired detection and shutdown on overspeed along with detecting flame. This module also synchronizes the turbine generator to the power system. Synchronization is backed up by a check function in the three control processors. The Mark V Control System is designed to fulfill all gas turbine control requirements. These include control of liquid, gas or both fuels in accordance with the requirements of the speed, load control under part-load conditions, temperature control under maximum capability conditions or during startup conditions. In addition, inlet guide vanes and water or steam injection are controlled to meet emissions and operating requirements. If emissions control uses

GER-3658D

accomplished when the turbine is not operating. They are also protected by a security password. A printer is included in the control system and is connected via the operator interface. The printer is capable of copying any alpha-numeric display shown on the monitor. One of these displays is an operator configurable demand display that can be automatically printed at a selectable interval. It provides an easy means to obtain periodic and shift logs. The printer automatically logs time-tagged alarms, as well as the clearance of alarms. In addition, the printer will print the historical trip log that is frozen in memory in the unlikely event of a protective trip. The log assists in identifying the cause of a trip for trouble shooting purposes. The statistical measures of reliability and availability for SPEEDTRONIC™ Mark V systems have quickly established the effectiveness of the new control because it builds on the highly successful SPEEDTRONIC ™ Mark IV system. Improvements in the new design have been made in microprocessors, I/O capacity, SIFT technology, diagnostics, standardization and operator information, along with continued application flexibility and careful design for maintainability. SPEEDTRONIC™ Mark V control is achieving greater reliability, faster meantime-to repair and improved control system availability than the SPEEDTRONIC™ Mark IV applications. As of May 1994, almost 264 Mark V systems had entered commercial ser vice and system operation has exceeded 1.4 million hours. The established Mark V level of system reliability, including sensors and actuators, exceeds 99.9 percent, and the fleet mean-time-betweenforced-outages (MTBFO) stands at 28,000 hours. As of May 1994, there were 424 gas turbine Mark V systems and 106 steam turbine Mark V systems shipped or on order.

rapid growth in the field of control technology. The hydro-mechanical design culminated in the “fuel regulator” and automatic relay sequencing for automatic startup, shutdown and cooldown where appropriate for unattended installations. The automatic relay sequencing, in combination with rudimentary annunciator monitoring, also allowed interfacing with SCADA (Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition) systems for true continuous remote control operation. This was the basis for introduction of the first electronic gas turbine control in 1968. This system, ultimately known as the SPEEDTRONIC™ Mark I Control, replaced the fuel regulator, pneumatic temperature control and electromechanical starting fuel control with an electronic equivalent. The automatic relay sequencing was retained and the independent protective functions were upgraded with electronic equivalents where appropriate. Because of its electrically dependent nature, emphasis was placed on integrity of the power supply system, leading to a DC-based system with AC- and shaft-powered back-ups. These early electronic systems provided an order of magnitude increase in running reliability and maintainability. Once the changeover to electronics was achieved, the rapid advances in electronic system technology resulted in similar advances in gas turbine control technology (Table 1). Note that more than 40 years of gas turbine control experience has involved more than 5,400 units, while the 26 years of electronic control experience has been centered on more than 4,400 turbine installations. Throughout this time period, the control philosophy shown in Table 2 has developed and matured to match the capabilities of the existing technology. This philosophy emphasizes safety of operation, reliability, flexibility, maintainability and ease of use, in that order.

CONTROL SYSTEM HISTORY
The gas turbine was introduced as an industrial and utility prime mover in the late 1940s with initial applications in gas pipeline pumping and utility peaking. The early control systems were based on hydro-mechanical steam turbine governing practice, supplemented by a pneumatic temperature control, preset startup fuel limiting and manual sequencing. Independent devices provided protection against overspeed, overtemperature, fire, loss of flame, loss of lube oil and high vibration. Through the early years of the industry, gas turbine control designs benefited from the 2

CONTROL SYSTEM FUNCTIONS
The SPEEDTRONIC™ Gas Turbine Control System performs many functions including fuel, air and emissions control; sequencing of turbine fuel and auxiliaries for startup, shutdown and cooldown; synchronization and voltage matching of the generator and system; monitoring of all turbine, control and auxiliary functions; and protection against unsafe and adverse operating conditions. All of these functions are performed in an integrated manner that is tailored to achieve the previously described philosophy in

GER-3658D

Table 1 ADVANCES IN ELECTRONIC CONTROL CONCEPTS

the stated priority. The speed and load control function acts to control the fuel flow under part-load conditions to satisfy the needs of the gover nor. Temperature control limits fuel flow to a maximum consistent with achieving rated firing temperatures and controls air flow via the inlet guide vanes to optimize part-load heat rates on heat recovery applications. The operating limits of the fuel control are shown in Figure 1. A block diagram of the fuel, air and emissions control systems is shown in Figure 2. The input to the system is the operator command for speed Table 2 GAS TURBINE CONTROL PHILOSOPHY
• Single control failure alarms when running or during startup • Protection backs up control, thus independent • Two independent means of shutdown will be available • Double failure may cause shutdown, but will always result in safe shutdown • Generator-drive turbines will tolerate full-load rejection without overspeeding • Critical sensors are redundant • Control is redundant • Alarm any control system problems • Standardize hardware and software to enhance reliability while maintaining flexibility

(when separated from the grid) or load (when connected). The outputs are the commands to the gas and liquid fuel control systems, the inlet guide vane positioning system and the emissions control system. A more detailed discussion of the control functionality required by the gas turbine may be found in Reference 1. The fuel command signal is passed to the gas and liquid fuel systems via the fuel signal divider in accordance with the operator’s fuel selection. Startup can be on either fuel and transfers

GT17610B

Figure 1.Gas turbine generator controls and limits 3

GER-3658D

GT17603B

Figure 2. Gas turbine fuel control warm-up conditions, as well as maximum flow under load are accomplished by transitioning for peak output at minimum ambient temperafrom one system to the other after an appropriture. The stop/speed ratio valve also acts as an ate fill time to minimize load excursions. System independent stop valve. It is equipped with an characteristics during a transfer from gas to liqinterposed, hydraulically-actuated trip relay that uid fuel are illustrated in Figure 3. Purging of can trip the valve closed independent of control the idle fuel system is automatic and continuoussignals to the servo valve. Both the stop ratio ly monitored to ensure proper operation. and control valves are hydraulically actuated, Transfer can be automatically initiated on loss of single-acting valves that will fail to the closed supply of the r unning fuel, which will be position on loss of either signal or hydraulic alarmed, and will proceed to completion withpressure. Fuel distribution to the gas fuel nozout operator intervention. Return to the origizles in the multiple combustors is accomplished nal fuel is manually initiated. by a ring manifold in conjunction with careful The gas fuel control system is shown schematcontrol of fuel nozzle flow areas. ically in Figure 4. It is a two-stage system, incorThe liquid fuel control system is shown porating a pressure control proportional to schematically in Figure 5. Since the fuel pump is speed and a flow control proportional to fuel a positive displacement pump, the system command. Two stages provide a stable turnachieves flow control by recirculating excess fuel down ratio in excess of 100:1, which is more than adequate for control under starting and

GT20703B

Figure 3. Dual fuel transfer characteristics gas to liquid 4

GT17599

Figure 4. Gas fuel control system

GER-3658D

GT17604

Figure 5. Liquid fuel control system from the discharge back to the pump suction. The required turndown ratio is achieved by multiplying the fuel command by a signal proportional to turbine speed. The resultant signal positions the pump recirculation, or bypass valve, as appropriate to make the actual fuel flow, as measured by the speed of the liquid fuel flow divider, equal the product of turbine speed and fuel command. This approach ensures a system in which both the liquid and gas fuel commands are essentially equal. Fuel distribution to the liquid fuel nozzles in the multiple combustors is achieved via the flow divider. This is a proven mechanical device that consists of carefully matched gear pumps for each combustor, all of which are mechanically connected to run at the same speed. Control of nitrogen oxide emissions may be accomplished by the injection of water or steam into the combustors. The amount of water required is a function of the fuel flow, the fuel type, the ambient humidity and nitrogen oxide emissions levels required by the regulations in force at the turbine site. Steam flow requirements are generally about 40% higher than the equivalent water flow, but have a more beneficial effect on turbine performance. Accuracy of the flow measurement, control system and system monitoring meets or exceeds both EPA and all local code requirements. An independent, fast-acting shutoff valve is provided to ensure against loss of flame from over-watering on sudden load rejection. Emissions control using Dry Low NOx combustion techniques relies on multiple-combustion staging to optimize fuel/air ratios and achieve thorough premixing in various combinations, depending on desired operating temperature. The emissions fuel control system reg5

ulates the division of fuel among the multiplecombustion stages according to a schedule that is determined by a calculated value of the combustion reference temperature. The control system also monitors actual combustion system operation to ensure compliance with the required schedule. Special provisions are incorporated to accommodate off-normal situations such as load rejection. The gas turbine, like any internal combustion engine, is not self-starting and requires an outside source of cranking power for startup. This is usually a diesel engine or electric motor combined with a torque converter, but could also be a steam turbine or gas expander if external steam or gas supplies are available. Startup via the generator, using variable frequency power supplies, is used on some of the larger gas turbines. Sufficient cranking power is provided to crank the unfired gas turbine at 25% to 30% speed, depending on the ambient temperature, even though ignition speed is 10% to 15%. This extra cranking power is used for gas path purging prior to ignition, for compressor water washing, and for accelerated cooldown. A typical automatic starting sequence is shown in Figure 6. After automatic system checks have been successfully completed and lube oil pressure established, the cranking device is started and, for diesel engines, allowed to warm up. Simple-cycle gas turbines with conventional upward exhausts do not require purging prior to ignition and the ignition sequence can proceed as the rotor speed passes through firing speed. If ignition does not occur before the 60 second cross-firing timer times out, the controls will automatically enter a purge sequence, as described later, and then attempt to refire. However, if there is heat recovery equipment, or if the exhaust ducting has pockets where combustibles can collect, gas path purging ensures a safe light-off. When the turbine reaches purge speed, this speed is held for the necessary purge period, usually sufficient to ensure three to five volume changes in the gas path. Purge times will vary from one minute to as long as 10 minutes in some heat recovery applications. When purging is completed, the turbine rotor is allowed to decelerate to ignition speed. This speed has been found to be optimum from the standpoint of both thermal fatigue duty on the hot gas path components, as well as offering reliable ignition and cross firing of the combustors. The ignition sequence consists of turning on

GER-3658D

GT17606D

Figure 6. Typical gas turbine starting characteristics step process that consists of matching turbine ignition power to the spark plugs and then setgenerator speed, and sometimes voltage, to the ting firing fuel flow. When flame is detected by bus, and then closing the breaker at the point the flame detectors, which are on the opposite where the two are in phase within predeterside of the turbine from the spark plugs, ignimined limits. tion and cross-firing are complete. Fuel is Turbine speed is matched to the line frequenreduced to the warm-up value for one minute cy with a small positive differential to prevent and the starting device power is brought to maxthe generator breaker from tripping on reverse imum. If successful ignition and cross firing are power at breaker closure. In the protective modnot achieved within an appropriate period of ule, triple-redundant microprocessor-based syntime, the control system automatically reverts chronizing methods are used to predict zeroback to the purge sequence, and will attempt a phase angle difference and compensate for second firing sequence without operator interbreaker closing time to provide true zero angle vention. In the unlikely event of incomplete closure. Acceptable synchronizing conditions cross firing, it will be detected by the combusare independently verified by the triple-reduntion monitor as a high exhaust temperature dant control processors as a check function. spread prior to loading the gas turbine. After completion of the warm-up period, fuel At the completion of synchronizing, the turflow is allowed to increase and the gas turbine bine will be at a spinning reserve load. The final begins to accelerate faster. At a speed of about step in the starting sequence consists of auto30% to 50%, the gas turbine enters a predetermatic loading of the gas turbine generator, at mined program of acceleration rates, slower inieither the normal or fast rate, to either a presetially, and faster just before reaching running lected intermediate load, base load or peak speed. The purpose of this is to reduce the therload. Typical starting times to base load are mal-fatigue duty associated with startup. shown in Table 3. Although the time to fullAt about 40% to 85% speed, turbine efficienspeed no-load applies to all simple cycle gas turcy has increased sufficiently so that the gas turbines, the loading rates shown are for standard bine becomes self sustaining and external crankcombustion and may var y for some Dr y Low ing power is no longer required. At about 80% NOx systems. to 90% speed, the compressor inlet guide vanes, Normal shutdown is initiated by the operator which were closed during startup to prevent and is reversible until the breaker is opened and compressor surge, are opened to the full-speed, the turbine operating speed falls below 95%. no-load position. The shutdown sequence begins with automatic As the turbine approaches running speed, unloading of the unit. The main generator synchronizing is initiated. This is a two or three breaker is opened by the reverse power relay at 6

GER-3658D Table 3 SIMPLE CYCLE PACKAGE POWER PLANT STARTING TIMES about 5% negative power. Gas turbine generators that are equipped with diesel engine starting devices are optionally capable of starting in a blacked out condition without outside electrical power. Cool down sequences may be interrupted at any point for a restart if desired. As before. However. The black start option uses a DC batter y-powered turning device for rotor cooldown to ensure the integrity of the black start capability. Because of their nature or criticality. some protective functions trip the stop valve through the hardwired. the protective function acts to trip the gas turbine independently from the fuel control in the event of overspeed. An inverter sup7 plies the AC power required for ignition and the local operator interface. thermal fatigue duty for these fast load starts is substantially higher. fire. which drives the gas turbine fuel flow to a minimum value sufficient to maintain flame. additional protective features have been added with minimum impact on running reliability due to the redundancy of the microprocessors. where fuel is completely shut off. sensors and signal processing. It shows how loss of lube oil. Gas turbines are capable of faster loading in the event of a system emergency. hydraulic supply. Turning of the rotor for cooldown or maintenance is accomplished by a ratcheting mechanism on the smaller gas turbines. Power for the cooling system fans is obtained from the main generator through the power potential transformer after the generator field is flashed from the battery at about 50% speed. Lubricating oil for starting is supplied by the DC emergency pump powered from the unit battery. the purpose of this “fired shutdown” sequence is to reduce the thermal fatigue duty imposed on the hot gas path parts. The turbine and generator control panels on all units are powered from the battery. It also receives signals from the flame detectors and determines if flame is on or off. but not turbine speed. loss of flame or loss of lube oil pressure. After fuel is shut off. The gas turbine then decelerates to about 40% to 25% speed. or by operation of a conventional turning gear on some larger gas turbines. high lube oil header temperature. selection of a fast load start is by operator action with the normal start being the default case. which would cause vibration on subsequent startups. and “customer process” trips. triple-redundant protective module. overtemperature. This battery also provides power to the DC fuel forwarding pump for black starts on distillate. These functions are the hardwired overspeed detection system. As previously mentioned. the gas turbine coasts down to a point where the rotor turning system can be effective. multiple control computer faults and compressor surge for the aircraft-derivative gas turbines. Therefore. or manual hydraulic trip will . The rotor should be turned periodically to prevent bowing from uneven cooldown. the protection model performs the synchronization function to close the breaker at the proper instant. A block diagram of the turbine protective system is shown in Figure 7. As mentioned. which replaces the mechanical overspeed bolt on some units. The added functions include combustion and thermocouple monitoring. low hydraulic supply pressure. high rotor vibration. the manual emergency trip buttons. Normal cooldown periods vary from five hours on the smaller turbines to as much as 48 hours on some of the larger units. With the advent of microprocessors.

The operator interface has been improved with color graphic displays and standardized links to remote operator sta- GT20781B Figure 8. reliability and ease of on-line maintenance. Interfacing to other application-specific trip functions is provided through the three control processors. speed of installation. SPEEDTRONIC™ MARK V CONTROL CONFIGURATION The SPEEDTRONIC™ Mark V control system makes increased use of modern microprocessors and has an enhanced system configuration. the hardwired protection module or the hydraulic trip system. SPEEDTRONIC™ Mark V turbine control result in direct hydraulic actuation of the stop valves. Standard control configuration 8 . These trip functions include turbine shutdown for generator protective purposes and combined-cycle coordination with heat recovery steam generators and singleshaft STAG ™ steam turbines. Protective system block diagram. The latter is hydraulically integrated as shown in Figure 7. Standardized modular construction enhances quality. It uses SIFT technology for the control. Other protective coordination is provided as required to meet the needs of specific applications.GER-3658D GT20784B Figure 7. a new triple-redundant protective module and a significant increase in hardware diagnostics.

Some sensors are brought in to all three control processors. One key output goes to the servo valves used in position loops as shown in Figure 9. These position loops are closed digitally. are divided among the control processors. a position sensor) produce a signal proportional to actuator position. Each control processor measures both LVDT signals and chooses the higher of the two signals. The three control processors accept input from various arrangements of redundant turbine and generator sensors. and implements interfaces to remote operator stations and plant distributed control systems. 3. This value is chosen because the LVDT is designed to have a strong failure preference for low voltage output. Pickup T. Dedicated sensors: one-third are connected to each processor Shared sensors are shared by processors Thee number of exhaust thermocouples is related to the number of combustors Vibration and fire detectors are related to the physical arrangement Generator output are redundant only for “constant settable droop” systems Dry Low NOx has four flame detectors in each of two zones Type Mag. pickup Transducer Mag. They also gather data and generate most of the alarms.O. frame blwr. the overall control system availability is significantly increased. The top block in the diagram is the Inter face Data Processor called <I>. Filter delta p. and implements the common I/O for non-critical signals and control actions. Redundant LVDTs (Linear Variable Dif ferential Transformers. turbine sequencing and primary protective functions are handled by these processors. Notes: 1.C. and printer. Figure 8 shows the standard SPEEDTRONIC™ Mark V control system configuration. These voted values are used in control and sequencing algorithms that produce the required control actions. keyboard. All critical control algorithms. pickup LVDT Transducer Seismic probe Scanner Switch Switch Switch Switch Switch Switch Function CTL & PROT CTL & PROT Control Control Control Control Control Control Protection Protection Protection Protection Protection Protection Protection Protection Usage Dedicated Dedicated Dedicated Dedicated Dedicated Dedicated Shared Shared Shared Shared Shared Shared Shared Shared Shared Shared Number 3 to 6 13 to 27 3 3 3 3 2/Actuator 1 8 to 11 4 to 8 17 to 21 3 3 3 2 3 9 . The individual exhaust temperature measurements are exchanged on the voter link so that each control processor knows all exhaust thermocouple values. maintains the alarm buffers. like exhaust thermocouples. temperature Exh. as with the Mark IV system. 6. Its main functions are driving operator displays. managing the alarm process and handling operator commands. At the core of SPEEDTRONIC™ Mark V control are the three identical control processors called <R> <S> and <T>. It includes a monitor. generates and keeps diagnostic data. The signal is compared with the position Table 4 CRITICAL REDUNDANT SENSORS Parameter Speed Exhaust temperature Generator output Liquid fuel flow Gas fuel flow Water flow Actuator stroke Steam flow Vibration Flame Fire Control oil pressure L. <C> gathers data from the control processors by participating on the voting link. collects data for display. or <C>. The <I> processor communicates with <C> using a peer-to-peer communication link which permits one or more <I> processors. The Common Data Processor. offline diagnostics for maintenance. <I> also does system configuration and download. Table 4 lists typical redundant sensor arrangements. pressure L. but many. Transducer Mag. 5. By extending the fault tolerance to include sensors. 2.GER-3658D tions and distributed control systems (DCS). 4.O. Voted sensor values are computed by each of the control processors. Turbine supervisory sensors such as wheelspace thermocouples come directly to <C>.

A GE protocol is available for use over the ethernet link. SPEEDTRONIC ™ Mark V control provides interfaces to DCS systems for plant control from the <I> processor. which reduces the probability of machine overspeed or out of phase synchronizing to the lowest achievable values. the maximum current that one failed amplifier can deliver is overridden by the combined signals from the remaining two good amplifiers. The wires are connected to the I/O module . Digital servo position loops command and the error signal passed through a transfer function and a D/A converter to a current amplifier. LVDT outputs that disagree.3 specification for the physical and medium access control (MAC) layers. Overspeed and synchronization functions are independently performed in both the tripleredundant control and triple-redundant protective hardware. Diagnostics of LVDT excitation voltage. The SIFT system ensures that the output fuel command signals to the digital ser vo stay in step. It accepts speed sensors. Table 5 lists signals and commands available on the interfacing links. The current amplifier from each control processor drives one of the three coils. A hardwired interface is also available. The trip card merges trip contact signals from the emergency overspeed. Hardware voting for <P> solenoid outputs 10 GT20782A is accomplished on a trip card associated with the module. almost all single failures will not cause an appreciable bump in the controlled turbine parameter. The two interfaces available are Modbus Slave Station and a standard ethernet link. The result is that the turbine continues running under control. If one of the three channels fails.GER-3658D Figure 9. flame detection and synchronizing functions. which complies with the IEEE-802. manual trip push buttons and other hardwired customer trips. As a result. flame detectors and potential transformer inputs to perform emergency electronic overspeed. and current not equalling the commanded value make it easy to find a system problem. The table includes an option for hard-wired contacts and 4-20 ma signals intended to interface with older systems such as SCADA remote dispatch terminal units. The servo valve acts on the sum of the ampere turns. An independent protective module <P> is internally triple redundant. so that on-line repair can be initiated quickly. the main control processors.

for the gas turbine installation. is shown in Figure 10. the <I> processor can be equipped with plant load control capability that will allow plant level management of all units for both real and reactive power. or a single <I> processor can control multiple gas and steam turbines.GER-3658D Table 5 INTERFACING OPTIONS Hardwired • Connects to common “C” processor I/O • Commands to turbine control – Turbine start/stop – Turbine fast load – Governor set point raise/lower – Base/Peak load selection – Gas/Distillate fuel selection – Generator voltage (VARS) raise/lower – Generator synchronizing inhibit/release • Feedback from turbine control – Watts. Mark V operator interface associated with <C>. For critical installations. The “stage link” that interconnects the <C> processor with the <I> processor is an extendible Arcnet link that allows daisy chaining multiple gas turbines with multiple <I> processors. or Operator Interface. In addition. data can be requested periodically or on demand in user definable lists. Thus a single gas turbine can be controlled from multiple <I> processors. referred to as the <D> processor. VARS and volts (analog for meters) – Breaker status – Starting sequence status – Flame indication – On temperature control indication • Alarm management – RS232C data transmission only. a redundant <C> processor option. from <1> Modbus link • Turbine control is Modbus slave station • Transmission on request by master. In process plants where maintaining the link to the DCS is essential to keeping the plant online. cross-plotting and histogram screens.4 Gas Turbine Control and Protection System • ANSI — C37. Compliance with recognized standards is an important aspect of SPEEDTRONIC™ Mark V controls. 300 to 19. The historian is sized so that about a month’s worth of data for a typical four unit plant can be stored on line. is available that ensures that no single hardware failure can interrupt communications between the gas turbine and the DCS system. All data available in the Mark V data base can be captured and stored by the historian. For multi-unit configurations.” or <H> processor. It is designed to comply with several standards including: • ETL — Approval has been obtained for labeling of the Mark V control panel.200 baud • Connects to interface processor (I) • RS232C link layer • Commands available – All allowable remote commands are available – Alarm management • Feedback from turbine control – Most turbine data available in the I data base GT22904 Figure 10. A specially configured PC is available to act as a “historian. two <I> processors are used to obtain redundant links to the DCS system. Analog data is stored when the values change beyond a settable deadband. and events and alarms are captured when they occur. Display options include a full range of trending. and provisions are included for both archiving and restoring older data. The <I> processor. with ETL labeling of complete control cabs • CSA/UL — Approval has been obtained for the complete SPEEDTRONIC™ Mark V control panel • UBC — Seismic Code Section 2312 Zone 4 • ANSI — B133.90A Surge Withstand 11 .

with AC auxiliary input at 120 volt. The wiring has been made more accessible for ease of installation. The typical standard panel will require 900 watts of DC and 300 watts of auxiliar y AC power. Each of these modules is also standardized. By having 12 RDC26449-2-5 Figure 11. Ambient air at the panel inlet vents should be between 32 F and 72 F (0 C and 40 C) with a humidity between 5 and 95%. The new design dissipates less power than previous generations for equivalent panels. The standard panel is a NEMA 1A panel that is 90 inches high. This will normally be the case when the central control room has an Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS) system. 54 inches wide. The panel is constructed in a modular fashion and is quite standardized. They feature card racks that tilt out so cards can be individually accessed. Panel internal arrangement power supplies for the redundant processors through replaceable fuses. Cards are connected by front-mounted ribbon cables which can be easily disconnected for service purposes. which makes the control tolerant of significant battery voltage dips. used for the ignition transformer and the <I> processor. and weighs approximately 1. and a typical processor module is shown in Figure 14. non-condensing. can be powered by house power. or it can be supplied from an optional black start inverter from the battery. 20 inches deep. AC for the local <I> processor will normally be supplied via a cable from the SPEEDTRONIC™ Mark V panel or alternatively from house power. Alternatively. Each control module supplies its own regulated DC busses via AC/DC converters. Mark V turbine control panel HARDWARE CONFIGURATION The SPEEDTRONIC ™ Mark V gas turbine control system is specifically designed for GE gas and steam turbines. the standard panel runs on 125 volt DC unit battery power. only thoroughly tested panels leave the factory.GER-3658D RDC26449-2-8 Figure 12. The Interface Data Processor. Considerable thought has been given to the routing of incoming wires to minimize noise and crosstalk. Individual power supplies can be replaced while the turbine is running. Tilting the card rack back in place and closing the front cover locks the cards in place. and uses a considerable number of CMOS and VLSI chips selected to minimize power dissipation and maximize functionality. such as those caused by starting a diesel cranking motor. particularly a remote <I>. Figure 11 shows the panel with doors closed. A picture of the panel interior is shown in Figure 12.200 pounds. For gas turbines. The panels are made in a highly standardized manufacturing process. and the modules are identified by location in Figure 13. All power sources and regulated busses are monitored. The power distribution module conditions the power and distributes it to the individual . the auxiliary power can be 240 volt AC 50 Hz. These can accept an extremely wide range of incoming DC. Quality control is an integral part of the manufacturing. 50/60 Hz. Each wire is easily identified and the resulting installation is neat.

the bad value is rejected. The sensor numbers to be voted are gathered in a table of values. <S> and <T> follow the same procedure. such as integrators. SOFTWARE CONFIGURATION Improved methods of implementing the triple-modular redundant system center on SIFT technology and result in a more robust control. But as soon as the first data is exchanged on the voter link. If there are any significant disagreements. <S>. No special hardware or software is needed to keep integrated outputs in step. A failure of a different kind of transducer on another controller could cause a turbine trip. for example. This does not happen with SIFT because the input data is exchanged and voted. its fuel command will initially be set to zero. This recombination is done in software or. and uses these voted outputs in all subsequent calculations.GER-3658D GT20783A Figure 13. in . Voting is also performed on the outputs of all integrators and other state variables. <C> will then diagnose that the transducer or parts immediately associated with it have failed and will post an alarm to <I>. Consider the <R> controller: it outputs its table to and receives the tables from the <S> and <T> controllers. <S> and <T>. the load setpoint. <C> reports them to <I> for operator attention and maintenance action. The values of all state outputs. <T> and <C> controllers. for more critical signals. Each control processor measures all of its input sensors so that each sensor signal is represented by a number in the controller. the repaired control processor will output the voted value that will be from one of the running processors so no bump in fuel flow will occur. an integrator compares the frequency of the generator with the nominal frequency reference (50 Hz or 60 Hz). <C> is also connected to the voter link. if a turbine is set to run on isochronous speed control with an isolated load. which selects the 13 median value for each sensor and integrator output. The basic SIFT concept brings one sensor of each kind into each of <R>. It eavesdrops while all three sets of variables are transmitted by the control processors and calculates the voted values for itself. If one of the transducers has failed. Therefore. a SIFT-based system can tolerate one failed transducer of each kind. Any error is integrated to produce the fuel command signal. When the processor is repaired and put back in service. the resulting modules and panels are very consistent and repeatable. Each control processor sends its table out on the voter link and receives tables from the other processors. For instance. the controller with the failed transducer initially has a bad value. the triple-redundant control information must be recombined. its output will not be correct and there will be a disagreement with the two correct values. one failed transducer was likely to cause one processor to vote to trip. But it exchanges data with the other processors and when the voting takes place. Now all three controller tables will be in the <R> processor. SIFT involves exchanging information on the voter link directly between <R>. Since only one turbine is connected to each panel. Typical processor module a highly controlled process. fewer bumps in output are caused when a failure or a repair takes place. If a sensor fails. If one computer calculates an erroneously high fuel command. In previous systems. Module map of panel interior GT21533A Figure14. By exchanging these variables. nothing happens because the processors will exchange the fuel command and vote and all will use the correct value of fuel command. are added to the table.

Non-critical outputs are software voted and output by the I/O associated with <C>. requires that the new software be compiled in <I> and downloaded to the processor modules. By protecting these critical algorithms from inadvertent change. The exception is setpoint incrementing commands. It comes from GE with the site-specific software properly configured. keyboard and printer. For example. they can be uploaded for storage in <I> where they will be retained for use in any subsequent software download. the basic software configuration on the disk is replaced with new software from the GE factory. They are tuned and adapted with constants that are field adjustable. For critical outputs. Alarm management screens list all the alarms in the chronological order of their time tags. The operator interface also supports an operator-entered list of variables. Control power for the circuit and output relay is taken from all three control sections. Displays for normal operation center around the unit control display. The functions available on the operator interface are shown in Table 6. called a user defined display. for overspeed. The information for <C> is stored in EEPROM 14 there. control and sequencing have evolved over many years of GE gas turbine experience.GER-3658D dedicated voting hardware. Logic outputs are voted by dedicated hardware relay driver circuits that require two or three “on” signals to pick up the output relay. The line shows whether the alarm has been acknowledged or not. Protective functions are accomplished by the control processors and. The software is quite flexible and most required alterations can be made on site by qualified personnel. The trip commands. For example. such as an upgrade to turbine capability. The information for the control processors is passed through <C> and stored in EEPROM in <R>. Once the download is complete. It takes control power for the electronics and the actual output current from all three sections such that any two control sections will sustain the correct output. independently by the Protective Module <P> as well. Contacts from each of these three primary protective trip relays are voted to cause the trip solenoid to drop out. the recombination of the signals is done by the servo valve on the turbine itself as previously explained. <I> also keeps a complete list of variables that can be displayed and printed. It shows the status of major selections and presents key turbine parameters in a table that includes the variable name. A list of the oldest three unacknowledged alarms appears on this screen. Security codes limit access to the programs used to change constants and sequencing. the alarm does . OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE The operator interface is comprised of a VGA color graphics monitor. the alarm can be reset. Their relay contacts are wired in a voting arrangement to the other side of the trip solenoid and independently cause the trip solenoid to drop out on detection of overspeed. up to four critical 4 ma to 20 ma outputs are voted in a dedicated electronic circuit. generated by the primary overspeed protective function in the control processors. The driver signals are sent to the trip card in the protective model where independent relays are actuated. Changes in control constants can be accomplished on-line in working memory. These basic algorithms are in EPROM. accepting commands from the local backup display while <I> is being repaired. new ones can be established on site. Separate overspeed pickups are brought to the independent protective module. The <I> processor is equipped with a hard disk which keeps the records that define the site software configuration. which are processed immediately and do not require an arm-activate sequence. value and engineering units. For most upgrades. When the alarm condition clears. manual control and so forth. Commands that change the state of the turbine require an arm activate sequence to avoid accidental operation. such as the fuel command. where the operator can type in any turbine-generator variable and it will be added to the variable list. The most recent alarm is added to the top of the display list. Basic changes in configuration. If reset is selected and the alarm has not cleared. The most critical algorithms for protection. a new set of tuning constants can be tried. The circuit selects the median signal for output. These codes are under the control of the owner so that if there is a need to change access codes. the performance and safety of the complete fleet of GE gas turbines is made more secure. <S> and <T>. each activate a relay driver. do logic forcing. the <I> processor can fail and the turbine will continue to run properly. Primary speed pickups are wired to the control processors and used for both speed control and primary overspeed protection. If they are found to be satisfactory. and whether the alarm is still active.

The alarm log prints alarms in their arrival sequence. showing the time tags which are sent from the control modules with each alarm. or 15 making a listing of the full text of all alarms or turbine variables. These displays will include the selection of engineering units and allow changing between English and metric units. dedicating one to the alarm log. In SPEEDTRONIC™ Mark V controls. blown fuse. In addition to this information. An output from the flame detectors which shows the effective ultraviolet light level is another new diagnostic routine.GER-3658D Table 6 OPERATOR INTERFACE FUNCTIONS • Control – Unit control – Generator control (or load control) – Alarm management – Manual control (examples) • Preselected load setpoint • Inlet guide vane control • Isochronous control • Fuel stroke reference • Auxiliary control • Water wash • Mechanical overspeed test • Data (examples) – Exhaust temperatures – Lube oil temperatures – Wheelspace temperatures – Generator temperatures – Vibration – Timers and event counters – Emission control data – Logical status • Contracts in • Relay out • Internal logic – Demand display • Periodic logging • Administrative– – Set time/date – Select scale units – Display identification numbers – Change security code • Maintenance/Diagnostics – Control reference – Configuration tools – Tuning tools • Constant change routines – Actuator auto-calibrate – Trip display – Rung display – Logic forcing – Diagnostic alarms – Diagnostic displays • Off-line • On-line – System memory access not clear and the original time tag is retained. failed card. This is particularly useful in identifying the original source of trouble if a spurious signal manages to cause one of the control processors to call for a trip and does not leave a normal diagnostic trail. A partial list of the diagnostics available is presented in Table 7. all trips are annunciated and information about the actual logic path that caused the trip is captured. Many of these combinations have specific diagnostics associated with them and the software has many algorithms that infer what has gone wrong from a pattern of incoming diagnostic signals. reading and saving the actual closing time of the breaker is an excellent diagnostic on the health of the synchronizing system. There are a number of diagnostic displays that provide information on the turbine and on the condition of the control system. print the complete list and form feed again. Diagnostic alarms are generated whenever there is such a disagreement. which makes this sequence of events information more valuable. Normally these values will agree and significant disagreement means that something is wrong. An optional alternative is to add a second printer. or open sensor circuit. such as a failed power supply. This display gives detailed information about the actual logic signal path that caused any trip. such as copying of text screens. contact inputs are resolved to one millisecond. The trip diagnostic screen traps the actual signal condition that caused a turbine trip. It is accomplished by freezing information about the logic path when the trip occurs. it will form feed. In this way the diagnostic alarm will identify as nearly as possible what is wrong. Any alarms that happened during the time of printing were stored and are now printed. For instance. Examination of these records can reveal what has gone wrong with the system. It is an indicator of degrada- . When the printer has been requested to make such an output. Administrative displays help with various tasks such as setting processor real time clocks and the date. The previously mentioned comparison of voting values is another powerful diagnostic tool. Software is provided to allow printing of other information. Some of the diagnostics are intended to enhance turbine-generator monitoring.

The module will then join in with the others to control the turbine and the fault tolerance is restored. the bulk of these are designed as Simplex rather than the tripleredundant systems associated with new units. The module is opened and tilted out.GER-3658D Table 7 MONITORING AND DIAGNOSTICS • Power – Incoming power sources – Power distribution – All control voltages – Battery ground. To affect the repair. The back-up display provides for a minimum set of control commands: start. a preselected list of key data points are programmed into the back-up panel that display the short symbol name. This is due to the floor space available in retrofit applications. Since the alarm text can be altered on site in <I>. non-interfering with other ground detectors • Sensors and actuators – Contact inputs circuits can force and interrogate – Open thermocouple – Open and short on seismic vibration transducers – LVDT excitation voltage – Servovalve current feedback loopback test – 4/20 MA control outputs — loopback testing – Relay driver. Should the fault be in the <I> or <C> processor. a provision is included to print the alarms with their internal alarm numbers. stop. subsequent to commissioning and after accumulating more than 1. the correct section is powered down. Today. Reliability of the in service fleet. cables disconnected. A great deal of effort has been put into identifying the correct section. The rack is closed and power is reapplied to the module. The system was subsequently put into utility service on two peaking gas turbines to obtain experience in daily starting service in order to develop a starting reliability assessment in addition to the continuous duty running reliability assessment. raise load and lower load. A properly maintained panel is highly fault-tolerant and makes systems starting and running reliability approach 100%. The control ships from the factory with this limited list of key parameters established for the back-up display. This level of monitoring and diagnostics makes maintenance easier and faster so that the control system stays in better repair. This includes 424 new gas turbines and 106 new steam turbines either shipped or on order. the contact input circuits can be forced to either state and then be interrogated to ensure that the circuit functions correctly without disturbing their normal operation. In another example. it is likely that the operator display will stop or go blank and commands can no longer be sent by the operator to the turbine from <I>. Optional redundant <I> processors make the use of the back-up display even more unlikely. CONTROL SYSTEM EXPERIENCE The SPEEDTRONIC ™ Mark V Turbine Control System was initially put into service in May 1992 on one of three industrial generator drive MS9001B gas turbines. the offending card located. stopping or tripping once a sequence is initiated. however. In addition. with new installations starting up throughout the second half of that year. virtually all turbine shipments include Mark V Turbine Controls. card replaced and cables reconnected. If the failed section is also voting to trip. It happens ver y infrequently. running. Wrong identification could lead to powering down a good section and result in a vote to trip. Once the diagnostic routines have located a failed part. A backup display is provided to handle this situation.4 million powered opera- . value and engineering units. almost 80 existing units have been committed to retrofitted SPEEDTRONIC™ Mark V Turbine Control Systems. The extent of this kind of diagnostics has been greatly increased in SPEEDTRONIC ™ Mark V control over previous generations. it may be replaced while the turbine continues to run. the turbine will trip. however. General product line shipments of the Mark V System on new unit production commenced early in 1993. 16 This upsets the operator much more than it disturbs the control processors or turbine. and repair of the normal operator interface will usually be accomplished in less than three hours. This list is used to look up the alarm name from the alarm number. The gas turbine control is completely automatic and needs little human intervention for starting. voting current monitor – RTD open and short • Protective – Flame detector. The most critical function of the diagnostics is to identify the proper control section where the problem exists. The same is true for data points. UV light level count output – Synchronizer — phase angle at closure – Trip contact status monitor • Voted data tion in the ultraviolet flame detection system. It reports all process alarms by number.

software and hardware allowed a much greater degree of automated manufacturing and testing. Indicated MTBFO (mean time between force outages) is in excess of 28. Extensive built-in diagnostics and the ability to replace almost any component while running further minimize exposure time. there are fewer components to fail and fewer types of components in the control panel. yet still flexible.) Two-out-of-three redundancy on critical functions and components ensures that failures. (This also means that there are fewer spares to stock. is highest. sensors. The Mark V system is a further improvement over the Mark IV system. Standardization of hard- ware and software has been carried several steps further. with a substantial portion using electronic and microprocessor techniques. its implementation is improved and made more robust through use of SIFT techniques. but flexibility has also been increased. which are less likely to begin with. the high degree of standardized. Further advancements in the goals of starting and running reliability and system availability will be achieved by logical evolution of the unique architectural features developed and initially put into service with the Mark IV system. Although the two-outof-three voting philosophy is retained.000 hours for the system. SUMMARY The SPEEDTRONIC ™ Mark V Gas Turbine Control System is based on a long history of successful gas turbine control experience. Greater degrees of automated manufacturing and testing have been complimented by greater use of computer-aided engineering to standardize the generation and testing of software and system configuration. which includes control panel.GER-3658D tional hours on 264 units. Control system reliability 17 . and increasing the repeatability of the process. Components and types of components have been further reduced in number. Finally. and in both peaking and base load service. This performance is shown relative to the rest of the electronic control history in Figure 15. are also less likely to cause a turbine trip. it is fully expected the Mark V system will further advance the continuing growth of gas turbine control system starting and running reliability. has been as expected. actuators and all intervening wiring and connectors. Why is the Mark V system so much better than its predecessors? First. while running with a failed component when the potential to trip resulting from a double failure. Thus. substantially lowering the potential for human error. Flexibility of application and ease of operation will also grow to meet the needs of generator and mechanical drive systems. in process and utility operating environments. GT21537B Figure 15.

Amsterdam. W. June 6-9.. Rowen.I. presented at the Gas Turbine and Aeroengine Congress. © 1996 GE Company 18 . 88-GT-150. “Operating Characteristics of Heavy-Duty Gas Turbines in Utility Service. 1988. Netherlands.GER-3658D REFERENCES 1.” ASME Paper No.

Mark V turbine control panel Figure 12. Dual fuel transfer characteristics gas to liquid Figure 4. Gas turbine generator controls and limits Figure 2.Panel internal arrangement Figure 13. Protective system block diagram. Table 5. Liquid fuel control system Figure 6. SPEEDTRONIC™ Mark V turbine control Figure 8.GER-3658D LIST OF FIGURES Figure 1. Table 7.Module map of panel interior Figure 14. Advances in electronic control concepts Gas turbine control philosophy Simple cycle package power plant starting times Critical redundant sensors Interfacing options Operator interface functions Monitoring and diagnostics . Table 3.Typical processor module Figure 15. Table 2. Gas fuel control system Figure 5.Mark V operator interface Figure 11. Digital servo position loops Figure 10. Gas turbine fuel control Figure 3. Typical gas turbine starting characteristics Figure 7. Standard control configuration Figure 9. Table 6. Table 4.Control system reliability LIST OF TABLES Table 1.

GEH-5979D SPEEDTRONIC™ Mark V Turbine Control User’s Manual .

.

This document shall not be reproduced in whole or in part nor shall its contents be disclosed to any third party without the written approval of GE Industrial Control Systems. 1996 Revision D: February 1998 These instructions do not purport to cover all details or variations in equipment. 1991 Revision A: March. the matter should be referred to GE Industrial Control Systems. and/or maintenance of the equipment described.SPEEDTRONIC™ Mark V Turbine Control User’s Manual GEH-5979D Issue Date: December. and maintenance. nor to provide for every possible contingency to be met during installation. USA and is furnished to its cu stomer solely to assist that customer in the installation. operation. . If further information is desired or if particular problems arise that are not covered sufficiently for the purchaser’s purpose. 1994 Revision C: June. 1993 Revision B: June. operation. This document contains proprietary information of General Electric Company. testing.

1998 ARCNET is a registered trademark of Datapoint Corporation.S. All rights reserved. Ethernet is a trademark of Xerox Corporation. MODBUS is a trademark of Gould Inc.A. U. HP is a trademark of Hewlett Packard Company. USA. Proximitor is a registered trademark of Bentley Nevada Corporation. Printed in the United States of America. Speedtronic is a trademark of General Electric Company. February 18. .Copyright© 1994 by General Electric Company.

practice. practice. condition. or statement that. if not strictly observed.SAFETY SYMBOL LEGEND WARNING Indicates a procedure. could result in personal injury or death. or statement. could result in damage to or destruction of equipment. condition. . if not strictly observed. CAUTION Indicates a procedure. NOTE Indicates an essential operation or important procedure. practice. or statement which. condition.

or maintain this equipment. To prevent personal injury or equipment damage caused by equipment malfunction. . only adequately trained persons should modify any programmable machine. Only personnel who are adequately trained and thoroughly familiar with the equipment and the instructions should install. approved grounding practices and procedures must be strictly followed. To minimize hazard of electrical shock or burn. Isolation of test equipment from the equipment under test presents potential electrical hazards.WARNING This equipment contains a potential hazard of electric shock or burn. the test equipment’s case must be shielded to prevent contact by personnel. operate. If the test equipment cannot be grounded to the equipment under test.

Safety Symbol Legend (cont.) .

.

........................ Unlocking Alarms ....................................2-14 2-7...............................2..........................................................................................2-11 2-7...........................................................................2-1 2-3....................... Time vs....................................................................2-28 2-9..................... First Displayed Screen (PAGE 2)................3.........................................................................................................................................2....................3...........2-14 2-7......... PRIMARY OPERATOR INTERFACE (<I>)................1-2 1-4.....................3..3...............1......................................3............................................5................... DELETING A USER-DEFINED DISPLAY FROM THE MENU................................. ............................ HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE SYNONYMS................ TRIP LOG DISPLAY .............................................................................. EXAMPLES AND NOTES......................... ....................4..... ENABLING/DISABLING CURRENT STATUS.....................................2-24 2-8.. ...................3...1............................2-28 2-9.......2-3 2-5........ ..........2-24 2-8............. STARTING THE <I>......... DELETING A POINTNAME.............. Printing The Alarm Display ........... ..................2-8 2-5................................................................... ............3......................7......................................................... ........... MAIN DISPLAY..............................1-1 1-4.............................................. Display Header Information .................2-8 2-5...........2......................................... SETTING OR CHANGING PASSWORDS........................... OVERVIEW.................................................... COMMAND TARGET ADDITIONS/DELETIONS ...........1.2-22 2-8...... USER-DEFINED DISPLAYS..................................................................2-8 2-5............ INTRODUCTION ..........3.. ALARM DISPLAY........................... Display Message Field 2-10 2-6.2-12 2-7......................................................................................................................................................................2. ADDING A POINTNAME.............................2-12 2-7................3..................................................................................................................... Alarm Window 2-10 2-6.....................................................7....2-26 2-8..........3............................................6.......................................5.................................................................................................................... Silencing Annunciated Alarms ........................................................................ MAIN MENU DISPLAYS AND FUNCTIONS 2-5 2-5.......3... Alarm Information..............6........ ..............2-28 i ..........................2-1 2-4........................................................4..........................................................................................2.................... .................1................1....................... Password Administration 2-5 2-5...............1..........................2-24 2-8.................................................................................................................1-1 1-3.....................1......1................8............ Display Target Field ................. Unit Command Targets ...............................................1-2 1-4........................ User-Defined Display Menu.............2-22 2-8................................2....................................................................................2-14 2-7...........2-1 2-2... User-Defined Display Body .............................................................................................. ................................................................................ HIS_AGE CNTS ...........................................................................................................................................................4.................... Synonyms 2-9 2-5...........................2-7 2-5................................. Acknowledging Alarms............................ PASSWORD LEVELS AND THEIR PRIVILEGES.........................................................2-26 2-8.....................................................................................................2-15 2-7................... Cursor Positioning Conventions ...................................................................................2-20 2-8......1... CONVENTIONS USED IN THIS MANUAL ...3.4..................2-28 2-9. MAKING MODIFICATIONS PERMANENT.2-13 2-7...2-12 2-7.................................................................................................................... BACKUP OPERATOR INTERFACE (<BOI>) ....... COMMON DISPLAY FIELDS 2-10 2-6.........................3......................1.2-24 2-8........................................1............... User-Defined Display Modifications....................1-1 1-2......................................................................... Diagnostic Alarms ...................2-26 2-9.1................... ENABLING/DISABLING THE BOOTUP STATUS...........................................................................................2-10 2-6.2-13 2-7................................................... Locking Out Alarms ................2................................................ Keyboard Conventions ............................................5. Resetting Alarms ............ Time Set 2-9 2-5..........................2-6 2-5......................................................................................................2-14 2-7........... ADDING A USER-DEFINED DISPLAY TO A MENU.....2...........3................................................1................................User’s Manual GEH-5979D TABLE OF CONTENTS CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION 1-1...................................................................................................................................2-10 2-6..1...3.................................................................... COPYING USER-DEFINED DISPLAYS TO MULTIPLE UNITS.................... MAIN MENU............................................. ....................................1-2 CHAPTER 2 THE PRIMARY OPERATOR INTERFACE 2-1...........

5.................................................................................................................... Control Lockout............................................ PRINT REPORT............................... Example .....................................3........................... 2-36 2-11............................................................................................ 3-4 3-3.......1........................2...................2................................... Control Signal Database Pointnames.................................... Event Logger .. ......................... ....................................................................................................1.........................................2....... 3-9 CHAPTER 4 CONTROL LOCATIONS 4-1.2..................................... 2-33 2-11...................... 2-30 2-9.. 3-4 3-4......................................................... Control Lockout for Multi-Panel <I>s ............................... Pre-Trip Screens ................................................................3....................................................... 3-1 3-2....1..........................................................1................................ 4-3 ii ..... 3-5 3-6........................... ............1.................... 3-2 3-3....... CURRENT LOG/SAVED LOG.............................. View Image/Save Image ..................................... Display Targets....................................................... PROCESSOR SELECT DISPLAY (PROC) ........................................................................................................................................ 4-1 4-1.................................................... MAIN/NORMAL DISPLAYS ......................... Alarm Logging............ Alarms ....................................................................................................................................................................................................... 2-36 2-11..................... 3-7 3-8............................1............. 2-36 2-11. 2-36 2-11...........................................................................................................5.................... 3-4 3-3.............5..............................2........................................ 2-29 2-9....................................... 2-31 2-9.............................................................1....1.......................................2......... 4-1 4-2................................................................................................................... MENU DISPLAY...... 2-32 2-10...... NORMAL DISPLAY .........................................................................4.............................................................................................................................................................................................. .............................. 2-31 2-9........................................................ 3-8 3-10.... ...................................................9....................................................3.... 2-32 2-9........................... CONTROL HIERARCHY ..................... 3-6 3-7.......................... Reset....................................................................... 2-31 2-9....................... Event Type ........................................ 3-5 3-5.................................. 2-35 2-11................................................................................................................................................. Alarm Management ......................................5......... 2-35 2-11....................................... 4-1 4-1.................. POINTNAME........................ OPERATOR DEMAND DISPLAY .................... ENUMERATED SWITCH DISPLAYS ..............................................1............... DESIGNATED PROCESSOR ........................ 3-4 3-3............ ALARM DISPLAY ............................................................ 3-3 3-3... 2-30 2-9..........................................................................GEH-5979D User’s Manual 2-9...................................................................................................................................... PRINTING FUNCTIONS ............................................................7............................................................................................................................................... Defining Control Signal Database Points ..................................................................................... ........ PRINT IMAGE/SAVE IMAGE............. INTRODUCTION .....................................................................................................8...................... Acknowledge...... Silence...................................................................................... ALL POINTS DISPLAY ...................................... 2-37 CHAPTER 3 USING THE BACKUP OPERATOR INTERFACE 3-1......................1... STATUS............... EPA DISPLAY .......................................................................................... 2-33 2-10.............................. ...........................................2............................... ..................................................................... 3-8 3-9............................................... Implementing Control Lockout Using Password Administration .........................................................................................................................................................................4..........................

and/or stop the turbine and driven device. The <BOI>’s LCD screen is composed of two lines of 40 characters each. and central processing unit (CPU). The devices can be located in the installation’s central control room or a gas turbine’s control compartment. modification and configuration of displays used primarily by operators. The <BOI> may be used to start. ALARMS. and log printouts associated with turbine system operation. Maintenance personnel should refer to the SPEEDTRONIC Mark V Turbine Control Maintenance Manual (GEH-5980) and the turbine and driven device associated drawings. STOP. One <I> can be used to control as many as 8 gas and/or steam turbines. The <I> performs no control or protection functions of the turbine and driven device. The operator can thereby select the units he wishes to monitor or issue commands to. The <BOI> is typically mounted on the door of the Mark V Control Panel enclosure where it may be implemented in the event of a loss of communication between the <I> and the Mark V Control Panel. a mouse. RAISE SPEED/LOAD. AUTO. it is assumed that the <I> is controlling a single turbine and driven device. OVERVIEW This manual provides information needed by an operator to use a SPEEDTRONIC™ Mark V Control Panel’s operator interfaces to issue commands to the control panel and monitor the operation of a turbine and driven device. It discusses methods for selecting operating modes. Turning the <I> off. cursor positioning device (CPD) (that is. or disconnecting or reconnecting the ARCNET cable linking the Mark V Control Panel and the <I> (while the turbine and driven device are operating) will have no effect on the Mark V Control Panel or unit operation. keyboard. schematics and diagrams. This manual is intended to supplement the Operator’s Manual which is written for the overall turbine system. printer(s). 1-1 . specifications. load/unload. The associated printer(s) enable the operator to manually select and copy any display. consists of a color monitor. it is a means of issuing commands to the Mark V Control Panel and monitoring unit operation. also more than one <I> may be used to control a turbine. COOLDOWN ON. It can be used to view alarms and monitor turbine and driven device operation. START. VIBRATION FEEDBACK. All <I>s are capable of issuing commands to a unit at any time while communicating with Mark V Control Panels. acknowledging. These devices are connected to the Mark V Control Panel via an ARCNET cable. PRIMARY OPERATOR INTERFACE (<I>) The primary operator interface (<I>). viewing. turning the computer on. re-booting the computer. These items are collectively referred to as the <I>. and to log alarms. and so on).User’s Manual GEH-5979D CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION 1-1. For the purposes of this manual. It does not cover maintenance displays nor specific operating details of each application or installation. to automatically log selected parameters. a trackball. controlling the turbine and driven device. commands may be issued to the turbine and driven device (for example. 1-3. or a touch-screen monitor). 1-2. Using the <I>. BACKUP OPERATOR INTERFACE (<BOI>) A second means of issuing commands and monitoring turbine and driven device operation is supported through a Backup Operator Interface or <BOI>. and so on) and displays may be accessed to view the status of the turbine and driven device (for example. WHEELSPACE TEMPERATURES. and resetting alarms.

1. at the bottom of the screen on any display. the operator would physically touch a point on the screen.2. 1-4. or a touch-screen monitor. "Point and click" or "click" means to use the cursor positioning device to move the cursor to point at the display or target on the screen and depress the left button of the device one time. CONVENTIONS USED IN THIS MANUAL The following sections define the conventions used in this manual to help the audience better understand the information provided. command. commands.will be the current status of the control system. for example. the operator initiates the action by depressing the left-most button of the mouse or track-ball one time. The most recently issued command . 1-4. the operator will select displays. there are eight display targets. The cursor positioning device may be a computer mouse. and functions with the cursor positioning device. Any of the display targets at the bottom of the screen can be activated by pointing and clicking on that target in the display. a track-ball. this action is known as as "clicking" the device. 1-2 . ALT+F11 means to press and hold down the ALT key and then (simultaneously) press the F11 key. When keys are to be pressed simultaneously.from any interface (<I> or <BOI>) . the F1 key would be F1. To "point and click" with a touch-screen monitor. 1-4. Cursor Positioning Conventions In order to operate and monitor a turbine and driven device using the Mark V’s <I>. For example. or function. maximum. Keyboard Conventions The <I> keyboard keys are printed in a different typeface. When using the mouse or trackball to "point" at the desired display. Additionally. The on-screen cursor will move directly to the point of contact and the "clicking" action will take place when the finger is removed.GEH-5979D User’s Manual Turbine and driven device commands may be issued at any time from the <BOI> regardless of the status of the <I> and/or its communication link. they will be shown with a " + " between them. This is a "Peer to Peer" control system: All operator interfaces can issue commands equally.

Two types of alarms (Diagnostic Alarms and Process Alarms) and two types of events (Contact Inputs and Events) are logged to the printer(s) for historical purposes. Re-starting or "rebooting the <I> can be accomplished by pressing and holding down the CTRL+ALT+DEL keys in that order for approximately one second. most gas turbine applications will log emissions-related data to the printer(s). the display defined as the "Main Display" (see Figure 2-3) will appear on the screen. MAIN MENU The Main Menu is a list of displays (including the user-defined Display) that an operator and/or a maintenance technician can use to access information about the unit and/or driven device. The Main Menu can be configured by authorized personnel only. The operator can choose from a number of pre-defined and user-configurable displays from the Main Menu (refer to Figure 2-1) and from the user-defined Display Menu (refer to Figure 2-2) by using the cursor positioning device to point and click to the desired display. This action causes the computer’s internal microprocessor to re-initialize itself. Any subsequently annunciated alarms or data logging will be recorded/logged on the printer(s). 2-2. 2-1 . these examples should be considered generic in nature and not patterns or prototypes that should be copied or emulated. To view the Main Menu from any display or sub-menu. As the Mark V Turbine Control System allows a great deal of flexibility. The Main Menu can also be accessed from any display (except the Alarm Display) by pressing the ESC key on the keyboard. In succession. The order in which the individual <I> devices are energized is not critical. and re-establish communications with the Mark V Control Panel using the configurations stored on the computer’s hard-disk. point and click on the desired display. STARTING THE <I> With the <I> system properly connected to the Mark V Control Panel via the stage link. 2-3. See Maintenance Manual GEH-5980. Additionally.User’s Manual GEH-5979D CHAPTER 2 THE PRIMARY OPERATOR INTERFACE 2-1. The operator can quickly return to the Main Display or the Alarm Display from any display or menu by pointing and clicking on the Main Display or the Alarm Display targets at the bottom of the screen. The operator may then use the cursor positioning device and/or the function buttons to change displays. as well as obtain and log data about the status of equipment. issue commands to and manage any alarms from the Mark V Control Panel. press the ESC key at least once. it is ready to issue commands or monitor the turbine and driven device through the SPEEDTRONICTM Mark V Control Panel. perform its internal diagnostics. When the <I> has completed its initialization routines and internal power-up diagnostics. At this point. To view one of the displays listed. the operator can issue commands to and receive alarms from the Mark V Control Panel. INTRODUCTION The <I> is used to control a turbine and driven device. the following figures show Main Menus for gas turbine various applications.

A Typical Main Menu . A Typical Main Menu Figure 2-2.Continued 2-2 .GEH-5979D User’s Manual Figure 2-1.

MAIN DISPLAY The Main Display is intended to be the display the operator primarily uses to monitor the operation applications. As the Mark V Turbine Control System allows a great deal of flexibility. The Main Display may either be a user-defined or animated display.Continued 2-4. according to the customer’s requirements. The Main Display shows key turbine parameters and the main commands necessary to operate the turbine and driven device. see the Application Manual GEH-6195.User’s Manual GEH-5979D Figure 2-3. A Typical Main Menu . these examples should be considered generic in nature and not patterns or prototypes that should be copied or emulated. It can be immediately accessed from any display by clicking on the "Main Display" target below the alarm window. 2-3 . The examples immediately below depict (in succession) Gas (two pages) and Steam (one page) Turbine Main Displays.

GEH-5979D User’s Manual Figure 2-4. A Typical Main Display .Continued 2-4 . A Typical Main Display Figure 2-5.

A Typical Main Display . or privileges. Allows the setting of the Customer-level passwords by Customer’s Supervisor(s). to various functions can be protected by password(s).User’s Manual GEH-5979D Figure 2-6.Continued 2-5. Password Administration Operators. plus operator privileges. MAIN MENU DISPLAYS AND FUNCTIONS The following Main Menu displays and functions are used to manage access to or modify features of the <I>. Password levels and the corresponding features they control are defined below: OPERATOR Allows the use of the Logic Forcing feature. the user must first gain access to the program/feature by enabling the current status of an appropriate Password Level. Allows the use of all Customer-level features (see Table 2-1). technicians. and/or GE Business Associates Field Service personnel.1. intended for use by GEDS. 2-5. Allows use of all Customer-level features (see Table 2-1). In order to modify a control constant or force a logic point. for instance. ™ MAINTENANCE SUPERVISOR SERVICE 2-5 . GE. Up to five levels of access. This is done by entering the proper password in the Password Administration Display of the Main Menu. and service personnel can be permitted to access or use certain features of the SPEEDTRONIC Mark V’s <I> through the use of passwords.

the user should remove the Password privileges after completing the assigned task(s). and other such features.GEH-5979D User’s Manual SUPPLIER Allows the use of all Customer-level features (see Table 2-1). Privileged view and/or modification of the various features is permitted when the current status of the appropriate password level is enabled. Control Constant adjustment. type in the correct password and press ENTER. to enable a new password level the user should access the Password Administration display from the Main Menu. For example.1. and/or GE Business Associates Factory personnel. If the proper password is entered. click on the ENABLE target of the desired level. For more information on each feature. the Control Sequence Editor. As a suggested procedure. refer to the appropriate Mark V documentation. intended for use by GEDS. Table 2-1 explains the view/modify privileges of the various password levels. 2-6 . Figure 2-7. Administration with Operator Level Current & "BOOTUP" Status Enabled All of the Password levels’ Current and "BOOTUP" Statuses should be disabled if the users are not to have access to Logic Forcing. GE. PASSWORD LEVELS AND THEIR PRIVILEGES. the ENABLE target’s background will change to white and privileges will be enabled. 2-5. Password.1.

m v. m = modify 2-5. m v. m v. m v. m v. m v. m v. m v. m v. (Asterisks will be displayed as the password is typed in for security purposes). m v. m v. m v. m Table 2-1. m v. Current Status refers to the present status of a password level and "BOOTUP" status refers to the status of the password level on startup or "re-boot" of the <I>. If the wrong password was entered. m v. the ENABLE target’s background will become white and the white background of the password level’s name will disappear. (It is not necessary to know a level’s password in order to disable it. m v. ENABLING/DISABLING CURRENT STATUS. m SUPERVISOR SERVICE SUPPLIER v v v. m v. Privileges of the Five Password Levels v = view. Figure 2-7 shows two Status columns (CURRENT and "BOOTUP") for each password level.2. m v. m v. m v. m v. When a white rectangle appears under the password level’s name. m v. m v. Click on the DISABLE target to disable that level. m v. m v. click on the EXIT target at the bottom of the Password Administration Display. m v. Click on the desired ENABLE target to enable the current status of a password level. m v.1. m MAINTENANCE v. m v. m v. m v. If the correct password was entered. m v. m v .User’s Manual GEH-5979D Access/Use Privilege Control Constant Adjustment Logic Forcing EEPROM Upload/Download Control Sequence Program Editor Control Sequence Program Compiler Control Sequence Program Documenter I/O Configurator Table Compiler I/O Modification Utility Spare Signal Pointname Editor Control Lockout Exit to DOS Command Line OPERATOR v v. m v. type in the password for that level and press ENTER. the white background of the password level’s name will disappear and the DISABLE target’s background will turn white. m v. The targets with white backgrounds indicate the levels are currently enabled/disabled. m v. To return to the Main Menu and save the present status of the password levels.) 2-7 . m v.m v.

when the Current and "BOOTUP" statuses of the Operator password level are disabled and enabled respectively. and/or the Supplier passwords. 2-8 . If one of these password levels is enabled. If the correct current status level has been enabled. changing the Supervisor level password requires that the Current status of either the Supervisor.1. If the background of the ENABLE target of a password level’s "BOOTUP" status is white. the "BOOTUP" status may be turned on or off by clicking on the function’s ENABLE/DISABLE targets respectively. and/or Supervisor passwords by anyone. To maintain the operational integrity of the <I>. The white rectangle beneath the password level name will disappear to indicate the new password has been accepted. Typing in the new password will cause the text to appear in the white rectangle. Setting or changing a particular level’s password requires the Current status of an appropriate password level be enabled. Service. or Supplier current status function be enabled. enabling the Supervisor "BOOTUP" status requires that either the Supervisor. Password-Changing Privileges of Three Password-setting Levels (Supervisor. The following table should be helpful in understanding which passwords can be set by each of the three password-setting levels. ENABLING/DISABLING THE BOOTUP STATUS. or a level higher than is required). startup or "re-booting" the <I> will disable the Current status of that password level. and Supervisor password levels. and Supplier) Table 2-2 shows that passwords for the Operator. the next startup or re-booting of the <I> enables both the "BOOTUP" and current status. The "BOOTUP" status of any password level may be enabled/disabled as long as the concurrent or higher level current status function is enabled (the user must know the appropriate password for the desired level. Service. press ENTER. access to the programs/features of the <I> for that password level will be permitted (at any time) after a startup or "re-boot" of the <I>. or Supplier password levels should not be left enabled in either Current or "BOOTUP" status at any time as this would permit changing of the Operator.3. For example.5. Clicking on the EXIT display target at the bottom of the display will save the present statuses of the various password levels to the <I>’s hard-disk and return the user to the Main Menu. Service. NOTE The Supervisor. 2-5. SETTING OR CHANGING PASSWORDS. 2-5. or Supplier levels be enabled. When the new password is confirmed. Service. Password Changing Privileges Change Operator Password Change Maintenance Password Change Supervisor Password Change Service Password Change Supplier Password SUPERVISOR X X X SERVICE X X X X SUPPLIER X X X X X Table 2-2. EXAMPLES AND NOTES. Maintenance. pressing CTRL+S and clicking on the SET NEW PASSWORD target of the Supervisor level will cause a white rectangle to appear under the password level name. For example.1. For example. and Supervisor levels can be set by anyone with knowledge of the Supervisor. All future attempts to enable the Supervisor Password level require entering the new password. If the Current status of a particular password level is enabled and its "BOOTUP" status is disabled. Maintenance. set and maintain unique Operator.1. Service. Clicking on the EXIT display target at the bottom of the display will save the present statuses and passwords and return the user to the Main Menu.4.GEH-5979D User’s Manual 2-5. Maintenance.

2-5. It can also be set to automatically send a TimeSet command at preset intervals. the Data Dictionary Loader program searches the unit-specific directory for a SYNONYM. When the synonym function is enabled. Novice users executing certain DOS commands from the DOS command line can erase files in directories or the entire hard-disk. Synonyms can be defined and edited by authorized personnel only. Synonyms Control Data Base (CDB) signal pointnames used in the Mark V are intended to be descriptive acronyms. the CDB signal pointname or the synonym can be used when adding points to a display (either userdefined Displays or animated displays). or configuration purposes as required. the percent of highpressure turbine shaft speed. Time Set The Mark V panel clock may be reset to reflect the time kept by the <I> processor. The Synonym function of the <I> aids the operator and/or technician by allowing the individual to substitute a more recognizable mnemonic or acronym for the Mark V signal pointname.) 2-5.3.1. For example. When the <I> is powered-up or "re-booted". When the Maintenance password level is enabled a grey target will appear at the lower left-hand corner of the Main Menu screen. (Clicking on the dark grey rectangle will not permit access to the DOS command line. 2-5. monitor turbine and driven device operation.User’s Manual GEH-5979D NOTE Access to the DOS command line is allowed when the Current status of the Maintenance password level (or above) is enabled. Any signal pointname which has a synonym defined file will be replaced by the its synonym on any display which it appears. issue commands to a unit. If the file is found. The display of synonyms can be temporarily disabled by accessing the Synonym Administration Display from the Main Menu and clicking on the DISABLE target. TNH. Time can be configured to send the <I>’s time to all Mark V Control Panels or just selected ones. Also. annunciate unit alarms.) Access to the DOS command line of the <I> should be permitted only for maintenance. HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE SYNONYMS. To the experienced individual these signal pointnames are meaningful and easily recognizable. and CPD. 2. When this target is visible. its contents are loaded into the computer’s Random Access Memory (RAM) and the synonyms are displayed in various screens by default. the value associated with TNH (HP turbine shaft speed) could be displayed as "HP_SPEED". The operator may enter either the signal pointname or the synonym when adding points to a display (either user-defined displays or animated displays). the synonym will replace the CDB signal pointname on the display when it is entered. pressing ALT + X will exit the user to the DOS command line. Disks containing computer viruses used to load software onto the computer and/or programs containing viruses loaded onto the <I> can impair the computer’s ability to: 1. This update is accomplished by clicking on the TimeSet Menu target.2. the axial compressor discharge pressure. (See Maintenance Manual GEH-5986. If a synonym exists in the <I> RAM.DAT file. The display of synonyms will be disabled until the <I> is "re-booted" or the ENABLE target of the Synonym Administration Display is clicked on. a logic signal associated with the status of the generator breaker (52G). 2-9 . Examples of these pointnames are L52GX.3. and 3. troubleshooting. software can only be loaded onto the <I> by typing in commands from the DOS command line.

unit numbers. COMMON DISPLAY FIELDS Common elements of each display include the display message field. The name of the display group or menu currently being viewed on the monitor is shown in the upper center area of the screen.GEH-5979D User’s Manual 2-6. DATE AND TIME. If more than three unacknowledged alarms have been annunciated. 2-6.2. an ALARM DISPLAYdisplay target is available on every menu or display except the Alarm Display itself. drop numbers.3. and alarm messages. Two display targets common to all displays are EXIT and MAIN DISPLAY. The name of the current or most recently viewed display is shown on the monitor in the area just below the Site Name/Designation. The system date and time is shown on the monitor in the upper right area of the screen. Display Message Field The area at the top of the screen is used to give the operator information about the display being viewed. • SITE NAME/DESIGNATION. Examples of unit commands could include: • • • • START STOP CRANK RAISE SPD SET 2-10 . 2-6. Unit Command Targets Displays available through the user-defined Display Menu have Unit Command Target Fields on the right-hand side of the screen (refer to Figure 2-9). and the display targets (refer to Figure 2-9). DISPLAY GROUP/MENU NAME. CURRENT DISPLAY DEFINITION. • • • 2-6. Pointing and clicking on the MAIN DISPLAY display target will return the Main Display to the monitor’s screen. the alarm window. Alarm Window The blue "bar" near the bottom of each display is the Alarm Window. acknowledgement statuses. Displayed in this area are the first three unacknowledged alarms. Display Target Field Below the Alarm Window may be as many as eight "display" targets whose functions can be selected using the CPD device. Additionally. These non-configurable elements are described below. The site name/designation defined at the time of shipment is shown in the upper left-hand area of the screen. Clicking on the MORE OPTIONS display target (when present) will provide the operator with more display targets/choices. Pointing and clicking on the ALARM DISPLAY display target will immediately dump to the Alarm Display. alarm statuses. times.1.4. 2-6. only the oldest three unacknowledged alarms will appear in the Alarm Window. their dates.

When the START command is acknowledged by the Mark V Control Panel. Example of a User-Defined Display Showing Alarm Window There are three types of unit command targets: 1. These color changes indicate the command was accepted and is being implemented. then turn magenta (light purple) to indicate the command was sent to the Mark V Control Panel. Once selected. 3. the command target background reverts to green and the text in the target changes to yellow. they do not require an arm/execute action. position the cursor on the START command target and click. 2-11 . For example. The target background turns cyan (light blue) to indicate that the target is armed. This text reverts to black when the command sequence is completed. SETPOINT TARGETS. After the desired value is inserted. When selected. This type of target is used for commands where an arm/execute action is not required. clicking on the EXECUTE COMMAND target on the bottom of the display will cause the 2. ARM/EXECUTE TARGETS. Displayed with a green background with black text. move the cursor to the EXECUTE COMMAND target at the bottom of the display (in the Display Target Field) and click. That is. which appears on the second line of the target. these command targets require an arm/execute action to send the command to the Mark V Control Panel. Displayed with a grey background and black text. For example. the user types in the new value for the setpoint. Next. the background of the target turns cyan. to initiate a turbine start from the Main Display. IMMEDIATE ACTION TARGETS. immediate action targets send commands to the Mark V Control Panel immediately.User’s Manual GEH-5979D Figure 2-9. the RAISE SPD SET (increase the speed setpoint) is enabled by pointing and clicking on the RAISE SPD SET command target. the text of the target changes to yellow to indicate that the command is being acknowledged by the Mark V Control Panel. The two target backgrounds. START and EXECUTE COMMAND. At this point. setpoint command targets require an arm/execute action to send a setpoint change command to the control panel. Arming a setpoint target entails clicking on it with the CPD device. Displayed on red background with black text.

Refer to Figure 2-10 for a flowchart of the steps involved in adding a pointname to a User-Defined Display. This color change indicates the command was sent to the control panel and was acknowledged. REHEAT VALVE. The notation or the pointname and its value and units will appear on the display. FLAME. and so on). or annotations (for example TURBINE #1. The sections that follow define. Using the keyboard. To insert a pointname or notation in the body of a User-Defined Display. User-Defined Display Body The main body of each User-Defined Display (other than the Main Menu or the User-Defined Display Menu) is actually a list of up to 40 pointnames and (if applicable) their associated values and units. See section 2-7. point to the location in the body of the display where the new pointname or notation is to be inserted and click. and so on) data points. The background of the INSERT POINT display target reverts to white and a white rectangle will appear on the display in the location chosen. and so on) or variable (TTXSP1. 2-7. SRV VALVE. this must be done before leaving the User-Defined Display program. message points (for example SS43. 2-7. User-Defined Display Menu The User-Defined Display Menu is a list of alterable displays that does not include Animated Displays. 2-7. enter the desired pointname or notation and press ENTER.1. 2-7.5 for details for permanently changing the display body. point and click on the display’s INSERT POINT target. 2-12 . NOTE Changes to the display body of any display are not saved in the <I>’s memory unless the user performs a DISPLAY UPDATE from the User-Defined Display Menu immediately after modifying the display. STATUS_FLD.3.GEH-5979D User’s Manual backgrounds of the two targets to change to magenta. Pointnames can be added or deleted from the display body by the user. FSR. L4QAZ. The background of the target will change to yellow to indicate the target is enabled. and so on). L63TK1L. Using the CPD.3. User-Defined Display Modifications User-Defined Displays may be modified by adding or deleting pointnames. These displays are typically known as "Demand" displays.3. The setpoint or reference increases or decreases to the new value at a preprogrammed rate. Pointnames can be logic (for example L1START_CPB. and instruct the user in the use of User-Defined Displays. describe.2. User-Defined Displays may also be added to or deleted from the User-Defined Display Menu. 2-7. Figure 2-9 shows an example of a User-Defined Display Menu. Changes to the display body of any display saved to the <I>’s memory are not saved permanently to the hard disk files until the operator performs a SAVE FILE operation. Refer to the flowcharts in the accompanying figures for a quick step-by-step procedure for modifying User-Defined Displays. ADDING A POINTNAME.1. Procedures for the User-Defined Display modifications are described in the paragraphs below. USER-DEFINED DISPLAYS User-Defined Displays are displays that can be altered to conform to the user’s needs. CPD. Any Demand display may be selected from the User-Defined Display Menu by pointing and clicking on the desired display with the CPD. This information is arranged in two columns of 20 pointnames each.

DELETING A POINTNAME. When the forty-first pointname is added to the display (counting any blank spaces inserted between pointnames) the pointname (or space) at the lower right of the body of the display scrolls off the screen and is deleted from the display. Once the alterations to the display body have been made. point and click on the MENU display target (this returns the User-Defined Display Menu to the screen). point and click on the MENU display target (this returns the User-Defined Display Menu to the screen). If the display name is correct. To save pointname or notational additions to the display body. When the point is displayed.4. To save pointname or notational deletions from the display body. Each time a new pointname is inserted. Check to see that the display named in the Current Display Definition field at the top of the screen is the name of the display just modified. To delete a pointname or notation from a display. The background of the target will change to yellow to indicate the target is enabled.3. 2-7. Modifications to a display or displays will be lost if the Main Display is viewed prior to performing a SAVE FILE action (refer to Section 2-9.3.3. A display cannot be deleted without first being viewed. Refer to Figure 2-11.3.).3. To make the display addition permanent. and 2-7.4. The selected notation or pointname will be deleted from the display. repeat the steps above but be sure to add a unit specifier before the pointname. This method applies to multi-unit pointnames as well. the pointnames below it scroll down one position. ADDING A USER-DEFINED DISPLAY TO A MENU. Return to the User-Defined Display Menu by clicking on the MENU display target. NOTE Modifications to the body of a user defined display will be lost if any display (including the Main Display) is viewed prior to performing an UPDATE DISPLAY action from the User-Defined Display Menu. To delete a display from the User-Defined Display Menu. click on the INSERT POINT display target and then click on the display title in the Current Display Definition Field at the top of the screen. to complete the necessary changes.2. point and click on the UPDATE DISPLAY display target (this action updates the Display/Menu files in the <I>’s memory).2. The new display will be added to the bottom of the current User-Defined Display Menu. The name of the display just deleted will be removed from the User-Defined Display Menu even though it will still appear in the Current Display Definition Field. This will store the display addition on the <I>’s hard disk files. To enter a point from a unit that is currently not selected. click on the SAVE FILE display target. Using the CPD.3. 2-7. If the display name is correct. click on the display to be deleted. The display title will change to reverse type. To add a new display to a User-Defined Display Menu. Enter in the new title using the keyboard (the BACKSPACE key erases the last character in the line. which should be in turn followed by a colon and the pointname (for example T1:TTXMV4). From this display click on the UPDATE DISPLAY target. 2-7. point and click on the DELETE POINT display target. pressing CTRL+U causes the entire title to be erased from the field) and strike the keyboard ENTER key when finished (the title will be shown in normal fashion).User’s Manual GEH-5979D Multi-unit <I> functionality permits points from more than one unit to be inserted into a single Demand Display. point and click on the UPDATE DISPLAY display target (this action updates the Display/Menu files in the <I>’s memory). Click on the MENU display target to return to the User-Defined Display Menu. the unit designation will also be shown. for a flowchart of the steps involved in deleting a pointname to a User-Defined Display. point to the pointname or notation in the display body to be deleted and click. To 2-13 . Repeat the steps outlined above in sections 2-7. Click on any display in the User-Defined Menu. switch to the desired unit by clicking on the unit specifier at the top right hand corner of the screen until the required unit is displayed. DELETING A USER-DEFINED DISPLAY FROM THE MENU. This added parameter should include the unit designation. Check to see that the display named in the Current Display Definition field at the top of the screen is the name of the display just modified.1. Click on the REMOVE DISPLAY display target. The title of the display previously viewed will appear in the Current Display Definition Field. Refer to Figure 2-12 for a flowchart of the steps involved in adding a new display to a User-Defined Display Menu. A User-Defined Display may be copied to multiple units within a multi-unit <I>.

MAKING MODIFICATIONS PERMANENT. This will store the deletion on the <I>’s hard disk files. 2-7. can be copied to other units (for example T2. and so on). Copying the screen loaded in the screen buffer to subsequent units can now be accomplished by changing units and again executing the UPDATE DISPLAY and SAVE FILE commands. COPYING USER-DEFINED DISPLAYS TO MULTIPLE UNITS. T3. click on the SAVE FILE display target. for a flowchart of the steps involved in deleting a display from the User-Defined Display Menu.3.6. Refer to Figure 2-13. and then in succession executing the UPDATE DISPLAY and SAVE FILE commands. NOTE Performing a SAVE FILE action before executing an Update Display operation does not sav e any changes made to a display or the User-Defined Display Menu. 2-14 . changing to the desired unit by clicking on the display’s unitspecifier in the screen’s upper right-hand corner. exiting the screen to the User-Defined Display Menu. This can be done by viewing the selected screen (this loads the screen in the screen buffer). click on the SAVE FILE display target before viewing the Main Display.3. This action saves the current User-Defined Displays and Menus from the <I>’s memory to the hard disk files. 2-7.5. T1) within a multi-unit <I>. or the Main Menu. A screen that has been created or amended for a single unit (for example.GEH-5979D User’s Manual make the display deletion permanent. To make changes to User-Defined Displays or the User-Defined Display Menu permanent after performing an Update Display action. the Alarm Display.

User’s Manual GEH-5979D Adding a pointname View any other display (except Alarm Display) and addition will be lost From the user Defined Display Menu. Steps Required for Adding a Pointname to a User-Defined Display 2-15 . white rectangle disappears Figure 2-10. click on the display to which the pointname is to be added Pointname addition TERMINATED NO Save pointname addition to display? YES Display appears on CRT Click on MENU Display Target Click on INSERT POINT Display Target User Defined Menu appears on CRT Target Background changes to yellow Click on UPDATE DISPLAY Display Target Click to location in display where pointname is to be added White rectangle appears where pointname is to be added Pointname addition saved to <I> memory only Click on SAVE FILE Display Target Pointname addition saved to <I> hard disk Type in pointname and press <ENTER> Pointname addition COMPLETE Pointname appears on Display.

Steps for Deleting a Pointname from a User-Defined Display 2-16 .GEH-5979D User’s Manual Deleting a pointname View any other display (except Alarm Display) and deletion will be lost NO Do you wish to make deletion to display permanent? From User Defined Display Menu. click on display from which pointname is to be deleted Pointname deletion TERMINATED Display appears on CRT YES Click on MENU Display Target User Defined Menu appears on CRT Click on DELETE POINT Display Target Click on UPDATE DISPLAY Display Target Target background changes to yellow Pointname deletion saved to <I> memory only Click on SAVE FILE Display Target Click on pointname to be deleted from display Pointname deletion saved to <I> hard disk file Pointname deletion COMPLETE Pointname disappears from display Figure 2-11.

Adding a User-Defined Display to User-Defined Display Menu 2-17 . type in new display title and press <ENTER> Click on MENU Display Target User Defined Menu appears on CRT Click on UPDATE DISPLAY Display Target New Display Title appears on User Defined Display Menu.User’s Manual GEH-5979D Adding a User Defined Display Click on any display from the User Defined Display Menu Display appears on CRT Make addition/deletions to the display using INSERT POINT and DELETE POINT actions Edit display title using <BACKSPACE> to delete characters one at a time or press <CTRL>+<U> to erase entire display title. Display addition saved to <I> Click on SAVE FILE Display Target New User Defined Display saved to <I> hard disk files Display addition COMPLETE Do you wish to continue and save changes to create a new display? NO View any other display (except Alarm Display) and all YES Click on INSERT POINT Display Target Target background changes to yellow Click on Display Title in current Display Definition Field at top of screen Display background changes to white Display addition terminated Figure 2-12.

GEH-5979D User’s Manual Deletion of a user Defined Display From the User Defined Display Menu. click on the display to be deleted Click on UPDATE DISPLAY Display Target NO Continue and make display deletion permanent? Display appears on CRT Deleted Display title returns to MENU (at bottom) YES Click on MENU Display Target User Defined Display Menu appears with selected display in Current Display Definition Field Click on REMOVE DISPLAY Display Target Display Title disappears from Menu (but still appears in Current Display Definition field) Display deletion TERMINATED Click on SAVE FILE Display Target Display deletion saved to <I> hard disk files Display deletion COMPLETE Figure 2-13 Deleting User-Defined Display from the User-Defined Display Menu 2-18 .

use the BACKSPACE key to erase one character at a time beginning with the last character on the line (pressing CTRL+U erases the field completely). the field background will change to white to indicate information may be typed in from the keyboard. COMMAND TARGET ADDITIONS/DELETIONS. The DATA DISPLAY and CHECK FORM targets are both unique to the Edit Form screen. To correct.3. Clicking on the DATA DISPLAY target returns the user to the current User-Defined Display. To access the Edit Form screen. The cyan fields are used to enter information for each command target. Clicking on the CHECK FORM target allows the user to check changes to the edited form for accuracy as the display highlights errors to modifications in yellow.User’s Manual GEH-5979D 2-7. The Edit Form screen for the current User-Defined Display (complete with the Alarm Window) lists the five groups of target definition fields for the 12 available target positions.7. Pressing ENTER or clicking on another field completes the action of typing information in a field. To enter information in a particular field. Edit Form Screen 2-19 . select it by clicking on it. click on the MORE OPTIONS and EDIT FORM display targets in succession. Figure 2-14. Command targets may be added or deleted from a User-defined screen by implementing the Edit Form function. change. or delete information in a selected field.

If the entered signal pointname is invalid. + - Values entered and shown in the value field itself are hexidecimal values. its function is to instruct the <I> to read the current value of the command pointname from the unit control panel into its memory. This value type can only be used with analog setpoint commands. analog setpoint. The unit name field should only be filled in if there are commands which need to be sent to a different unit/location than the currently selected unit in a multi-unit installation. one of the four following messages will appear directly beneath the field: Pushbutton. When a value is entered into this field. the user can verify the validity of the signal pointname which receives the command by clicking on the CHECK FORM display target. 2.The two fields in this group indicate the unit name (in a multi-unit application) and the pointname of the logic signal which receives the command in the unit control panel. After completing a command pointname entry. the command will be sent to the current unit. The following represent the three valid value types: = For logic state. Feedback Signal (optional) 4. Command Pointname 2. If the command pointname is valid.The Value and Value Type fields are used respectively to specify the actual value and value type that will be sent to the current unit control panel (this is for command targets which do not require the operator to enter in a setpoint or value when selected or executed). when the command pointname is a pushbutton. This value type is used in conjunction with analog setpoint commands. By default. or Enumerated state.DAT file. the value type is set to " = " and the value field is set to " 4 " (meaning the pushbutton command pointname will be set for four scans of the unit control panel). Valid signal pointames which can be acted on by command targets can be found in the UNITDATA. executing the CHECK FORM function will cause it to be displayed with a yellow background or the error message "Not a command" to appear. (It is not possible to enter a value in the value field in engineering units. replace it with a value from the value field to the right. A pointname that is displayed with a yellow background indicates the <I> could not find a match in the Data Dictionary. If the command pointname is a pushbutton value. and send the new value to the unit control panel to be acted upon. If the unit name field is left blank (it should be left blank when one or more <I>s are acting on a single unit control panel). add the value from the value field to the right. Its function is to instruct the <I> to read the current value of the command pointname from the unit control panel into its memory. and send the new value to the unit control panel to be acted upon. and send the new value to the unit control panel to be acted upon. Value 3. this value type instructs the <I> to read the current value of the command pointname from the unit control panel into its memory. This conversion will only be done if a valid command pointname has been entered into the command pointname field. Logic state. Target Name 1. Analog setpoint.GEH-5979D User’s Manual The five groups of fields for each command target are: 1. Target Type 5. Command Pointname Fields . Value Fields . and enumerated state command pointnames. subtract the value from the value field to the right. A pointname that is found in the Data Dictionary but is not a valid signal pointname which can be acted on by a command target will cause the above error message to be displayed. the line directly below the field will contain the engineering units conversion of the hexidecimal value.) 2-20 . this value type tells the <I> to set and hold the command pointname equal to a logic "1" for the number of scans in the value field to the right.

either "0" or "1"). and consequently. and IMMEDIATE ACTION targets have a red background. the very last alarm condition to have occurred. Target Name . the first character in each line should be a blank space). therefore. the text of ARM/EXECUTE targets used to select or change the operating state of a turbine changes to yellow as an extra indication to the viewer of the current operating state (this is the most common usage of this option). it also appears in the blue Alarm Window of any display.User’s Manual GEH-5979D 3. (To allow space for the outline around the target. Remember. If logic "1" is selected as the feedback sense. ARM/EXECUTE targets have a green background. Feedback Signal Fields . Annunciated and changed state alarms are automatically logged by the <I> printer. Alarm management is required to correct. resolve.This field is used to specify the type of target. at the top of the list.This is the text which will appear in the target on the display.When used. 4. should be placed on the upper line of the target. Target Type Field . Alarms are listed on the display with the latest. The display message field of the Alarm Display includes an additional line of information about the number of acknowledged and unacknowledged alarms. 2-8. A maximum of two lines of eight characters per line may be typed in. This symbol is used to specify a SETPOINT target. that is. 2-21 . 5. The three fields in this option are feedback sense of the signal pointname (that is. When an alarm condition is annunciated. this option changes the color of the text of the command target to yellow based on the logic state of the command pointname. SETPOINT targets have a dark grey background. its background color. For example. the main function of the target. This symbol is used to specify an IMMEDIATE ACTION target. unit number/designation (the two character designator for the desired unit). and remove annunciated alarms from the display (alarm management tasks are explained further in this section). setpoint command targets which prompt the operator for a value use the lower line of the target for the entry. ALARM DISPLAY The Alarm Display is a list of turbine and driven device alarms (refer to Figure 2-15). The following values are used in this single-character field to specify the type of target: ? # ! This symbol is used to specify an ARM/EXECUTE target. and the signal pointname (whose feedback sense will be used to set the color of the text of the command target). or the most descriptive term. the text of the target will be displayed in yellow when the feedback signal pointname is a logic is "1". This is the "Track Latest" mode.

The value in the "Drop" column for an alarm is the drop number for the alarm being annunciated. A Typical Alarm Display 2-8.) ALARM MESSAGE. • • • • • • 2-22 . Found under the "A" status column of the Alarm Display. Found under the "S" column of the Alarm Display. even if the status flag for an alarm is a logic "0". A logic "1" in this column indicates an alarm condition currently exists and requires corrective action to be reset (or cleared from the screen). This is a short written description of the alarm condition being annunciated. Acknowledgement of an alarm is necessary before an alarm can be reset. this value defines the unit number or designation of the turbine control panel which annunciated the alarm condition. This value defines the date and time (from the Mark V Control Panel’s system clock) that the alarm condition first occurred and was annunciated (prior to being reset). A logic "0" in this column indicates the alarm condition no longer exists and the message can be cleared from the screen by performing an alarm reset.1. ALARM ACKNOWLEDGEMENT. Alarm Information Each annunciated alarm on the display includes the following information: • DATE/TIME. The characters in this column ("P") indicate which processor(s) annunciated the listed alarms. (Drop numbers are useful when troubleshooting alarms with the unit elementaries. ALARM DROP NUMBER. UNIT NUMBER/DESIGNATION. The absence of an asterisk in this column indicates the alarm condition has been acknowledged. PROCESSOR. an asterisk (*) in this column indicates the alarm condition has not been acknowledged.GEH-5979D User’s Manual Figure 2-15. ALARM STATUS FLAG. Found under the "U" column of the Alarm Display. this value defines the current status of the alarm condition.

the Status Flag of the alarm message changes from a logic "1" to a logic "0". The second method involves changing to the Alarm Display by clicking on the ALARM DISPLAY display target. Alarms such as these are logged to the printer and to the Historical Log Alarm History queue where they take up valuable alarm history queue space. The highlighted alarm will be erased from the Alarm Display. clicking on the ACK ALARM display target will acknowledge only the selected alarm. Resetting Alarms When an alarm condition has been corrected or satisfied. clicking on the MORE OPTIONS display target. The locked-out alarm is logged to the printer with an appropriate message. Subsequent changes in the status of the alarm will not be logged to the printer or the Historical Log Alarm History queue. and clicking on the SILENCE target. the asterisks (*) denoting their unacknowledged )ondition are deleted from the Alarm Display’s Acknowled)ment Status column. This will send a command to the Control Panel to acknowledge the alarm. Locking Out Alarms An alarm whose condition is changing repeatedly (dithering) and whose Status Flag is toggling between logic "1" and logic "0" can be a nuisance. When alarms are acknowledged. also. 2-8. and delete the associated message from the Alarm Window. The first (and simplest) is simply to click anywhere in the Alarm Window. Individual acknowledged alarms may be reset from the Alarm Display by clicking on the desired alarm message ("selecting" the alarm). Silencing Annunciated Alarms The first step in resolving an alarm condition is to silence the alarm horn. 2-8.4. Acknowledging Alarms Alarm conditions annunciated on the <I> require an acknowledgement indicating that the operator is aware of the alarm. The alarm message is highlighted in a grey rectangle and the text of the alarm message changes to green. NOTE Before alarms can be reset. 2-23 . they must be acknowledged (no asterisk in the Acknowledgement Status column) and the alarm conditions must no longer exist (a logic "0" in the Status Flag column). They will however be logged to the printer and in the Historical Log Alarm Queue. The operator can acknowledge any or all unacknowledged alarms by clicking on the ACK ALL target of the Alarm Display. Alarms may be acknowledged individually from the Alarm Display by clicking on the desired alarm message ("selecting" the alarm). date. The Status Flag of the selected alarm message will change to an " L " to indicate that the alarm is locked-out (refer to Figure 216). invalid alarm messages from the Alarm Display once the conditions have been corrected or satisfied. To this end. Resetting an alarm causes future occurrences of the alarm condition to be annunciated with an audible signal. delete the Acknowledgement Status asterisk from the alarm message on the screen. the associated alarm messages are removed from the Alarm Window. The display targets at the bottom of the screen change to allow individual acknowledgement (and resetting) of the selected alarm. To remove acknowledged.User’s Manual GEH-5979D 2-8. Another method of acknowledging an alarm is to click on one character/space on either side of the Acknowledgement Status asterisk in the Alarm Window.3. An operator may prevent such an alarm from being continually logged by selecting the alarm. 2-8. and clicking on the LOCK ALARM display target. there are two methods.2.5. and time. Failure to reset an alarm condition which has been corrected or satisfied will prevent future occurrences of the alarm from being annunciated by an audible signal. then clicking on the RESET ALARM display target. the operator performs an alarm reset action by clicking on the RESET ALL display target.

Unlocking Alarms Once a dithering alarm condition has been corrected. Failure to unlock and reset an alarm after the dithering condition has been corrected or satisfied prevents future occurrences of the alarm from being annunciated and logged. acknowledged alarm whose Status Flag is a logic "0" can then be reset from the Alarm Display. Immediately after resolving a dithering alarm condition. 2-8. Alarm Display with an Alarm Selected and Locked Out CAUTION Full understanding of the consequences of an alarm condition to the unit operating system should be known prior to locking the alarm out. Alarms are unlocked from the Alarm Display by selecting the alarm which is to be unlocked by clicking on it.7. clicking on the MORE OPTIONS display target. An unlocked. The Status Flag of the selected alarm will revert to the actual state of the alarm condition (if the alarm condition has been corrected or satisfied. the Status Flag will be a logic "0"). and clicking on the UNLOCK ALARM display target. unlock and reset the alarm to allow annunciation and logging of the alarm. Printing The Alarm Display 2-24 . it is necessary to unlock the alarm in order to reset the alarm (clear it from the alarm display). 2-8.GEH-5979D User’s Manual Figure 2-16.6.

and then clicking on the COLOR PRINT display target. Diagnostic Alarms Internal diagnostic self-checks and tests are performed in the Mark V Control Panel by the processors and other components (that is. exit to the Main Menu and click on the Diagnostic Alarm Display selection. and reset from the Diagnostic Alarm Display. They serve as an indication of the internal operation of the Mark V Control Panel and as such. resolved and reset from the Diagnostic Alarm Display. When all Diagnostic Alarms have been cleared from the Diagnostic Alarm Display. the Diagnostic Alarm Status Flag on the Diagnostic Alarm Display will change to a logic "0". Diagnostic Alarms must be acknowledged. Annunciated Diagnostic Alarms that appear in the Alarm Display are logged to the printer in the format shown below: Date/Time U SA P Drop Description 1* Q 0000 TRUE DALARM DIAGNOSTIC ALARM <C><Q> 13-MAY-1994 16:15:13.8." The viewing of a silenced Diagnostic Alarm and its complete description can be done via the Diagnostic Alarm Display (See Figure 2-18). from the display when all Diagnostic Alarms have been acknowledged. Whenever a component or process fails one of these internal tests. diagnostic alarms may be manipulated (selected. locked out. or cleared. These targets are located at the bottom of the screen.User’s Manual GEH-5979D A color print of the Alarm Display may be made at any time by clicking on the display’s MORE OPTIONS display target twice. For a printout of the Diagnostic Alarm Display click on MORE OPTIONS and COLOR PRINT display targets in succession. NOTE The Diagnostic Alarm annunciation on the normal Alarm Display can only be reset. just like process alarms are from the normal Alarm Display. To access the display. individual printed wiring assemblies).). NOTE Diagnostic Alarms should be reported to the proper personnel for investigation and resolution. resolved. This horn can in turn be silenced in a manner identical to that for process alarms (See section 2-8.2. unlocked) just like process alarms on the normal Alarm Display. the Alarm Status Flag on the normal Alarm Display will change to a logic "0". Once a Diagnostic Alarm condition has been resolved. This will permit the diagnostic alarm to be reset/cleared from the normal Alarm Display. Diagnostic Alarms are annunciated by an audible alarm horn. should be dealt with promptly to ensure continued availability and reliability of the control system and turbine. From the Diagnostic Alarm Display. 2-25 . Diagnostic Alarm Format Note that the alarm message details the processor in which the alarm occurred (Q) while the alarm description is defined simply as "DIAGNOSTIC ALARM. 2-8. This will allow the alarm to be reset (by clicking on the RESET ALL display target) and cleared from the Diagnostic Alarm Display.015 S1 Figure 2-17. the result is reported to the operator as a Diagnostic Alarm on the Alarm Display and consequently the Alarm Display window.

Control Signal Database information logged in the alarm section of the display is not user-definable. the Trip Log Display allows the user to view. page number of the display (PAGE #).) are made within a single file (HIST_B. Example of the Diagnostic Alarm Display 2-9. To the right of this information are two fields that define the display’s title (TRIP LOG DISPLAY) and status (CURRENT LOG). and print turbine trip data. This latter designation specifies whether the display is presenting the latest data received from the panel (CURRENT LOG) or data that has been previously viewed and saved to a file on the <I>’s hard drive (SAVED LOG). and sampling rate at which the exhibited data was collected (1 second). The date and time specifiers in the display’s top right corner represent Mark V Control Panel time for the panel being interrogated (6A). The display accomplishes this by providing a chronological record of relevant data gathered by the Mark V Control Panel.GEH-5979D User’s Manual Figure 2-18.SRC) and are identical for the two screen types. Display Header Information The Trip Log Display can be accessed from the Main Menu system. In the top left-hand corner of the display. pre-trip.1. However. Screens and the signal point information they depict are organized within the display according to post-trip. unit number (6A). 2-9. four separate fields define the site name (GEDS). When accessed. All data in the display is chronologically indexed according to Mark V Control Panel time and a separate panel counter (HIS_AGE CNTS). These definitions (64 max. TRIP LOG DISPLAY The function of the Trip Log Display is to assist in the evaluation of circumstances that lead to turbine trip events. Control Signal Database Points (CDBs) can be defined for both pre-trip and post-trip screens. and alarm categories. 2-26 . save.

User’s Manual GEH-5979D Figure 2-19. However. Trip Log Display 2-9. should a turbine trip occur. this counter (HIS_AGE). 2-27 . The rationale for this arrangement is twofold: 1. If the panel time is reset during an event however. runs independently of the panel clock. HIS_AGE CNTS For pre-trip and post-trip screens. This register can provide valuable information in terms of determining the sequence of events that lead to a turbine trip. To prevent such an occurrence. These designations provide a chronological index that ties the exhibited signal information to Mark V Control Panel time. data recorded up until the time of the trip will be displayed immediately when the Trip Log menu is selected. it is not the first page of the display.2. the counter returns to zero and restarts. it prevents the user from being presented a blank screen if the display is accessed and no trip has occurred 2. though internal to the Mark V Control Panel. advances until a maximum value is reached (65535). the Trip Log Display is equipped with a second counter that. 2-9. time (TIME) tag definitions are listed for the displayed Control Data Point information. At that point. The first screen displayed is actually the second page (PAGE 2) of information. Updated once-per-second. Time vs.3. The first displayed page (PAGE 1) is a register (updated once-per-second) of the first three seconds of data gathered after a trip has occurred (LIST POST). this index will be lost. First Displayed Screen (PAGE 2) The screen shown in Figure 2-19 is the first to appear when the Trip Log Display is called.

and UPDATE SAV LOG.). %. Figure 2-20. Clicking on the MORE OPTIONS target results in the following targets being displayed: Supplementary targets in this new set include CURRENT LOG. Points that are not immediately viewable can be examined by wrapping the screen using the <6 POINTS and >6 POINTS targets at the bottom of the display below the alarm window. there are display targets defined for the Trip Log Display that allow the user to save. This is due to the fact that the counter (HIS_AGE) is enabled/disabled by the L4 permissive. five new points plus the HIS_AGE counter. and so on). 2-9. and switch screens (in both CURRENT and SAVED logs) as well as exit the program altogether. NOTE Updating the Trip Log will cause data previously stored to be overwritten and lost unles s the old log is saved first. This Current Log exists in the Mark V Control Panel. Exiting the display to the Main Menu can be accomplished using the CPD to click on the EXIT target. there is a discrepancy between the panel time designations and the HIS_AGE counter. Control Signal Database Pointnames Each Mark V Control Signal Database point defined for the Trip Log Display is incorporated into pre-trip and post-trip screens as a column header (for example DWATT. UPDATE CUR LOG. Similarly. pre-trip and post-trip screen types can display the data of up to 64 points.5. which is in turn disabled (set to 0) by a turbine trip event. Underneath these point definitions are fields that display their respective scale types (MW. The (Current) Trip Log Display is essentially a fixed "snapshot" of binary data retrieved from a Mark V Control Panel buffer. L52GX. SAVED LOG.4. Display Targets In addition to the <6 POINTS and >6 POINTS targets described above. LOGIC. All of these targets can be viewed by clicking on the MORE OPTIONS selection. TNH. This can be done using the UPDATE CUR LOG display target. Note that each wrapped screen will show six data points.1. the user may wish to update the display log information by copying new information from the buffer. the Alarm or Main Displays can be directly accessed by executing the ALARM DISPLAY or MAIN DISPLAY commands. 2-9.5. The panel time continues for all three seconds while HIS_AGE stops incrementing. CURRENT LOG/SAVED LOG. Although only five data points are viewable in the illustration above. print. Display Targets (2nd Set) 2-9. 2-28 . As such.GEH-5979D User’s Manual NOTE In the post-trip example (Figure 2-22. FSR. L14HR).

Display Targets (3rd Set) Again.User’s Manual GEH-5979D Recorded Trip log information may be copied from the Mark V Control Panel to a unit-specific file (F:\RUNTIME\HISTORYF. the HIS_AGE counter can not only act as a backup timing device but also help to enhance resolution of the intervals between screen updates. The SAVE IMAGE command saves the currently viewed image to a file. whereas there is only one post-trip screen. PRINT REPORT. from the initial target set. there are five (5) pre-trip screens. If executed. 2-9. The CURRENT LOG or SAVED LOG reports can be printed individually using this function. the PRINT REPORT command will cause the sum of the information in the log currently being viewed (Current Log. the EXIT. Screen header information and signal point data is shown in an identical fashion. NOTE Updating the unit-specific file stored in the RUNTIME directory will cause previously saved data to be overwritten and lost. the SAVE IMAGE target will momentarily indicate the number of the image file into which the screen is being saved. The PRINT REPORT target was discussed in the previous section. This can be avoided by copying the data file to another location before an update is executed. If. Pre-Trip Screens In terms of formatting. Supplemental commands in this series are found in the PRINT REPORT.5. the pre-trip display screen is identical to the post-trip screen. PRINT IMAGE/SAVE IMAGE. as in all Trip Log Display target sets. 2-29 . Image files are created and stored in the F:\USER directory. the MORE OPTIONS target is clicked on twice.2. the following display target options will appear: Figure 2-21.B#) in the <I> by executing the UPDATE SAV LOG command. These screens record information at varying time intervals. 2-9. 2-9. Saved Log) to be sent to the printer. SAVE IMAGE and PRINT IMAGE targets. and MAIN DISPLAY targets are shown. Current and Saved Logs can be examined by executing the CURRENT LOG and SAVED LOG commands respectively. For pre-trip screens with update intervals of more than one second. ten minute. When the SAVE IMAGE command is executed. and one hour intervals. The first pre-trip screen is updated once-per-second while subsequent screens are updated at ten second. This uniformity permits direct access to either Alarm or Main Displays or the Main Menu from anywhere in the Trip Log Display. one minute.7. ALARM DISPLAY. However.3. The PRINT IMAGE target sends to the printer the image currently being viewed.5.

All other display targets remain functional for the alarm section. see the Maintenaqnce Manual GEH-5980. This data is displayed in terms of both hourly and minute-to-minute rolling averages. and print environmental data for gas turbine applications. Individual alarms are chronologically labelled according to panel time. Defining Control Signal Database Points A single set of Control Signal Database Points may be defined for both pre-trip and post-trip sections of the Trip Log Display. Alarms The alarm screens in the Trip Log Display form an itemized list of the last sixty alarm events that occurred before the turbine trip event. 2-10. For details. the <6 POINTS and >6 POINTS targets have no effect on alarm screens. 2-9.8. the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) display allows the user to view. Post-Trip Display 2-9. Hourly rolling averages are computed according to data received once a minute while minute-to-minute rolling averages are computed on the basis of 60 second intervals.GEH-5979D User’s Manual Figure 2-22. NOTE Although they can be displayed. 2-30 .9. save. EPA DISPLAY Located in the Main Menu.

At that point. TTXM. CMHUM). Example The screen shown in Figure 2-25 is an example of the EPA display. Below the display information.1. In the top left-hand corner there are three fields that define site and unit information. the EPA screen can display the rolling averages of up to sixteen Control Data Points.User’s Manual GEH-5979D Figure 2-23. Moving to the top right. the display shows the name of the display (EPA DATA DISPLAY) and the current Mark V Control Panel date and time. Post-Trip Display . WXJ. the time exhibited in the field changes to denote the time the new hourly average was calculated. When an update takes place. the hourly average will be updated and the minute averages will start over. to the left side of the display.Continued 2-10. Conversely. WXC. Data points and their rolling averages that are not immediately viewable can be examined by wrapping the screen using the < POINTS and > 2-31 . Each Mark V data point defined for the EPA display is incorporated into the screen as a column header (DWATT. there are headers that label the HOUR AVERAGE and MINUTE AVERAGES. Although there are only six data points defined in the example. The Time (definition field) for the hourly average is static in the sense that it is not replicated every time an update occurs. Also shown is the specific page number of the display. This means that eventually the screen will scroll down until all 60 minute averages have been displayed. CTIM. the MINUTE AVERAGES fields are reproduced in vertical succession each minute. Underneath these point definitions are fields that display their respective scale types.

the screen image will be sent to the print queue. 2-24. and MAIN DISPLAY targets. 2-11. This function can be useful for inspecting Minute averages that have scrolled off the initial display. Alarm Screen POINTS targets at the bottom of the display. Other targets shown below the alarm window include the EXIT. ALARM DISPLAY. The MORE OPTIONS target can be used to bring up the following additional targets: SAVE IMAGE and PRINT IMAGE. These items can be used to save the screen currently displayed to the F:\USER directory or print the screen currently displayed.GEH-5979D User’s Manual Fig. The EPA screen can be exited to the Menu system by clicking on the EXIT target. 2-32 . the PREV PAGE and NEXT PAGE targets permit viewing of more than one screen. PRINTING FUNCTIONS Various functions of the Mark V Control Panel are logged to the printer(s) automatically while others make use of the printer on command. MORE OPTIONS. In addition to these targets. If the PRINT IMAGE command is executed. Clicking on the ALARM DISPLAY or MAIN DISPLAY targets effects an exit to these respective displays.

A Sample of an Alarm Printout 2-33 . resolved. EPA Screen 2-11. When an alarm is annunciated.1. the printed alarm status will read "True". the event is logged to the alarm status and will read "False".User’s Manual GEH-5979D Figure 2-25. When the alarm condition is corrected. Alarm Logging Mark V Control Panel diagnostic and process alarms are logged on the printer(s) when they are annunciated and when they are resolved. 2-26. The format of logged alarms is shown in Figure 2-26. Figure. or satisfied.

The second entails selected logic state changes (update at frame rate). Event Logger The event logger consists of two fields that use the printer(s) as described below. • CONT_IN If an event logged to the printer is a CONT_IN (contact input) type. An image is. the logic value of the pointname which is printed as part of the event is "attached" directly to (or "driven by") an external contact input device such as a limit switch. STATUS. TRUE CONT_IN L. and processor fields of logged events are identical to those of the alarm logger. Event Type Two types of events can be logged to the printer(s) in the Mark V system. or for referencing screens when creating new ones. The date and time. 2-11. the logic value of the pointname has just changed state.O.GEH-5979D User’s Manual When an alarm is logged to the printer with a FALSE status. FALSE EVENT ON-LINE OVERSPEED TEST 10-DEC-1991 11:15:10. it would be an indication that the limit switch 26QT2A had just changed state. unit number. and so on For example. and delete image files saved with the SAVE IMAGE target. The fields unique to the event logger are described below. Clicking on the View Image option will display the screen shown in Figure 2-27. • TRUE If the event logged with a TRUE status is a logic pointname.150 T1 C L83POST_ONL 2-11.2. print.3. For example. Images may be useful for logging current operating data. 2-11. if the following event were logged to the printer. The Image Viewer may be accessed from the Main Menu System. This field identifies the pointname which has been selected/designated to be logged to a printer when a change of state occurs.2. 2-11. POINTNAME. The first includes digital contact inputs which have been selected/designated to print out on a change of state. the pointname's logic value just changed to a logic "0". in effect. • FALSE If the event logged with a FALSE status is a logic pointname. the pointname's logic value just changed to a logic "1". a 'snapshot' of a Mark V screen. pressure switch. the date and time the alarm condition was resolved is noted. This target can be found on most of the <I> displays.2.2. 2-11. There are two status conditions for events which are logged. View Image/Save Image The functions of the Image Viewer are to view. it would be an indication that the primary overspeed test mode had been deselected. TEMP TRIP SWITCH 10-DEC-1991 17:03:22.679 T1 Q L26QT2AH • EVENT If an event logged to the printer is an EVENT type. 2-34 . temperature switch. if the following event was logged to the printer.1.4.

IMG exist. Successive numeric values are assigned to files according to availability. When the SAVE IMAGE target is selected from the other displays.User’s Manual GEH-5979D Figure 2-27.IMG and 03. 03. Under the title is the instruction to "CLICK ON THE DESIRED DISPLAY. Return to the Main Menu by using the CPD to click on the EXIT target.IMG" extension. access the Alarm or Main displays by executing the ALARM DISPLAY or MAIN DISPLAY commands. Sample of Image Viewer Screen Display The display includes the following information and options: • DISPLAY HEADER INFORMATION. 02. The Image Viewer has three targets located at the bottom of the display. SAVED IMAGES. The menu lists the saved images numerically. The top left-hand field displays the site name NRV562. The SAVE IMAGE target will supply the user with the image name when the file is saved. The body of the Save Image Display is a menu of images saved from other displays.IMG is deleted and the files 01. the system saves the image and names the file with a sequential number (01.IMG. For example." DISPLAY TARGETS. if the file 02. the next execution of SAVE IMAGE from a display will save the image as 02. Similarly. and top right-hand field displays the <I> time. The field at the top center of the display defines the display title IMAGE VIEWER. and so on) and an ". • • 2-35 .

DELETING AN IMAGE. • • 2-36 . not a real time display.GEH-5979D User’s Manual • VIEWING AN IMAGE. The DELETE IMAGE target at the bottom will delete the image from the disk. Also. On the right-hand side of the display. only the first ten will be printed. display targets listing the printers defined for the system are presented. Clicking on a printer target will send the highlighted image to the selected printer. If more than ten files are sent. To view an image. and that these three targets are active while viewing an image. Any keyboard action or a CPD click will return to the menu of saved images. it is recommended that not more than ten images be sent to the printer spooler at one time. ALARM DISPLAY. This is to show that this is a frozen image. Use this feature to make room on the hard drive for more images or for deleting unwanted image files. select it with the CPD device. the spooler will accept another file in succession. and MAIN DISPLAY targets flash between white and cyan. Be sure not to delete an image until it has completed printing as it will not print. Selecting an image highlights the image name in yellow. Note that the EXIT. When the printer completes the printing of a file. PRINTING AN IMAGE.

acknowledging alarms. loading and unloading the turbine and driven device. Figure 3-1. The backup display is capable of annunciating alarms. INTRODUCTION The backup operator interface <BOI>. displaying operating data in both pre-defined and user-defined displays.User’s Manual GEH-5979D CHAPTER 3 USING THE BACKUP OPERATOR INTERFACE 3-1. or a failure of the <I>. For details see the Maintenance Manual GEH-5980. The <BOI> Control and Display functions are fully configurable. Typically mounted on the Mark V Control Panel enclosure. is a second means of monitoring turbine and driven device operation and/or issuing commands to the Mark V Control Panel (refer to Figure 3-1). and performing manual operations on the turbine and driven device. resetting alarms. or backup display. Backup Operator Interface <BOI> Intended for use as an alternate means of turbine/process control and monitoring in the event of loss of communications between the <I> and the Mark V Control Panel. the <BOI> can be used to monitor turbine and driven device operation and issue commands at any time. initiating turbine startups and normal shutdowns. 3-1 . Help screens are available on the backup operator interface to assist the operator in the use of the backup operator interface displays. it is comprised of an integrated keypad and LCD display.

In a Mark V TMR Control Panel. Multi-Page Instruction Message The Menu Display can also be accessed from any display by pressing DSP. an individual Menu display may be directly accessed by pressing the appropriate function key.F20). SCROLL KEYS MOVES THE DISPLAY THROUGH THE MENU LIST Figure 3-2. Therefore. the <BOI> allows the user to choose which processor (<R>. in addition. however. can be viewed at one time. It can be accessed by pressing and holding the SHIFT key while the MENU key is depressed. <S>. Several of the <BOI> displays are multi-page (that is. these and any other Menu Display (1-32) can be accessed by pressing the DSP and the numbered value keys (0 . MENU DISPLAY The Menu Display is a multi-page listing of Enumerated Switch and Main/Normal displays (max. ENTERING A DISPLAY NUMBER. also. 3-2 . To advance to the next page or return to the previous page of a display. use the SCROLL UP and SCROLL DOWN keys on the <BOI> keypad. <S>. <T>) will be used to update the display (See section 3-9. 3-2. and pressing ENTER. including their corresponding function keys (F1 ." The processor typically selected for this function is <R>. pressing the HELP key presents the operator with the following multi-page message: MENU SHOWS THE KEY WHICH SELECTS A DISPLAY. pressing the "0" key. commands are therefore issued from the <BOI> to all three processors. 32).GEH-5979D User’s Manual CAUTION Turbine and driven device commands may be issued at any time from the <BOI> regardless of the status of the <I> and/or its communication link with the Mark V Control Panel. data transmission only occurs between the <BOI> and this device. In a Simplex Mark V Control Panel. there is more than one screen of information or commands available). AND PRESSING ENTER. While viewing the Menu Display.9). as such. the <BOI> is connected to <R>. Conversely. Any Menu Display screen can be examined by using the SCROLL UP and SCROLL DOWN keys. The first twenty Menu displays can be accessed using the function keys (F1-F20). the <BOI> is connected to the <R> processor. care should be taken not to initiate unit commands from the <BOI> when control is being executed from the <I> as the Mark V Control Panel will execute these commands. Four Enumerated Switch or Main/Normal displays. data shown on the <BOI> display is received from a single "designated processor. DISPLAYS CAN ALSO BE SELECTED BY PRESSING DSP. and <T> . Processor Select Display).

Alarm Display Multi-Page Message 3-3 . the status flag/acknowledge condition. The display lists alarms in the <RST> alarm queue in order of occurrence. The Display’s three remaining fields display annunciated alarms. the upper right-hand field shows the number of unacknowledged and acknowledged alarms and the page number of the Alarm Display. PRESSING THE ALARM RESET REMOVES ALL THE ALARMS WHICH ARE ACKNOWLEDGED AND HAVE A ZERO STATE. While viewing the Alarm Display.. (Note that these signifiers are identical in function to those displayed in the Alarm Display of the <I>. Figure 3-4. ALARM DISPLAY The Alarm Display can be accessed at any time by pressing the ALARMS key. <BOI> Display Showing Portion of Alarm Display 3-3. pressing the HELP key presents the operator with the following multi-page message: THE DISPLAY COMES UP SHOWING THE NEWEST UNACKNOWLEDGED ALARMS. AN * IN THE STATE FIELD INDICATES AN UNACKNOWLEDGED ALARM. SCROLL KEYS MOVES DISPLAY THROUGH THE ALARM LIST.) An asterisk "*" in the status flag column indicates the alarm has not been acknowledged. and the date and time the alarm occurred. If more than three alarms are annunciated.1. Each annunciated alarm is displayed with an alarm drop number. See section 2-8. The Alarm Display pages are divided into four fields.User’s Manual GEH-5979D 229 * 18DEC13:08:51 UNACK 15 ACK 00 P02 149 * 18DEC13:09:58 191 * 18DEC13:09:29 Figure 3-3. PRESSING THE ALARM ACK ACKNOWLEDGES THE ALARMS SHOWN. The last annunciated alarm is shown in the upper left-hand field of page 1 (see figure 3-3). subsequent pages of the Alarm Display can be accessed by pressing the SCROLL DOWN key. Alarm Information.

use the SCROLL DOWN key to move to the next page of the Alarm Display and press ALARM ACK until all alarms have been annunciated. Alarm Management The following sections provide information concerning the management of alarms..) Resetting an alarm causes future occurrences of the alarm condition to be annunciated with an audible signal in order to alert the operator. An acknowledged (annunciated) alarm condition that has been corrected or satisfied may be reset (removed from the display) by pressing the ALARM RESET key. 3-3. *. press the ALARM SIL key on the <BOI> keypad. acknowledgement of the annunciated alarm. < . <BOI> Display Showing Preselect Load Selection Display 3-4 . BASE LOAD. and so on ) that can be executed from the <BOI>.. use the cursor left. and cursor right. Failure to reset an alarm condition which has been corrected or satisfied will prevent future occurrences of the alarm from being annunciated by an audible signal. ENUMERATED SWITCH DISPLAYS Enumerated Switch Displays are operator selectable modes of operation (for example. The unacknowledged alarm counter in the upper right-hand field will show "00". To silence the audible alarm horn in the Mark V Control Panel.1. 3-3. keys to move the locator (or cursor) symbol to the desired function and press the ENTER. To select a different function on an Enumerated Switch Display.. and resetting the alarm (removing it from the display) once the alarm condition has been corrected or satisfied.1. The asterisk in the status flag column of the alarm(s) will change to either "1" or "0". Silence..3.1. however..1.. > . the SCROLL DOWN and SCROLL UP keys can be used to view the additional functions. (Only an acknowledged alarm with a status field value of logic "0" can be reset. MANUAL. Alarms must be acknowledged in order to be reset (removed from the display) once the alarm condition has been corrected. Reset. be logged to the printer and in the Historical Log Alarm Queue. they will. depending on the current condition of the alarm. To acknowledge an alarm using the <BOI> Alarm Display. Acknowledge. OFF.2.. 3-3. The newly selected function will now be preceded by an asterisk (see Figure 3-5). To acknowledge other annunciated alarms (if present). 3-3. press the ALARM ACK key on the device keypad. This action acknowledges the alarm(s) exhibited in the Display’s current page and increments the acknowledged alarms counter in the upper right-hand field of the backup display. AUTO.. 3-4. PRESEL PEAK_R BASE PEAK Figure 3-5.1. If an Enumerated Switch Display has more functions than can be shown on a single page.. These actions are described in the following sections.GEH-5979D User’s Manual Alarm management using the <BOI> requires silencing of the audible alarm horn.

and so on (see Figure 3-7).. pressing the HELP key presents the operator with the following multi-page message: THE FUNCTION PREFIXED BY AN * IS THE SELECTED FUNCTION. this is indicated by the appearance of an asterisk in front of the point.. Speed or Load Setpoint Command and Selection. THE ENTER KEY WILL SELECT THE NEW FUNCTION PREFIXING IT WITH AN *) AND DESELECT THE OLD FUNCTION. Points can be deselected by pressing the ESC key..User’s Manual GEH-5979D While viewing the Enumerated Switch Displays. MAIN/NORMAL DISPLAYS Main or Normal Displays are used to implement such functions as Lead/Lag Pump or Fan Selection. pressing ENTER will select the point.0 MW 15. The second entails direct entry of a value via the Set mode screen. If the selected point is a logic representation of a two-position switch (either "0" or "1").. IF THERE ARE MORE THAN 1 WINDOW OF FUNCTIONS. "*". two methods are available for changing its value.. If the selected point is an analog type. After entering the new value into the field. Figure 3-6. the new value will be transmitted directly to the processor(s) by pressing ENTER. Access to this screen can be had by pressing the SET key. the points which can be selected are prefixed by the symbol " ^ ". pressing RAISE will change the state from a logic "0" to a logic "1" while pressing LOWER will change the state from a logic "1" to a logic "0". <BOI> Display Showing Load Selection Display 3-5 . The first involves implementing the RAISE and LOWER keys which can be used to increase or decrease the point’s value. >PS_CMD DW 15.. pressing the RAISE or LOWER key will send the command to the Mark V Control Panel. THE < AND > KEYS ARE USED TO MOVE TO A NEW FUNCTION. With the locator in front of a desired point. Only one point can be selected at a time. Selected points are prefixed with an asterisk. Within the screen. LOAD_S . THE NEW FUNCTION WILL BE PREFIXED BY AN >. Enumerated Switch Display Multi-Page Message 3-5.2 MW Figure 3-7. THE SCROLL KEYS WILL MOVE THE DISPLAY TO THE NEXT WINDOW OF FUNCTIONS. the selected value and a field into which the new value may be entered directly will be shown. Pressing the ESC key will transfer the operator back to the Main Display from which the Set Mode was entered. The cursor symbol ">" on a Main/Normal Display can be moved by using the left arrow "<" and right arrow">" keys.. Typically broken into four fields. If the selected point is a command "pushbutton"..

pressing the HELP key presents the operator with the following multi-page message: THE POINTS PREFIXED BY AN ^ ARE THE POINTS WHICH CAN BE RAISED. THE < AND > KEYS ARE USED TO MOVE TO A NEW POINT.Showing up to four data points or one Enumerated Switch. For more information.1 MW 64. The latter operation can be accomplished using the All Points Display’s Build Demand Mode. KEY IN THE VALUE AND PRESS ENTER. the selected point is shown in the left-half of the top line of the display. Multiple screen Enumerated Switch displays can be viewed by pressing the SCROLL UP and SCROLL DOWN keys.GEH-5979D User’s Manual While viewing Main/Normal Displays. Pressing the ENTER key will select the located point and prefix it with an asterisk (*). Use the < and > keys to locate the point (the located point will be prefixed by a " > "). 3-6 . GEH-5980. PRESSING SET DISPLAYS THE SELECTED POINT IN THE SET MODE. TO SET THE POINT TO A NEW VALUE IN THE SET MODE. scroll through the points until the desired point is shown.SRC source file. also known as the Monitor Display. ALL POINTS DISPLAY The All Points Display depicts all of the points that can be accessed by the <BOI>. but to permit Operator Demand Displays to be created from the <BOI>. see Maintenance Manual. THE ENTER KEY WILL SELECT THE NEW POINT (PREFIXING IT WITH AN *) AND DESELECT AN OLD POINT.SRC source file’s DISPLAY SECTION.SRC file will cause an updating of the display. The Build Demand Mode is then accessed by pressing the SET key. It is a copy of the POINTNAME column of the BOI_Q. The function of this display is not only to depict accessible <BOI> points. ESC WILL EXIT THE SET MODE. THE SELECTED POINT CAN THEN BE RAISED AND LOWERED.51 % Figure 3-8. THE POINT PREFIXED BY > IS THE CURRENT POINT. MODE_S AUTO CONTRL LOOP DW FSR 89. Downloading the BOI_Q. pressing the HELP key presents the operator with the following message: SCROLL KEYS MOVE THE DISPLAY THROUGH THE FUNCTIONS 3-7. is a single user-configurable display that can be immediately accessed by pressing the NORMAL key. LOWERED AND SET. <BOI> Display Showing Normal Display (Monitor Display) While viewing the Normal Display. To place a point into the Operator Demand Display. In this mode. The right-half of the top line shows the current point in the Demand Display at the location shown on the bottom line (see Figure 3-9). NORMAL DISPLAY The Normal Display (see Figure 3-8). PRESSING ESC WILL DESELECT THE POINT. 3-6. it is essentially a display (0-32) configured from the DEMAND SECTION of the BOI_Q.

Any screen in the display can be viewed by using the SCROLL keys. Individual points in the display can be raised. A selected analog point which is prefixed by an "*" can be displayed in the SET Mode by pressing the SET key. Two (2) Demand Displays can be created with each holding up to four Main/Normal data points (POINT_TAGs) or one Enumerated Switch Display which must include SIGNAL_TAG. Enumerated Switch Display types may be inserted into the Operator Demand Display only through the use of the BOI_Q. Four data points or Enumerated Switch mode options can be viewed at one time. <BOI> Build Demand Mode To put the point into the Demand Display. OPERATOR DEMAND DISPLAY The Operator Demand Display is a user-configurable list of Main/Normal and/or Enumerated Switch Display types that can be immediately accessed by pressing the SHIFT + HELP keys. prefixing it with an "*". forced. Operator Demand Display with Four Data Points. lowered. Pressing the ESC key deselects the point. and set. The RAISE key forces the point to a one while the LOWER key forces the point to a zero.SRC file located in the UNIT(n) directory of the <I> processor (also see BOI_Q. The < and > keys are used to locate a specific point. 0 cnt 15 Figure 3-9. The force key selects a located logic point. prefixing it with an "!". Pressing the ENTER key will select the located point. The SET Mode shows 3-7 .SRC File in the Maintenance Manual GEH-5980). select the desired location with the raise and lower keys and press ENTER. and COMMAND_TAG parameters. NOTE Only Main/Normal Display types can be inserted in an Operator Demand Display using the <BOI>. 3-8. ENUM_TAG.4 . MASK_TAG.5 in Hg Figure 3-10.3 -327 psi psi HPXP -586 psi EV -2. IP AP 53. Pressing the ESC key will exit the build mode. The Operator Demand Display can be accessed by pressing the SHIFT + HELP keys. .User’s Manual GEH-5979D AP -327.SRC section in the Maintenance Manual GEH-5980). A located point is prefixed by a >. Pressing CLEAR will unforce the selected point. The point will then be put into the Demand Display in the selected location. Operator Demand Displays that incorporate Main/Normal Display types may be constructed from the <BOI> or the <I> processor (see the ALL POINTS DISPLAY section of this chapter and the BOI_Q. ENTER: 01 . Selected points can then be increased and decreased by the RAISE and LOWER keys.

or <T> in TMR configurations. 3-9. DESIGNATED PROCESSOR For TMR applications. or T keys or the Processor Select Display. <BOI> Processor Display (TMR Configuration) 3-10. pressing ENTER will execute the selection. The ESC key can be used to exit the SET Mode. and finally <T> if successive processors are lost. PROCESSOR SELECT DISPLAY (PROC) The <BOI> can be configured to receive data from any one of the three cores <R>. the <BOI> is equipped with a designated processor function that allows communication to be reestablished when the selected processor fails. S. When the display is pictured. If a communication failure occurs. This will establish a communication link between the <BOI> and the designated processor and restore the <BOI> display.GEH-5979D User’s Manual the current value of the point and allows it to be set to a value. by reassigning this role to <S>. Processor selection can be performed via the (shifted) R. To access the Processor Select Display. *DZ R S T Figure 3-11. press the SHIFT + NORMAL keys. press the SHIFT + PROC keys. This allows communication between the panel and the <BOI> to be regained if only one processor remains operable. <S>. select the desired processor by pressing the < and > keys. To set a value. key in the desired number and press ENTER. Simplex <BOI> panels are limited to receiving data from the default processor <R>. <R>. 3-8 . NOTE The control hierarchy of TMR panels automatically compensates for the loss of the designated p rocessor.

DAT file. 4-1. Control Lockout for Multi-Panel <I>s In circumstances where a single <I> processor is controlling multiple panels. SUPERVISOR and OPERATOR. the Control Lockout program will automatically compensate to allow separate panel lockout capability. However. Without the proper level of authorization. Control Lockout Working in conjunction with Password Level Administration. NOTE Initiating Control Lockout does not affect MODBUS or ETHERNET links.2.. UNIT# ----UNIT_DATA 1 2 3 4 5 UNIT NAME --------T1 T2 T3 T4 T5 PATH TO CONFIG DATA ------------------F:\UNIT1 F:\UNIT2 F:\UNIT3 F:\UNIT4 F:\UNIT5 If the file specifies multi-panel operation. The enable/disable Commands function can itself be disabled or enabled according to two levels of authorization (OPERATOR. the status is not saved until the Control Lockout Administration is exited normally by clicking on the EXIT target at the bottom of the display. From the example above.User’s Manual GEH-5979D CHAPTER 4 CONTROL LOCATIONS 4-1. the Control Lockout Display shown in Figure 4-2 would be constructed. Rebooting the <I> will not affect the state of Control Lockout Commands. Divided into two sections (UNIT_DATA & NETWORK_DATA). Authorization is carried out through the <I>’s Password Administration scheme. It is here (specifically the UNIT_DATA section) that the Control Lockout program looks to see if the <I> is multi-panel functional. This option is an exclusive function of the <I> processor and does not require changes to the configuration of a panel. and consequently. this data file is responsible for defining which of the panels the <I> should communicate with. the Control Lockout feature cannot be utilized. . Control Lockout is a means by which an Operator or Supervisor can disable an <I> from issuing commands to the Mark V Control Panel. However. it can limit the <I> to becoming a view-only device for Mark V data. 4-1 . SUPERVISOR). Control Lockout may be implemented in such a way that the <I> is prohibited only from sending (COMMANDS or ALARMS Commands) signals to specific panels. There are two levels of Password Administration required to implement Control Lockout. Specifically. the Stage Link address of each. 4-1.1. Implementing Control Lockout Using Password Administration Control Lockout is a function that is subject to Password Administration enabling. this entails configuring the CONFIG. Multi-panel <I>s will necessarily have their configuration files setup to facilitate multi-panel control. The following is a conventional example of a UNIT_DATA segment that defines multi-panel (3 panels) capability: .

To implement the Control Hierarchy option. Control Lockout Screen with Multi-Unit Configuration Operation of multi-panel Control Lockout is essentially identical to that for single panel <I>s except for the fact that more than one panel can be locked out at a time. Control locations are defined. CONTROL HIERARCHY Control Hierarchy is an optional scheme to define different control locations and pass control between these locations. the Password Administration program will enable/disable all OPERATOR and/or SUPERVISOR levels at the same time. 4-2 .GEH-5979D User’s Manual Figure 4-1. With this configuration. please contact the local GE Power Generation Field Service Office. and then different elements in the system are configured to only send commands if the current control location allows them to send commands. 4-2.

VA 24153-6492 USA Fax: 001-540-387-8606 Name Company Name Address Telephone Number Fax Number Job Site GE Requisition Number SPEEDTRONIC™ Mark V Turbine Control: User’s Manual Problem Description (Describe problem thoroughly.) Detach. Salem. . and mail − or fax this side only. fold.Problem Report General Electric Company To: GE Industrial Control Systems Product Service. Include sequence leading up to problem. Room 191 1501 Roanoke Blvd.

.................................. Place stamp here GE Industrial Control Systems Product Service........................................................................................................................ Salem.................................................... VA 24153-6492 USA ................................................................................................................... Room 191 1501 Roanoke Blvd.......................................... ...........................................................Fold here first................... Fold here and close with staple or tape .......

figures. VA 24153–6492 USA Fax: 001-540-387-8606 We welcome comments and suggestions to make this publication more useful. Issue/Revision Date Today’s Date GENERAL COMMENTS Excellent Contents Organization Technical accuracy Clarity Completeness Drawings. and mail − or fax this side only. how would you rate this document? ‰ Superior ‰ Comparable ‰ Inferior ‰ Do not know Indicate the type of user/reader function that best describes you: ‰ System Integrator ‰ Programmer Detach. fold. ‰ Distributor ‰ Maintenance ‰ OEM ‰ Operator ‰ Installation ‰ Other (please specify) . information that could be expanded. Room 191 1501 Roanoke Blvd. and so on) Page Number Comment Other suggestions for improving this publication: As compared to publications from other manufacturers of similar products.Reader Comments General Electric Company To: GE Industrial Control Systems Technical Publications. and tables Referencing and tables of contents Readability ‰ ‰ ‰ ‰ ‰ ‰ ‰ ‰ Good ‰ ‰ ‰ ‰ ‰ ‰ ‰ ‰ Fair ‰ ‰ ‰ ‰ ‰ ‰ ‰ ‰ Poor ‰ ‰ ‰ ‰ ‰ ‰ ‰ ‰ SPECIFIC COMMENTS (Corrections. Salem. Name Company Name Address Telephone Number Fax Number Job Site GE Requisition Number Publication No.

.......... Place stamp here GE Industrial Control Systems Technical Publications........................................................................................................................ Room 191 1501 Roanoke Blvd. Salem..... ..................................................................................................................... Fold here and close with staple or tape ..............Fold here first............ VA 24153–6492 USA .........................................................................................................................................................................

.

GE Industrial Control Systems General Electric Company 1501 Roanoke Blvd Salem. VA 24153-6492 USA .

Should further information be desired or should particular problems arise which are not covered sufficiently for the purchaser’s purposes the matter should be referred to the GE Company. operation or maintenance.GEK 107359 April 2000 Replaces ATCMKV_VI GE Power Systems Gas Turbine Annunciator Troubleshooting Chart These instructions do not purport to cover all details or variations in equipment nor to provide for every possible contingency to be met in connection with installation. © 2000 GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY .

Failure of atomizing precooler louvers to open and close.GEK 107359 Annunciator Troubleshooting Chart ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ L63ADL_ALM Atomizing Air Diff. Pressure Low Atomizing air compressor Check atomizing air system. Check auxiliary motors to determine which motor is overloaded and the cause of the overloading. L27BLN_ALM Battery DC Undervoltage Battery system voltage is low. Battery Charger AC Undervoltage Battery charger AC undervoltage. L86S Auto Synchronizing Lockout L52HQ_ALM Auxiliary Hydraulic Oil Pump Motor Running Accessory gear-driven hydraulic pump has not supplied sufficient pressure because of leaks or failure of pump. L52QA_ALM Auxiliary Lube Oil Pump Motor Running Examine main lube pump. Check battery charger AC breaker. L49X_ALM Auxiliary Motor Overload L52QS_ALM Auxiliary Seal Oil Pump Running Insufficient pressure from Check seal oil supply system main seal oil supply components. Cause Action . Check pump output and main lube filters for leaks or plugging. or bad cells in battery. isolating valve position flow restrictions. Auto synchronizing self-checking system has detected a synchronizing equipment abnormality. pump. The gas turbine should not be operated unless DC power is available to the emergency DC lube oil pump. Check hydraulic system. Isolate and remove ground from the system. 2 <I>/HMI Alarm Message. Logic & No. not providing adequate pressure. check for bad cells. Check battery charger for proper operation. Battery charger is not functioning properly. Check voltage magnitude. Investigate synchronization system to determine exact cause of problem. correct excessive drain on battery. excessive drain on the batteries. The main accessory gear driven lube oil pump is supplying insufficient lube oil pressure due to pump failure or leaks One of the auxiliary motors is overloaded. L26AAH_ALM Atomizing Air Temp. High Check water supply to the atomizing air precooler. Battery 125 VDC Ground Insulation failure has resulted in a ground on the 125 VDC system.

At earliest shutdown check thermocouples. The problem should be corrected before restarting. Bearing or lube oil problem. Investigate problem. Check for plugged nozzles. Compressor Bleed Valve Position Trouble Compressor Inlet Thermocouples Disagree Common IO Communication Loss (MKV Control Only) Combustion Trouble Chamber Flamed Out During Shutdown Bus Undervoltage – No Auto Synch Black Start Inverter Trouble Bearing Metal Temperature High Bearing Drain Temperature High Cause Compressor bleed valves have not operated properly. Monitor vibration on the way up. shorted or open. gas path hardware or uneven distribution of fuel to the fuel nozzles. Check thermocouples and wiring and replace faulty thermocouple(s). ignition power has been transferred to the MCC 12 VAC. Faulty thermocouples. Action GEK 107359 3 . Check lube oil feed and drain piping. Troubleshoot black start inverter. Perform borescope or combustion inspection.Á Á Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Annunciator Troubleshooting Chart L86CB1 L86TCI LCOM_B_ALM L30SPA L28FD_SD L27BN_ALM L27VVN_ALM L30LOA <I>/HMI Alarm Message. Do not use auto synchronizing or manual synchronizing until problem is resolved. Flame loss during fired shutdown period. The Master Reset switch must be pressed before restarting. Analyze data for trends. Check flow divider fuel pressures. Bus synchronizing potential not available. Check bearings and lube oil system. Investigate cause and remedy before restarting turbine. The black start inverter output voltage has gone low. They are in the wrong position or required an excessive amount of time to move from one position to the other. Thermocouples in the inlet have failed. Check <C> power supply card and cabling. Bad thermocouple signal. Check bus PT fuses and wiring. High bearing drain temperature. Logic & No. <C> processor is no longer communicating.

L30 COMM_IO_S L30 COMM_IO_T Á Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ L26CTH_ALM Control Panel Temp High Air conditions not maintaining proper temperature. Check and recalibrate HP speed pickups. <S> Processor is no longer communicating. Protective Speed Signal Trouble . Check cooling water system for leaks. module in PECC. cooldown. Replace filter. Logic & No. cards. Check air conditioners. Cause Action L30 COMM_IO_R VCMI I/O State Exchange for <R> failed (MKVI Only) VCMI I/O State Exchange for <S> failed (MKVI Only) VCMI I/O State Exchange for <T> failed (MKVI Only) <R> Processor is no longer communicating. Check <T> power supply. Cooling fan motor did not Check cooling fan motor start. L4CT_ALM Customer trips input to the L4CT logic have caused an automatic trip of the unit. Check <R> power supply. Coupling Oil Filter Diff Pressure High Customer Start Inhibit Customer Trip Clogged filter. or the Monitor vibration when cooldown cycle was cooldown cycle is reinitiated. 4 . Check and recalibrate HP speed pickups. cards. L63QQ3H_ALM L3CP_ALM Customer contact input not enabled.HP Control Speed Signal Trouble . Check <S> power supply. Control Speed Signal Loss . Check customer’s permissive. LP speed pickup voting mismatch. and cabling. Check and recalibrate LP speed pickups. cards. Determine which of the customer trip devices caused the trip and correct. L12HFD_C L12HFD_P L12LF HP speed pickup voting mismatch in <Q>. HP speed pickup voting mismatch in <P>.GEK 107359 Annunciator Troubleshooting Chart <I>/HMI Alarm Message. and cabling. aborted prior to cooldown timer timeout. and cabling. <T> Processor is no longer communicating. L52FC_ALM Cooling Fan Motor Breaker Open L71WL_ALM Cooling Water Level Low Cooling water tank level low.LP Cooldown Trouble L30CD Unit failed to go on Check ratchet system. Check wiring to speed pickups.HP L12HF Machine tripped due to loss of speed signal.HP Control Speed Signal Trouble .

Isolate problem and correct.Call up diagnostic display. checking program has uncovered a control panel problem. Check diesel stop solenoid 20DV. Action GEK 107359 5 . Diesel has failure to start. Check temperature sensor and cooling system. Check diesel maximum torque solenoid.Á Á Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Annunciator Troubleshooting Chart L12L L12H L26FD1H_ALM L63LF2H_ALM L83DT1 L63QDN_ALM L4DEY_ALM L48DSX L2DWZ2 L26DWH_ALM L30DIAG_Q L30DIAG_C L27QEL_ALM <I>/HMI Alarm Message. Call up diagnostic display. Check diesel fuel tank. The speed control system has not limited HP turbine speed within the trip limits. Diesel should stop automatically after a 5 minute cooldown period. DC power not supplied to Check power to DC lube emergency DC lube pump (MCC breaker on). has not limited LP turbine speed within the trip limits. Indication that diesel test pushbutton permissive has been activated.LP Electrical Overspeed Trip . Logic & No. gas turbine should not be operated unless DC power is available to the emergency DC lube pump. The pump.HP Distillate Fuel Temperature High Distillate Fuel Filter Differential Pressure High Diesel Test Mode Selected Diesel Lube Oil Pressure Low Diesel Failure to Stop Diesel Failure to Start Diesel Failure to Break Turbine Away Diesel Engine Cooling Water Temp High Diagnostic Alarm <Q> (Mark V Control Only) Diagnostic Alarm <C> (Mark V Control Only) DC Motor Undervoltage (Lube Oil) Cause The speed control system Isolate problem and correct. low. Clogged filter. Diesel lube oil pressure is Check diesel lube oil system. Check diesel. Diesel was unable to accelerate to maximum rpm. The microprocessor self-checking program has uncovered a control panel problem. Diesel cooling water temperature is high. Replace filter. The microprocessor self. Possible cooling system problem. Check diesel cooling water system. Electrical Overspeed Trip . Test mode should be deselected once the test is complete.

Exhaust pressure has risen above the trip level. levels.Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ GEK 107359 L30TXA L30TXA L63ETHX_ALM L63ETH L63EAH_ALM L90TKL L63TK_ALM L86TXT L86TXT L26SFH_ALM L94EK L59E_ALM L72ES_ALM L72QEZ_ALM <I>/HMI Alarm Message. Excessive field volts have Check exciter.Trip 52G Exciter Overvoltage Emergency Seal Oil Pump Running Emergency Lube Oil Pump Motor Running Cause High median exhaust Lower load to reduce exhaust temperature calculated in. Exhaust pressure has Inspect exhaust filter and risen above recommended ducting for blockage. Action Investigate exciter rectifier cooling system. Generator seal oil pressure is low. high median exhaust temperature. Exhaust Temperature High Exhaust Temperature High Exhaust Pressure Switch Trouble Exhaust Pressure High Trip Exhaust Pressure High Alarm Exhaust Frame Cooling System Trouble . Breaker has tripped and machine is at FSNL because of problem with exciter rectifier cooling. Loss of AC power to main lube oil pumps. 6 Annunciator Troubleshooting Chart Check all thermocouples. Exhaust frame blower motor not operating. Isolate problem and correct. The temperature control system has not limited exhaust temperature within the trip limits. Bad signal from exhaust pressure switch. Replace any bad thermocouples. system problem. been detected. temperature.2 problem or cooling system. Possible cooling system problem. If problem is not thermocouples. The exhaust gas temperature is excessive. .Unload Exhaust Frame Cooling Air Pressure Low Exhaust Overtemperature Trip Exhaust Overtemperature Trip Exciter Rectifier Bridge Temp High Exciter Rect Cooling Trouble . Determine cause of AC power loss. Inspect cooling air flow passages. Investigate. Inspect exhaust filter and ducting for blockage. Air passages blocked. Logic & No. isolate portion of Control System causing the problem. Check motor operation. Check main and auxiliary seal oil supply system components. Check switches and switch wiring. Check exciter rectifier cooling system. Exhaust frame cooling Investigate exhaust frame fans 88TK-1. Turbine has tripped due to Investigate.

Check that ac power is supplied to the ignition system. flame was not established after two tries. Check that power is being supplied to liquid fuel forwarding pump/motor. and the CO2 release mechanism. or determine cause of lack of flame establishment. Check all signals making up the L4 logic signal to determine which caused the problem. has tripped the unit twice or. L30SPTA L86TFB Cause Action GEK 107359 ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Exhaust Thermocouple Trouble Faulty thermocouple. Logic & No. L63FLZ_FLT Liquid fuel forwarding system problem. Check and reconnect thermocouples. if the unit is operating in remote. Fire in the turbine or accessory compartment. including all doors and dampers. Excessive number of thermocouples not connected. Check all signals going making up the L4 logic signal to determine which caused the problem or determine the cause of lack of flame establishment. Check for proper operation of the flame detection system. Check that the flame detector quartz window are clean. L3Z Failure to Synchronize Unit did not synchronize and close generator breaker within the normal expected time (15 seconds). L62TT2_ALM Failure to Start The master protective logic signal “L4” has not been set within 30 seconds of the start signal. Check fire protection system. Troubleshoot per system components per instructions. L45FAX_ALM L28FD_ALM Fire Protection System Inoperative CO2 pressure or control problem.Annunciator Troubleshooting Chart <I>/HMI Alarm Message. 7 . L45FTX2_ALM L45FTX1_ALM Fire in Zone #1 or Zone #2 Trip Restarting after an operation of the CO2 system requires that the CO2 system be reset. L30FD_ALM Failure to Ignite Failure to fire within the one minute period. Check thermocouples. Exhaust Thermocouples Open Trip Failure to Establish Liquid Fuel Press. Flame Detector Trouble One of the detectors operating when no flame is present.

Gas may be backing through the system. Either VA13-1 or -2 or 20VG-2 are stuck open and machine has tripped. Action Check LVDT. Bad signal from hydraulic Check switch and switch pressure switch. The gas ratio valve feedback signal is abnormal. Gen Air Filter Cleaner Pressure Low Gas Ratio Valve Position Servo Trouble Gas Fuel Pressure Low Gas Fuel Nozzle Purge Valve Fail to Open Gas Fuel Nozzle Purge Valve Fail to Close Gas Fuel Nozzle Purge System Trouble Trip Gas Fuel Nozzle Purge System Pressure High Gas Fuel Intervalve Pressure Trouble Gas Fuel Hydraulic Trip Pressure Low Gas Fuel Hydraulic Pressure Switch Trouble Gas Control Valve Servo Trouble FSR Gag Not at Max Limit Cause Generator air inlet filter cleaning system problems.Á Á Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ GEK 107359 L63CA3L_ALM L3GRVFLT L63FGL_ALM L33PGO_ALM L33PGFT L94PGT L63PGFT L3GFIVP L63HGL_ALM L63HGL_SENSR L3GCVFLT L60FSRG <I>/HMI Alarm Message. Check LVDT. 8 Annunciator Troubleshooting Chart Check air inlet filter cleaning components. This alarm will actuate if the turbine is tripped with the manual emergency trip valve on the turbine or a large leak were to occur in the hydraulic trip circuit piping. Check GRV control system. No atomizing air flow. Low oil pressure in gas fuel hydraulic oil trip circuit. Check valves to remove obstruction to resume purge. intervalve vent. Pressure sensed between the gas control valve and the speed ratio valve is abnormal. Raise the manual FSR control to maximum. Correct positioning prior to refire. Logic & No. Manual FSR control has not been reset to a position where it will not interfere with automatic FSR control. and pressure transducer. The gas control valve feedback signal is abnormal. Problem with valves. VA13-1 or -2 are obstructed. Check the control oil filter and control oil piping. Check valves for cause. Check valve. wiring. VPR44-1 stuck. low. Determine cause of incorrect valve positioning. Gas fuel pressure to Check cause of low supply turbine has been sensed as pressure. .

Annunciator Troubleshooting Chart <I>/HMI Alarm Message. Generator breaker has been tripped by an automatic protective device or manually. L63GFH_ALM Generator Air Filter High Pressure Drop Generator Bearing Vacuum Low High pressure differential across generator air inlet filters. Inlet Air Dirt Separator Not Running Generator inlet air dirt separator malfunction. Gen. leaks and take action to prevent recurrence of problem. L63BQL_ALM Generator bearings are Investigate generator bearing sealed by vacuum. L52G_ALM Generator Breaker Tripped Determine device that tripped the breaker. L63GKL_ALM Generator Casing Hydrogen Press. system. Inspect and clean/change filter elements. Generator Differential Trip A generator panel protective device has tripped the 86G lockout relay. check for in bottom of generator. Change to automatic control. Check separator motor for proper operation. Low Low hydrogen pressure in Check hydrogen supply generator. L43HPA_ALM L52GA_ALM Cause Action GEK 107359 Á Á Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Gen Purge System on Manual Control Operator has selected manual control. L64F_ALM Generator Field Ground A ground on the generator field has been detected. This sealing system. L33GCC_ALM L86TGT_ALM Generator CO2 Door Trouble Door must be opened and the latch reset. 9 . as required. Logic & No. Generator CO2 door is closed. Check supply system wiring. alarm indicates a potential problem with the sealing system. Determine which protective device tripped the 86G and correct the abnormality that precipitated the trip. Operation of the generator with the field grounded is not recommended as a second ground could result in excessive damage to the generator field. L71WGH_ALM Generator Casing Liquid Level High Liquids have accumulated Remove liquids.

L49GH_ALM Generator Stator Temp High Generator stator temperature is excessive caused by lack of cooling or overload. Check ventilation dampers for proper operation/position. mechanical imbalance. Be to heavy fuel. Check cooling system. Check hydrogen cabinet for undervoltage. Analyze data for trends. 10 <I>/HMI Alarm Message. Check generator ventilation system for proper fan/motor operation. Cause Action . Check hydrogen control switch in maintenance/auto. sure fuel is warm and free-flowing. L94GEN Generator Ventilation Trouble Shutdown L63FU2LA L26FU2LA L3FUZ Heavy Fuel Pressure Low. reduce overload on generator. Check that the hydraulic ratchet is operating properly. Check seal unit.GEK 107359 Annunciator Troubleshooting Chart Á Á Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ L94H_ALM Generator Hydrogen Purge Shutdown Shutdown initiated due to one or more hydrogen system problems. L39VTX_ALM High Vibration Trip or Shutdown High vibration due to bowed rotor. observe vibration level on the next startup. Temperature in generator compartment exceeds limits. Monitor vibration readings. e. Check for mechanical failures. gas path parts or uneven distribution of fuel to the fuel nozzles. Perform borescope or combustion inspection. hydrogen purity has fallen to shutdown level. Problem with heavy fuel Auto Xfer to Dist system. bearing failure. etc. Check and restore hydrogen purity. Logic & No. The generator should not be operated when the stator temperature is excessive. Investigate heavy fuel system. L30SPT L39VA High Vibration Alarm High vibration at one or more bearings. Vent fans inoperable or insufficient to handle ventilation requirements. Heavy Fuel Temp Low. fuel pressures. Check flow divider. Faulty thermocouples.g. Investigate heavy fuel system. Check for plugged nozzles. Spread Trip Problem with heavy fuel system. If purity continues to deteriorate.. Turbine unable to transfer Check heavy fuel system. Auto Xfer to Dist Heavy Fuel Transfer Permissive Trouble High Exhaust Temp. a possible hazard condition may develop.

Action GEK 107359 11 . One second after the hydraulic oil trip is initiated either the liquid fuel stop valve is not closed or the hydraulic trip pressure (63HG. Check IGV control system. Hydraulic supply pressure Check hydraulic supply is low. Check IGV control system. Check HP speed pickups. High machine gas pressure or low manifold gas pressure. IGV control system problem. Hydrogen Purity Trouble Hydrogen Pressure Low (Skid) Hydrogen Pressure High or Low (Gen) Hydrogen Control Panel Undervoltage Hydraulic Supply Pressure Low Hydraulic Protective Trouble Hydraulic Filter Clogged filter. Check wiring. One of the HP speed sensors is showing a different speed than the other two. Check servos. 63HL) has not decreased sufficiently. IGV control system problem. Hydrogen supply skid pressure low. regulating valve or pump. Check generator hydrogen system. Loss of fluid pressure and deterioration of fluid purity may result. Logic & No. Ac power supply voltage low. Check skid components for proper operation. Change filter. Check power supply for proper operations. Á Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Annunciator Troubleshooting Chart L30HP L63HHL_ALM L63GL_GH_AL L27GHN_ALM L63HQ1L_ALM L86HD L63HF1H_ALM L30TNH_DIFF <I>/HMI Alarm Message. Check operation of 20FL and 20HD servos. Check steam (water) injection system. Differential Pressure High HP Speed Signal Differential Alarm Cause Bad generator hydrogen purity or purity pressure. Steam (water) injection flow four minute average low. Check generator hydrogen system. pressure filter and differential pressure gauge.Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ L3IGVFLT L4IGVT L86GVA LWLXHR LWLX4MIN Inlet Guide Vane Position Incorrect servo operation. Servo Trouble Inlet Guide Vane Control Trouble Trip Inlet Guide Vane Control Trouble Alarm Injection to Fuel Ratio Low-Four Minute Average Injection to Fuel Ratio Low-Hourly Average Steam (water) injection flow one hour average low. Check steam (water) injection system.

L3LFLT Liquid Fuel Control Fault Liquid fuel checking system has detected an abnormal servo or LVDT position or signal. Check and recalibrate speed pickups. Differential Pressure High Liquid Fuel Flow Differential Alarm Determine abnormal condition by reading signals (L3LFLT1 to L3LFLT5). Check operation of VSI and controls. 12 <I>/HMI Alarm Message. Auto Xfer to Dist Heavy fuel temperature is Check heavy fuel supply low. wiring. L63LF1H_ALM L30FQL_DIFF Speed pickups on flow divider disagree. Check fuel forwarding system components for proper operation. Excessive liquid in bottom of generator. Change filter. Low oil pressure in liquid Check the control oil filter fuel hydraulic oil trip and control oil piping. Unit has been heating equipment.GEK 107359 Annunciator Troubleshooting Chart Á Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ L30TNI_DIFF IP Speed Signal Differential Alarm One of the IP speed sensors is showing a different speed than the others. Loss of fluid pressure and deterioration of fluid purity may result. L3LFP_FLT Liquid Fuel Pump Control Trouble Problem with one or more Troubleshoot liquid fuel control devices. Check liquid fuel forwarding piping for leaks. Cause Action . alarm will actuate if the turbine is tripped with the manual emergency trip valve on the turbine or a large leak were to occur in the hydraulic trip circuit piping. L33FL_ALM L26FL2LA Liquid Fuel Stop Valve Failure to Open Liquid Fuel Temp Low. L71WG_ALM Liquid Detected in Generator Remove liquid and take corrective action to prevent recurrence of problem. Valve or control failure. L63FLZ_ALM Liquid Fuel Pressure Low Liquid fuel forwarding system problem. Liquid Fuel Filter Clogged filter. pump control components to determine problem and correct. This circuit. Logic & No. L63HL_SENSR L63HLL_ALM Liquid Fuel Hydraulic Pressure Switch Trouble Liquid Fuel Hydraulic Trip Pressure Low Bad signal from hydraulic Check switch and switch pressure switch. Check IP speed pickups. automatically transferred to distillate fuel operation.

before restarting unit. Bad signal from lube oil pressure switch.Á Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Annunciator Troubleshooting Chart L26QN_ALM L63QT_SENSR L63QA1L_ALM L71QL_ALM L71QH_ALM L26QT_ALM L26QA_ALM L30TNL_DIFF L63QTX L28FDT L3DWRF L3TFLT <I>/HMI Alarm Message. Check for proper operation of the lube oil tank heaters. Action GEK 107359 13 . Lube Oil Tank Temperature Low Lube Oil Pressure Switch Trouble Lube Oil Pressure Low Lube Oil Level Low Lube Oil Level High Lube Oil Header Temp High Trip Lube Oil Header Temp High LP Speed Signal Differential Alarm Low Lube Oil Pressure Trip Loss of Flame Trip Loss of External Setpoint Load Signal Loss of Compressor Discharge Pressure Bias Cause Lube tank temperature below recommended limits (see piping schematic). Logic & No. flame in all chambers. Check HP speed pickups. Check transmitter and associated connections for proper bias signal. Lube oil pressure has Determine cause and correct fallen below the trip level. Check for proper operation of the lube oil heat exchangers. damaged crossfire tubes. Lube oil tank level low. Bad signal from compressor discharge pressure transmitter. Starting is inhibited if the tank temperature is low. Check for proper control valve position and fuel pressure. cooling water fans (proper rotation) and temperature regulating valve. Investigate cause of high level alarm and restore normal level. Lube system leaks or pump trouble. Check for leaks. Check switches and switch wiring. Lube header temperature above recommended limits. restore normal level. cooling water fans (proper rotation) and temperature regulating valve. Failure of one of the detectors to detect flame. One of the LP speed sensors is showing a different speed than the other two. Check for proper operation of the lube oil heat exchangers. Check for following: fuel being supplied to the combustors. Repair leaks or pump. Lube oil tank level high. or combustors. Lube header temperature above recommended limits.

L43MAINT Maintenance . Clogged filter.Forcing Mode Enable Auto calibrate. Wait to water wash until ambient temperature is higher. Check that power is supplied to the motor control center. L33BS_ALM L3NZFLT Check drain valve operations. Valve incorrectly positioned. Change filter. 14 <I>/HMI Alarm Message. Nozzle Control Servo Trouble Off-Line Diagnostics Running On Line Water Wash Inhibited Problem with second stage nozzle servo. Check switches and switch wiring. memory changing or logic forcing mode of operation has been selected. controllers R. 3 Bearing Temperature High No. L27MC1N_ALM L30LTA MCC Undervoltage No. Check lube oil feed and drain piping. Correct abnormality that caused the operator to push the emergency stop pushbutton. L86MAN_SYNC Manual Synchronizing Lockout Manual synch lockout has been selected on Operator Interface. L5E_ALM Manual Trip L86MP Master Protective Startup Lockout Within the turbine control Determine which controller is panel the three in disagreement with the microprocessor other two. When done with the operation. The emergency stop pushbutton has been pressed. Check servo wiring and hydraulic oil system. Cause Action . Motor control center undervoltage. Off-line diagnostic operation has been selected. Reset using Master Reset pushbutton on Operator Interface. L43DIAG_ALM Do not start unit until diagnostics are complete. Logic & No. deselect the operation.GEK 107359 Annunciator Troubleshooting Chart Á Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ L26QT_SENSR Lube Oil Temperature Switch Trouble Main LO Filter Diff Pressure High Bad signal from lube oil temperature switch. L3WCTIM_ALM Ambient temperature is below 50 deg F. Determine why manual synch has been locked out. S and T are in disagreement for the proper condition of the Master Protective logic “4X”. L63QQ1H_ALM Loss of fluid pressure and deterioration of fluid purity may result. Breaker will not close. 3 Drain Valve Position Trouble High number 3 bearing temperature.

Correct seal oil system problem before restarting.LP Protective Module Overspeed Trip . Investigate and correct cause of trip. <P> module LP overspeed trip.LP Protective Module Overspeed Trip . <P> module HP overspeed trip. Fault Ratchet Trouble Ratchet Motor Overload Ratchet Did Not Start Protective Speed Signal Trouble . Logic & No. Pressure Low Remote Emergency Trip Relative Humidity Sensor Humidity sensor failure. Manually reset pushbutton. Ratchet motor overload. Problem with primary exciter rectifier cooling fan. Cause Seal oil pressure across bearings has reached shutdown setpoint. Determine and correct problem with primary exciter rectifier cooling fan. Seal Oil Diff. Low seal oil pressure across bearings. Trip due to master protective relay (4’s) circuit has a problem. Ratchet did not complete a prescribed motion in normal time.Á Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Annunciator Troubleshooting Chart L63ST L63SAL_ALM R5E_ALM L30RHFLTX L30HRX1 L49HR1A_ALM L30HRX2 L12LF_OS L12L_P_ALM L12H_P_ALM L4ETR_FLT L30EK L83LOST L83HOST L12HBLT_ALM <I>/HMI Alarm Message. Isolate problem and correct. Check and recalibrate LP speed pickups. Ratchet did not initiate a ratchet stroke in the prescribed time. Action GEK 107359 15 . Investigate cause of overspeed. LP speed pickup voting mismatch in <P>.HP Overspeed Bolt Trip . Investigate cause of overspeed. Pressure Low Shutdown Seal Oil Diff.LP Overspeed Test Mode Selected . See “Overspeed Trip Checks” section of text. Check sensor and wiring. See “Overspeed Trip Checks” section of text. LP overspeed trip being checked. Check for proper operation of ratchet mechanism. HP overspeed trip being tested. Check seal oil system.HP The speed control system has not limited turbine speed within the trip limits. Check ratchet permissives. Unit was tripped with the remote emergency trip pushbutton. Isolate <P> Protective Module and correct the problem.HP Protective Module ETR Relay Trouble Prim Exciter Rect Cooling Fan Trouble Overspeed Test Mode Selected . Check ratchet motor overload (MCC). Check for proper operation of ratchet mechanism.

Investigate fuel forwarding system and main pump. L60ATHT L60ATHA_ALM High steam temperature. Cause Action . Determine and correct problem with primary exciter rectifier cooling fan. Excessive fuel for startup Check the servo and feedback has been detected. 16 <I>/HMI Alarm Message. Correct problem before restarting steam augmentation. L60APHA_ALM L60APHT Steam augmentation system tripped due to high pressure. Steam Augmentation High Pressure Steam Augmentation High Pressure Trip Steam Augmentation High Temp. Logic & No. Correct problem before restarting steam augmentation. L4DT Starting Device Lockout Starting Device Trip L3SMT The turbine has been tripped because the starting device has failed to start the turbine. Seal Oil Press. Check the suspect system. Note where in the start sequence the turbine tripped to aid in determining cause of trip. Starting Motor Protective Lockout Startup Fuel Flow Excessive Trip Clear fault and reset 88CR. Investigate problem with cooling water system or main cooling water pump. L30EKR Stby Exciter Rect Cooling Problem with primary Fan Running exciter rectifier cooling fan. Either low cooling water pressure.GEK 107359 Annunciator Troubleshooting Chart Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ L71SDH_ALM L63STX_ALM L30WC_LAG Seal Oil Drain Liquid Level High Seal oil drain system problem. or a problem with the main cooling water pump. Steam augmentation system tripped due to high temperature. Cranking motor circuit electrical fault. Starting motor did not start. For gas signals for proper operation. Reduce steam pressure. Check switches and switch wiring. circuits. Trip Steam Augmentation High Temperature High steam pressure. Check generator seal oil drain system. L4CRT Starting Motor Breaker Did Not Pick Up L49CR_ALM L86CRTX L2SFT Starting Motor Overload Starting motor is showing Investigate starting motor an overload. fuel the gas control valve is open too far. L30FD_LAG Standby Dist Fuel Fwd Pump Running Low distillate fuel pressure or problem with main dist fuel fwd pump. Reduce steam temperature. Checking starting motor module in PEECC. Shutdown Switch Trouble Standby Cooling Water Pump Running Bad signal from seal oil pressure switch.

High steam temperature. Increase steam pressure.Á Á Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Annunciator Troubleshooting Chart L63TF1H_ALM L63QQ2H_ALM LWLXHR L60STLT_ALM L60STLA_ALM L60STHT_ALM L60STHA_ALM L60SPLT_ALM L60SPLA_ALM L60SPHT_ALM L60SPHA_ALM L30SJ L60WQPL_ALM L60WL1_ALM L60ATLA_ALM L60ATLT_ALM L60ALPT_ALM L60APLA_ALM <I>/HMI Alarm Message. Low steam pressure. Steam (water) injection flow one hour average low. High steam pressure. Steam augmentation Correct problem before system tripped due to low restarting steam temperature. Correct steam temperature before restarting. Clogged filter. High steam temperature. Reduce steam pressure. Correct steam pressure before restarting. Reduce steam temperature. Turbine Air Inlet Differential Pressure Alarm Trip Oil Filter Diff Pressure High Steam to Fuel Ratio Low – Hourly Average Steam Temperature Low Lockout Steam Temperature Low Steam Temperature High Lockout Steam Temperature High Steam Pressure Low Lockout Steam Pressure Low Steam Pressure High Lockout Steam Pressure High Steam Injection Not Selected Steam Flow High Lockout Steam Flow High Steam Augmentation Low Temperature Steam Augmentation Low Temp. Replace filter. Logic & No. Excessive steam flow. Low steam pressure. Check steam system. Action GEK 107359 17 . Increase steam temperature. High steam pressure. Trip Steam Augmentation Low Pressure Trip Steam Augmentation Low Pressure Cause Clogged filter. augmentation. Correct steam pressure before restarting. Replace filter. Low steam pressure. Check steam (water) injection system. Steam augmentation Correct problem before system tripped due to low restarting steam pressure. Low steam temperature. Increase steam temperature. Low steam temperature. Excessive steam flow. Increase steam pressure. Select Steam Injection on Operator Interface. Low steam temperature. NOx control steam injection system inoperative. augmentation. Correct steam temperature before restarting. Correct problem before restarting.

Bad signal from differential pressure switch. Check switch calibration and switch wiring. Water Flow Feedback Trouble Vibration Transducer Fault Vibration Sensor Disabled Signal from vibration sensor is faulty. Determine cause of blockage. Check the following: Action Check vibration sensors and wiring. Inlet filter excessive pressure drop or inlet filter motor overloaded or inlet compartment bypass door is not in proper position. Logic & No. Check equipment which is causing the problem in the normal sequence. Reduce the load that will be applied to the generator before reclosing the generator breaker. Inlet house bypass door. Check vibration protection system.ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ GEK 107359 L86WN3 L3WFD_ALM L39VF L39VD1 L39VDIFF L39VD3_ALM L3A L48 L83KU_ALM L26BT1H_ALM L30TFX L63TFH_SENSR L63TFH_ALM <I>/HMI Alarm Message. This is dangerous because it could extinguish flame. Compressor being cleaned. Check vibration protection system. Vibration Differential Trouble Vibration – Start Inhibit Turbine Underspeed Turbine Incomplete Sequence Turbine Compressor Abrasive Cleaning Selected Turbine Compartment Temp High Turbine Air Inlet Trouble Turbine Air Inlet Differential Pressure Switch Trouble Turbine Air Inlet Differential Pressure Shut-Down Cause A disagreement between Determine failed sensor and the water flow sensors has replace. Compartment temperature Check cooling air fan for excessive. 18 Annunciator Troubleshooting Chart Check impedance of each vibration detector. Turn function off when cleaning is complete. Inlet filter motor for proper operation. Vibration protection system problem. Turbine has bogged down. Failure of unit to reach complete sequence. Vibration detector impedance is not within normal bounds. Inlet filter for blockage. proper operation. excessive water flow. Clogged or iced filter. . Water Flow High Lockout Water injection system Investigate water injection locked out due to system. been detected. Vibration protection system problem.

grounds or opens. Check water supply system. Select Water Injection on Operator Interface. Failure of heaters. Pressure Low Lockout Water Inj Suction Pressure High Lockout Water Flow Sensor Trouble Cause High wheelspace temperature. Recalibrate or replace faulty LVDT. Logic & No. Water flow sensors disagree.Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á Á Á ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Annunciator Troubleshooting Chart L30WSA2 L30WSA1 L30TWW L3WSFLT_ALM L86WN4 L26ALL_ALM L26JS2H_ALM L30WN L86WN2 L86WN1 L3WFLT_ALM <I>/HMI Alarm Message. Check water injection system components. Excessive differential between wheelspace thermocouples. Replace failures. Check water supply system. Check heater and blower for proper operation. Water valve LVDTs disagree. Check thermocouples for shorts. Turbine not sufficiently cooled before attempting water wash. Check thermocouples. Allow turbine to cool to specification prior to selection. High supply pressure. Check exhaust fan/motor components for proper operation. Water injection system not ready for use. Failure of exhaust fan. NOx control water injection system inoperative. investigate for seal failure. Action GEK 107359 19 . Recalibrate or replace faulty flow sensor. Wheelspace Temperature High Wheelspace Temp Differential High Water Wash Inhibit Wheelspace Temp High Water Valve LVDT Trouble Water System Trouble Lockout Water Skid Enclosure Temperature Low Water Skid Enclosure Temperature High Water Injection Not Selected Water Injection Discharge Low supply pressure. If condition persists investigate for seal failure.

Schenectady.GE Power Systems General Electric Company One River Road. NY 12345 518 • 385 • 2211 TX: 145354 .

.

.

NY .GER-3567H GE Power Systems GE Gas Turbine Performance Characteristics Frank J. Brooks GE Power Systems Schenectady.

.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Factors Affecting Gas Turbine Performance . . . . . . . 14 Performance Degradation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Thermodynamic Principles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Peak Rating . . . . . . . . 16 List of Tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Diluent Injection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Thermodynamic Analysis. . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Fuels. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Humidity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 GE Power Systems GER-3567H (10/00) s s i . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Performance Enhancements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Combined Cycle . . . . 8 Air Temperature and Site Elevation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Verifying Gas Turbine Performance . . . 15 Summary . 12 Air Extraction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 The Brayton Cycle. . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Inlet and Exhaust Losses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 List of Figures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .GE Gas Turbine Performance Characteristics Contents Introduction . . . . 13 Steam and Water Injection for Power Augmentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Fuel Heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Inlet Cooling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

GE Gas Turbine Performance Characteristics GE Power Systems GER-3567H (10/00) s s ii .

7 12. 9.180. 1034.920. 1106. 10. 127.2 12.6 15. 993. MS7001 and MS9001.100. 41. The MS7000 series units that are used for 60 Hz applications have rotational speeds of 3600 rpm.400. 1003.770. 3543. 1638. 2361.4 14. The MS5000 and MS6001 are gear-driven units that can be applied in 50 Hz and 60 Hz markets.990 hp (10. 10.054 11. 9.1 14. 3355.220.300. 1095. Heat Rate (kJ/kWh) 12.847 11. 9.721 12.550 9.305 10.570. 169. 3275. In generator-drive applicathe model number is given in Figure 1. Gas Dist.and two-shaft configurations for both generator and mechanical-drive applications.000 kW to 255. The complete model number designation for each heavy-duty product line machine is provided in both Tables 1 and 2. 1127. which range from 14. 87.060. 10. Exhaust Temp (degrees C) 485 486 543 544 594 582 536 537 604 591 623 569 543 539 557 547 608 597 Pressure Ratio 10. 9. 1011. 26. Gas Dist. 10.600 kW). 3561. 69.752 10.520 hp to 108.8 GT22043E Table 1.640. 255.318 10. 171.500.0 12. 10.600.202 10. GE gas turbine performance characteristics . Exhaust Flow (kg/hr) x10-3 446 448 525 526 742 772 1070 1093 1605 1672 1613 1677 1484 1520 1871 1944 2318 2418 Exhaust Temp (degrees F) 905.2 18. 1017. GE Power Systems GER-3567H (10/00) s s 1 . The MS5000 is designed in both single.950. 184. 998.700. Gas Dist.6 12. 1010. 3703. 10.6 12. Table 2 lists the ratings of mechanical-drive units.140. 5337. 10. MS6001. 906. 183. 12. An explanation of Heat Rate (Btu/kWh) 12. 1119. tions the product line covers a range from approximately 35. 268. 42.800.160.6 10.7 16. 74. 1101. 1158.873 10.9 14.600 hp (26.200.526 10.000.250.360. MS5000.480. This paper reviews some of the basic thermodynamic principles of gas turbine operation and explains some of the factors that affect its performance. Table 1 provides a complete listing of the available outputs and heat rates of the GE heavy-duty gas turbines. 9.4 18.090. 179. 5118. GE Generator Drive Product Line Model Fuel ISO Base Rating (kW) PG5371 (PA) PG6581 (B) PG6101 (FA) PG7121 (EA) PG7241 (FA) PG7251 (FB) PG9171 (E) PG9231 (EC) PG9351 (FA) Gas Dist.700. The MS9000 series units used for 50 Hz applications have a rotational speed of 3000 rpm.360. 1154. 9.965.828 kW to 80.975.7 12. Gas Dist. 1057. Gas Dist.620.730. 1079.800.8 15. The heavy-duty product line consists of five different model series: MS3002.3 15.527 11. 122. Gas Dist.223 11.Generator drive gas turbine ratings All units larger than the Frame 6 are directdrive units. 4131. 998.685 kW).040.430. 177. 1161. 84. 25.070. 10. Gas Dist.464 Exhaust Flow (lb/hr) x10-3 985. 3691.928 9.522 10.696 11.245. 2413.360. 9. Gas Dist. 4291.757 10.9 15. 10.800 hp to 345.511 9. 1009. 1704.GE Gas Turbine Performance Characteristics Introduction GE offers both heavy-duty and aircraft-derivative gas turbines for power generation and industrial applications.680.

008 698 988 666 915 693 960 1.400 32. GE Power Systems GER-3567H (10/00) s s Air entering the compressor at point 1 is compressed to some higher pressure. The standard conditions used by the gas turbine industry are 59 F/15 C. Upon leaving the compressor. Since these conditions vary from day to day and from location to location. however.290 ISO Rating Continuous (hp) 15.000 35.7 Output 6. Heavy-duty gas turbine model designation Thermodynamic Principles A schematic diagram for a simple-cycle.690 23.290 10.830 19.990 8. Air enters the axial flow compressor at point 1 at ambient conditions.500 7.Mechanical drive gas turbine ratings MS7000 PG Application 7 Series 12 Power 1 Number of Shafts (EA) Model M . compression raises the air temperature so that the air at the discharge of the compressor is at a higher temperature and pressure.390 9. air enters the combustion system at point 2.070 8.013 Exhaust Temp (degrees C) 542 370 531 352 491 367 515 545 GT25385A Table 2.450 13.890 12.7 psia/1.490 9.550 28.GE Gas Turbine Performance Characteristics Mechanical Drive Gas Turbine Ratings Model Year ISO Rating Continuous (kW) M3142 (J) M3142R (J) M5261 (RA) M5322R (B) M5352 (B) M5352R (C) M5382 (C) M6581 (B) 1952 1952 1958 1972 1972 1987 1987 1978 11. No heat is added. 14. singleshaft gas turbine is shown in Figure 2.013 bar and 60% relative humidity.830 6. The combustion process occurs at essentially constant pressure.Pkgd Gen Frame Approx 1 or 2 3.000 12.060 Mass Flow (lb/sec) 117 117 205 253 273 267 278 295 Mass Flow (kg/sec) 53 53 92 114 123 121 126 134 Exhaust Temp (degrees F) 1.SC GT23054A Figure 1. where fuel is injected and combustion occurs.9 Power in Hundreds.140 14. or 10 Thousands of Horsepower R .000 51.Regen Blank .5.520 26.310 11.600 38. the 2 .380 7. Thousands.440 10.340 Heat Rate (Btu/shp-hr) 9.340 38. Although high local temperatures are reached within the primary combustion zone (approaching stoichiometric conditions).870 26. GE gas turbine performance characteristics .000 35. it is convenient to consider some standard conditions for comparative purposes.Mech Drive PG . which are established by the International Standards Organization (ISO) and frequently referred to as ISO conditions.700 7.110 26.820 Heat Rate (kJ/kWh) 13.270 10.

As shown in Figure 2. Thus. single-shaft gas turbine combustion system is designed to provide mixing. the hot gases are expanded and a portion of the thermal energy is converted into kinetic energy. This conversion actually takes place in two steps. In the nozzle section of the turbine. the energy of the hot gases is converted into work. twoshaft gas turbine is shown in Figure 3. The low pressure rotor is said to be aerodynamically coupled. dilution and cooling. GE Power Systems GER-3567H (10/00) s s GT08922A A schematic diagram for a simple-cycle. On two-shaft machines the starting requirements for the gas turbine load train are reduced because the load equipment is mechanically separate from the high-pressure turbine. therefore. single-shaft gas turbines are configured in one continuous shaft and. This unique feature allows the power turbine to be operated at a range of speeds and makes twoshaft gas turbines ideally suited for variablespeed applications. The lowpressure or power turbine rotor is mechanically separate from the high-pressure turbine and compressor rotor. a portion of the kinetic energy is transferred to the rotating buckets and converted to work. The numbers on this diagram cor3 . more than 50% of the work developed by the turbine sections is used to power the axial flow compressor.GE Gas Turbine Performance Characteristics Fuel Combustor 2 Exhaust 4 Compressor 3 Generator 1 Turbine Inlet Air Figure 2. Figure 4 shows the classical pressure-volume (PV) and temperature-entropy (TS) diagrams for this cycle. These units are typically used for generatordrive applications where significant speed variation is not required. and the remainder is available for useful work at the output flange of the gas turbine. Some of the work developed by the turbine is used to drive the compressor. All of the work developed by the power turbine is available to drive the load equipment since the work developed by the high-pressure turbine supplies all the necessary energy to drive the compressor. burning. In the turbine section of the gas turbine. by the time the combustion mixture leaves the combustion system and enters the turbine at point 3. it is at a mixed average temperature. all stages operate at the same speed. In the subsequent bucket section of the turbine. The Brayton Cycle The thermodynamic cycle upon which all gas turbines operate is called the Brayton cycle. Simple-cycle. Typically.

In an ideal cycle. Simple-cycle. path 2 to 3 represents the constant-pressure addition of heat in the combustion systems. as indicated. and path 3 to 4 represents the expansion occurring in the turbine. Every Brayton cycle can be characterized by two significant parameters: pressure ratio and firing temperature. cool GT08923C air at point 1 on a continuous basis in exchange for the hot gases exhausted to the atmosphere at point 4. In the gas turbine. this cooling is done by the atmosphere.GE Gas Turbine Performance Characteristics Fuel Combustor Exhaust Compressor HP LP Load Turbine Inlet Air Figure 3. 2 P 3 Fuel 2 3 4 1 V 3 4 1 T 4 2 1 S GT23055A Figure 4. The actual cycle is an “open” rather than “closed” cycle. Path 1 to 2 represents the compression occurring in the compressor. The path from 4 back to 1 on the Brayton cycle diagrams indicates a constant-pressure cooling process. which provides fresh. The pressure ratio of the cycle is the pressure at point 2 (compressor discharge pressure) divided by the pressure at point 1 (compressor inlet pressure). two-shaft gas turbine respond to the numbers also used in Figure 2. Brayton cycle GE Power Systems GER-3567H (10/00) s s 4 .

steam-cooled first stage nozzle at the stage 1 nozzle trailing edge plane. the pressure at point 3 is slightly less than at point 2. in an actual cycle there is some slight pressure loss in the combustion system and. GE defines firing temperature as the mass-flow mean total temperature sented as firing temperature by point 3 in Figure 4. The other significant parameter. hence. the firing temperature on a turbine with steam-cooled nozzles (GE’s current “H” design) has an increase of 200 degrees without increasing the combustion exit temperature. “Gas Turbines – Acceptance Tests. using parameters obtained in a field test. Steam-cooled first stage nozzles do not reduce the temperature of the gas directly through mixing because the steam is in a closed loop. Air cooling has been used for more than 30 years and has been extensively developed in aircraft engine technology. 5 . Currently all first stage nozzles are cooled to keep the temperatures within the operating limits of the materials being used. which bypasses the combustor. OPEN LOOP AIR-COOLED NOZZLE ADVANCED CLOSED LOOP STEAM-COOLED NOZZLE 200F More Firing Temp. it is calculated from a heat balance on the combustion system. firing temperature. Comparison of air-cooled vs. This ISO reference temperature will always be less than the true firing temperature as defined by GE.” The firing temperature here is a reference turbine inlet temperature and is not generally a temperature that exists in a gas turbine cycle. as well as the latest family of large power generation machines. The two types of cooling currently employed by GE are air and steam. at Same NOx Production Possible Figure 5. GE uses this temperature since it is more indicative of the cycle temperature repreGE Power Systems GER-3567H (10/00) s s GT25134 An alternate method of determining firing temperature is defined in ISO document 2314. in many cases by 100 F/38 C or more for machines using air extracted from the compressor for internal cooling. However. As shown in Figure 5.GE Gas Turbine Performance Characteristics this pressure ratio is also equal to the pressure at point 3 divided by the pressure at point 4. is thought to be the highest temperature reached in the cycle. Air used for cooling the first stage nozzle enters the hot gas stream after cooling down the nozzle and reduces the total temperature immediately downstream. Figure 6 shows how these various temperatures are defined.

Figure 7 shows such a plot of output and efficiency for different firing temperatures and various pressure ratios.Average Gas Temp in Plane B. (TB) ISO Firing Temperature . specific heat. temperature.Average Gas Temp in Plane A. Mf) C L GE Uses Firing Temperature TB • Highest Temperature at Which Work Is Extracted GT23056 Figure 6. In simple-cycle applications (the top curve). Output per pound of airflow is important since the higher this value. Thermal efficiency is important because it directly affects the operating fuel costs.Calculated Temp in Plane C. pressure ratio increases translate into efficiency gains at a given firing temperature. specific output of the cycle. the smaller the gas turbine required for the same output power. Definition of firing temperature Thermodynamic Analysis Classical thermodynamics permit evaluation of the Brayton cycle using such parameters as pressure. Gas turbine thermodynamics GE Power Systems GER-3567H (10/00) s s 6 . GT17983A Figure 7. Figure 7 illustrates a number of significant points. TC = f(Ma . (TA) Firing Temperature . the results can be displayed as a plot of cycle efficiency vs. If such an analysis is applied to the Brayton cycle.GE Gas Turbine Performance Characteristics Turbine Inlet Temperature . efficiency factors and the adiabatic compression exponent.

Attaining more than 80% utilization of the fuel input by a combination of electrical power generation and process heat is not unusual. The significant differences in the slope of the two curves indicate that the optimum cycle parameters are not the same for simple and combined cycles. specific power decreases. Figure 8 shows a combined cycle in its simplest form. or a combination thereof. For example. Combined cycle is the expected application for the MS7001FA. All but 1% to 2% of the remainder is in the form of exhaust heat.GE Gas Turbine Performance Characteristics The pressure ratio resulting in maximum output and maximum efficiency change with firing temperature. The combined cycle is generally defined as one or more gas turbines with heat-recovery steam generators in the exhaust. Combined-cycle efficiency is obtained with more modest pressure ratios and greater firing temperatures. Exhaust HRSG ST Turb Gen Gen Fuel Comb Comp Air Gas Turbine Turb Gen GT05363C Figure 8. Combined cycle GE Power Systems GER-3567H (10/00) s s 7 . producing steam for a steam turbine generator. In combined-cycle applications (as shown in the bottom graph in Figure 7 ). involving multiple-pressure boilers. Simple-cycle efficiency is achieved with high pressure ratios. Increases in firing temperature result in increased thermal efficiency. Increases in firing temperature provide power increases at a given pressure ratio.7:1 pressure ratio. pressure ratio increases have a less pronounced effect on efficiency. Combined Cycle A typical simple-cycle gas turbine will convert 30% to 40% of the fuel input into shaft output. heat-to-process. while simple-cycle efficiency is not maximized. the MS7001FA design parameters are 2420 F/1316 C firing temperature and 15. and the higher the pressure ratio. although there is a sacrifice of efficiency due to the increase in cooling air losses required to maintain parts lives. and avoidance of steam flow to a condenser to preserve the latent heat content. combined-cycle efficiency is at its peak. Note also that as pressure ratio increases. extraction or topping steam turbines. the greater the benefits from increased firing temperature. High utilization of the fuel input to the gas turbine can be achieved with some of the more complex heat-recovery cycles.

“GE Combined-Cycle Product Line and Performance”. Single-shaft turbines that use turbine exhaust temperature biased by the compressor pressure ratio to the approximate firing temperature will reduce power as a result of Factors Affecting Gas Turbine Performance Air Temperature and Site Elevation Since the gas turbine is an air-breathing engine. which is less dense than dry air. Output 70 Compressor Inlet Temperature 0 20 40 60 °F 16 °C 80 100 120 -18 -7 4 27 38 49 GT22045D Figure 9. However. its performance is changed by anything that affects the density and/or mass flow of the air intake to the compressor. Each turbine model has its own temperature-effect curve. as shown in Figure 11. with the increasing size of gas turbines and the utilization of humidity to bias water and steam injection for NOx control. Correction for altitude or barometric pressure is more straightforward. Figure 9 shows how ambient temperature affects the output. this effect was thought to be too small to be considered.013 bar. and exhaust flow of a single-shaft MS7001. humid air. also affects output and heat rate. “Single-Shaft Combined-Cycle Power Generation Systems”.7 psia/1. GER-3767. Ambient weather conditions are the most obvious changes from the reference conditions of 59 F/15 C and 14. Humidity Similarly.GE Gas Turbine Performance Characteristics Combined cycles producing only electrical power are in the 50% to 60% thermal efficiency range using the more advanced gas turbines. this effect has greater significance. While the resulting airflow and output decrease proportionately. A standard altitude correction curve is presented in Figure 10. Effect of ambient temperature GE Power Systems GER-3567H (10/00) s s 8 . The air density reduces as the site elevation increases. heat consumption. In the past. heat rate. “Cogeneration Application Considerations. as it depends on the cycle 130 120 110 Heat Rate Percent Design 100 90 80 Exhaust Flow Heat Cons. Papers dealing with combined-cycle applications in the GE Reference Library include: GER-3574F. the heat rate and other cycle parameters are not affected. It should be noted that this humidity effect is a result of the control system approximation of firing temperature used on GE heavy-duty gas turbines.” parameters and component efficiencies as well as air mass flow. and GER-3430F.

silencing. the control system on aeroderivatives uses unbiased gas generator discharge temperature to approximate firing temperature. Humidity effect curve increased ambient humidity. The gas generator can operate at different speeds from the power turbine. and the power will actually increase as fuel is added to raise the GE Power Systems GER-3567H (10/00) s s moist air (due to humidity) to the allowable temperature. By contrast. The control system is set to follow the inlet air temperature function. Figure 12 shows 9 . Altitude correction curve GT22046B Figure 11. The effects of these pressure losses are unique to each design. Inlet and Exhaust Losses Inserting air filtration. This fuel increase will increase the gas generator speed and compensate for the loss in air density. evaporative coolers or chillers into the inlet or heat recovery devices in the exhaust causes pressure losses in the system.GE Gas Turbine Performance Characteristics GT18848B Figure 10. This occurs because the density loss to the air from humidity is less than the density loss due to temperature.

increases the turbine output. This is due to the higher specific heat in the combustion products of natural gas. output increases as LHV increases.42% Power Output Loss 0. resulting from the higher water vapor content produced by the higher hydrogen/carbon ratio of methane. Tables 1 and 2 show that natural gas (methane) produces nearly 2% more output than does distillate oil. This mass flow addition. Figure 13 shows the total effect of various fuels on turbine output. Here the effects of Cp are greater than the effects of mass flow. heat energy in the combusted gas (Cp). In many cases. 9001E). If the fuel consists only of hydrocarbons with no inert gases and no oxygen atoms. a larger generator and other accessory equipment may be needed s High fuel volumes increase fuel piping and valve sizes (and costs).1 C) Exhaust Temperature Increase 4 Inches (10 mbar) H2O Exhaust Drop Produces: 0. This is the major impact of IGCC type fuels that have large amounts of inert gas in the fuel.9 F (1. Here the effects of specific heat were greater than and in opposition to the effects of mass flow. as the amount of inert gases is increased. it is GE Power Systems GER-3567H (10/00) s s . and temperature differential across the turbine. which further increases their volume flow 10 GT18238C Fuels Work from a gas turbine can be defined as the product of mass flow. possible to make some general assumptions. Although there is no clear relationship between fuel lower heating value (LHV) and output.42% Heat Rate Increase 1. which eventually encroaches on the compressor surge limit s The higher turbine power may exceed fault torque limits. This curve uses methane as the base fuel.1 C) Exhaust Temperature Increase Figure 12.45% Heat Rate Increase 1. This effect is noted even though the mass flow (lb/h) of methane is lower than the mass flow of distillate fuel. Several side effects must be considered when burning this kind of lower heating value fuels: s Increased turbine mass flow drives up compressor pressure ratio.GE Gas Turbine Performance Characteristics 4 Inches (10 mbar) H2O Inlet Drop Produces: 1. which is not compressed by the gas turbine’s compressor. Also. 7001EA. Compressor power is essentially unchanged.42% Power Output Loss 0.9 F (1. Low. which are typical for the E technology family of scaled machines (MS6001B. Pressure drop effects (MS7001EA) the effects on the MS7001EA. the decrease in LHV will provide an increase in output. The mass flow in this equation is the sum of compressor airflow and fuel flow. The heat energy is a function of the elements in the fuel and the products of combustion.or medium-Btu coal gases are frequently supplied at high temperatures.

Machines with high firing temperatures may not be able to burn low Btu gases s Most air-blown gasifiers use air supplied from the gas turbine compressor discharge s The ability to extract air must be evaluated and factored into the overall heat and material balances As a result of these influences. These plants often utilize integrated fuel gas heaters. the combined cycle efficiency is improved by approximately 0. This increases the combustion products heat transfer coefficients and raises the metal temperatures in the turbine section which may require lower operating firing temperature to preserve parts lives s As the Btu value drops. Effect of fuel heating value on output s Lower-Btu gases are frequently saturated with water prior to delivery to the turbine. The source of heat for the fuel typically is the IP feedwater. Fuel heating will result in slightly lower gas turbine output because of the incremental volume flow decrease. such as refinery gases. output and efficiency may be equal to or lower than that obtained on natural gas. Fuel Heating Most of the combined cycle turbine installations are designed for maximum efficiency.6%.GE Gas Turbine Performance Characteristics 60 30 50 100% H2 LHV-Btu/lb (Thousands) Kcal/kg (Thousands) 40 20 30 100% CH4 100% CH4H10 10 20 10 100% CO 75% N2 .25% CH4 115 120 125 130 GT25842 0 100 105 110 Output . In the case of higher heating value fuels. each turbine model will have some application guidelines on flows. GE Power Systems GER-3567H (10/00) s s 11 .Percent Figure 13. Since use of this energy in the gas turbine fuel heating system is thermodynamically advantageous. more air is required to burn the fuel. temperatures and shaft output to preserve its design life. Heated fuel results in higher turbine efficiency due to the reduced fuel flow required to raise the total gas temperature to firing temperature. it can be assumed that output and efficiency will be equal to or higher than that obtained on natural gas. In most cases of operation with lower heating value fuels.25% CH4 75% CO2 .

output will increase because of the 130 Generally. up to 5% of the compressor airflow can be extracted from the compressor discharge casing without modification to casings or on-base piping. Figure 15. These curves assume that steam is free to the gas turbine cycle. Air extractions above 20% will require extensive modification to the turbine casing and unit configuration. piping and controls. This is accomplished by admitting water or steam in the cap area or “head-end” of the combustion liner. GE has used water or steam injection for NOx control to meet applicable state and federal regulations. depending on the machine and combustor configuration. Such applications need to be reviewed on a case-by-case basis. Effect of steam injection on output and heat rate additional mass flow. several possibilities to enhance performance may be considered. GE Power Systems GER-3567H (10/00) s s 12 . Depending on the amount of water or steam injection needed to achieve the desired NOx level. controlling some of the factors that affect gas turbine performance is not possible. As a “rule of thumb. with some modifications to the casings. Performance Enhancements Generally. water injection does not provide an improvement in heat rate. Figure 15 120 With 5% Steam Injection 110 Output % 100 No Steam Injection 90 3% 1% 80 70 40 4 60 ºF 80 27 ºC 100 38 120 49 16 Compressor Inlet Temperature GT18851A GT22048-1C Figure 14. Pressure and air temperature will depend on the type of machine and site conditions. Effect of air extraction on output and heat rate shows the effect of air extraction on output and heat rate. Figure 14 shows the effect of steam injection on output and heat rate for an MS7001EA.” every 1% in air extraction results in a 2% loss in power. The planned site location and the plant configuration (such as simple. Air Extraction In some gas turbine applications. Each machine and combustor configuration has limits on water or steam injection levels to protect the combustion system and turbine section. therefore heat rate improves. Air extraction between 6% and 20% may be possible. In the event additional output is needed.or combined-cycle) determine most of these factors.GE Gas Turbine Performance Characteristics Diluent Injection Since the early 1970s. it may be desirable to extract air from the compressor. Since it takes more fuel to raise water to combustor conditions than steam.

Effect of evaporative cooling on output and heat rate ture. As Figure 16 shows.2 C) because of the potential for icing the compressor. as condensation or carryover of water can exacerbate compressor fouling and degrade performance.005 10% RH °F 40 Dry Bulb Temperature °C 4 60 16 80 27 100 38 120 49 . For most applications.020 . The achievable temperature is limited only by the capacity of the chilling device to produce coolant and the ability of the coils to transfer heat. coolers having an effectiveness of 85% or 90% provide the most economic benefit. Careful application of these systems is necessary. unlike evaporative coolers. Information contained in Figure 16 is based on an 85% effective evaporative cooler. are not limited by the ambient wet bulb temperature. Lowering the compressor inlet temperature can be accomplished by installing an evaporative cooler or inlet chiller in the inlet ducting downstream of the inlet filters. It should be noted that evaporative cooling is limited to ambient temperatures of 59 F/15 C and above (compressor inlet temperature >45 F/7. low-humidity climates. Effectiveness is a measure of how close the cooler exit temperature approaches the ambient wet bulb temperaPsychrometric Chart (Simplified) 35 40 60% RH GT22419-1D Figure 16. Chillers. Inlet chilling process GE Power Systems GER-3567H (10/00) s s 13 .015 30 Btu Per Pound of Dry Air 25 40% RH Evaporative Cooling Process .000 GT21141D Figure 17.010 Specific Humidity 20 Inlet Chilling Process 15 20% RH . Cooling initially follows a line of constant 100% RH .GE Gas Turbine Performance Characteristics Inlet Cooling The ambient effect curve (see Figure 9) clearly shows that turbine output and heat rate are improved as compressor inlet temperature decreases. the biggest gains from evaporative cooling are realized in hot. These systems generally are followed by moisture separators or coalescing pads to reduce the possibility of moisture carryover.

For peaking cycle of five hours per start. the hot section repair interval would occur at 4. water begins to condense from the air. Steam and Water Injection for Power Augmentation Injecting steam or water into the head end of the combustor for NOx abatement increases mass flow and. ANSI B133.6 Ratings and GE Power Systems GER-3567H (10/00) s s 14 . MS6001 or MS7001 at peak may be a cost-effective way to obtain more kilowatts without the need for additional peripheral equipment. Steam injection for power augmentation has been an available option on GE gas turbines for over 30 years.000 hours on gas fuel at base load. Steam must contain 50 F/28 C superheat and be at pressures comparable to fuel gas pressures. which corresponds to operation at peak firing temperatures. and causes more condensation. as shown in Figure 17. The effect on output and heat rate is the same as that shown in Figure 14. The starts limit to hot section repair interval is 800 starts. It also defines peak load as operation at 1250 hours per year with five hours per start. running an MS5001. it can be introduced into the compressor discharge casing of the gas turbine as well as the combustor. When steam is injected for power augmentation. the control system is normally designed to allow only the amount needed for NOx abatement until the machine reaches base (full) load. Further heat transfer cools the condensate and air. Turbine missions between five hours per start and 800 hours per start may allow firing temperatures to increase above base but below peak without sacrificing hours to hot section repair. Generally. Despite this. and mist eliminators are used. Performance defines base load as operation at 8. it is possible to increase firing temperature to generate more output. Gas turbine performance degradation can be classified as recoverable or non-recoverable loss. The penalty for this type of operation is shorter inspection intervals.000 hours per year with 800 hours per start.GE Gas Turbine Performance Characteristics specific humidity. Peak cycle ratings are ratings that are customized to the mission of the turbine considering both starts and hours of operation. as defined. output. At that point. most of the cooling energy in this regime goes to condensation and little to temperature reduction. For instance.000 hours. the amount of water is limited to the amount required to meet the NOx requirement in order to minimize operating cost and impact on inspection intervals. As saturation is approached. Recoverable loss is usually Peak Rating The performance values listed in Table 1 are base load ratings. GE gas turbines are designed to allow up to 5% of the compressor airflow for steam injection to the combustor and compressor discharge. Because of the relatively high heat of vaporization of water. In recognition of shorter operating hours. Water injection for power augmentation may be factored into the peak cycle rating to further maximize output. the 7EA can operate for 24. Generators used with gas turbines likewise have peak ratings that are obtained by operating at higher power factors or temperature rises. Performance Degradation All turbomachinery experiences losses in performance with time. therefore. When either steam or water is used for power augmentation. additional steam or water can be admitted via the governor control. Firing temperatures between base and peak can be selected to maximize the power capabilities of the turbine while staying within the starts limit envelope of the turbine hot section repair interval.

this test should be done as soon as practical.” Prior to testing. Power. but only through replacement of affected parts at recommended inspection intervals. with the unit in new and clean condition. external maintenance or compressor cleaning. In general. Another problem is that test instruments and procedures vary widely. Correlation between various sites is impacted by variables such as mode of operation. GE heavy-duty gas turbines serving industrial. it cannot be recovered by operational procedures. fuel and dilutent injection levels for NOx. a performance test is usually conducted to determine GE Power Systems GER-3567H (10/00) s s 15 . contaminants in the air. Quantifying performance degradation is difficult because consistent. utility and cogeneration users have a proven history of sustained performance and reliability. heat consumption and sufficient supporting data should be recorded to enable as-tested performance to be corrected to the condition of the guarantee.000 hours of operation (the normally recommended interval for a hot gas path inspection) is 2% to 6% from the performance test measurements when corrected to guaranteed conditions. performance degradation during the first 24. Ratings of the product line were presented. GE is committed to providing its customers with the latest in equipment designs and advancements to meet power needs at high thermal efficiency. hot climates typically degrade less than those in humid climates. Typically. often with large tolerances.GE Gas Turbine Performance Characteristics associated with compressor fouling and can be partially rectified by water washing or. If replaced. a machine is considered to be in new and clean condition if it has less than 200 fired hours of operation.5%. The test should consist of sufficient test points to ensure validity of the test set-up. Because this loss is caused by reduction in component efficiencies.and two-shaft gas turbines and discussed cycle characteristics of the several models of gas turbines offered by GE. Testing procedures and calculation methods are patterned after those described in the ASME Performance Test Code PTC-22-1997. “Gas Turbine Power Plants. This assumes degraded parts are not replaced. Preferably. valid field data is hard to obtain. but also reduces the rate of non-recoverable loss. Verifying Gas Turbine Performance Once the gas turbine is installed. Per ASME PTC-221997. by mechanically cleaning the compressor blades and vanes after opening the unit. power plant performance. Summary This paper reviewed the thermodynamic principles of both one. and factors affecting performance were discussed along with methods to enhance gas turbine output. the expected performance degradation is 1% to 1. Recent field experience indicates that frequent off-line water washing is not only effective in reducing recoverable loss. all station instruments used for primary data collection must be inspected and calibrated. Non-recoverable loss is due primarily to increased turbine and compressor clearances and changes in surface finish and airfoil contour. more thoroughly. Each test point should consist of a minimum of four complete sets of readings taken over a 30-minute time period when operating at base load. humidity. fuel. the methodology of correcting test results to guarantee conditions and measurement uncertainties (approximately 1% on output and heat rate when testing on gas fuel) shall be agreed upon by the parties prior to the test. One generalization that can be made from the data is that machines located in dry.

Effect of air extraction on output and heat rate Figure 16.Generator drive gas turbine ratings Table 2. Humidity effect curve Figure 12. steam-cooled first stage nozzle Figure 6. Effect of ambient temperature Figure 10. Altitude correction curve Figure 11.Mechanical drive gas turbine ratings GE Power Systems GER-3567H (10/00) s s 16 . Simple-cycle. Effect of steam injection on output and heat rate Figure 15. Inlet chilling process List of Tables Table 1. two-shaft gas turbine Figure 4. Comparison of air-cooled vs. Pressure drop effects (MS7001EA) Figure 13. single-shaft gas turbine Figure 3. Combined cycle Figure 9. GE gas turbine performance characteristics . Definition of firing temperature Figure 7. Gas turbine thermodynamics Figure 8. Brayton cycle Figure 5. Simple-cycle. Effect of fuel heating value on output Figure 14. Heavy-duty gas turbine model designation Figure 2. GE gas turbine performance characteristics . Effect of evaporative cooling on output and heat rate Figure 17.GE Gas Turbine Performance Characteristics List of Figures Figure 1.

the Control Specification drawings (consult the Control System Settings drawing for the index of Control Specification drawings). Check of Control Systems — After any type of control maintenance is completed. This should be done prior to restart of the turbine. overtemperature. 3. Monitor Exhaust Temperature During All Phases of Startup — The operator is alerted to the following: These instructions do not purport to cover all details or variations in equipment nor to provide for every possible contingency to be met in connection with installation. Respond to Annunciator Indicators — Investigate and correct the cause of the abnormal condition. 7001EA. We emphasize adherence to the following: 1. such as low oil pressure. operation or maintenance. It is extremely important that gas turbine operators establish proper operating practices. functionally check control systems for proper operation.UOGTDLN1 Revision B. “as taken apart” is adequate without the functional test. No starts should be attempted whether on a new turbine or a newly overhauled turbine until the following conditions have been met: 1. Should further information be desired or should particular problems arise which are not covered sufficiently for the purchaser’s purposes the matter should be referred to the GE Company. the Piping Schematic drawings including the Device Summary (consult the Control System Settings Drawing for the index by model list and drawing number of applicable schematics). All GENERAL OPERATING PRECAUTIONS have been noted. This is particularly true for the protection systems. 3. whether repair or replacement of parts. 9001E) I. vibration. Control systems have been functionally checked for proper operation before restarting. It should not be assumed that reassembly. the SPEEDTRONIC control sequence program and the SPEEDTRONIC Mark V Users’ Manual (GEH 5979).  1995 GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY . July 1995 GE Power Systems Gas Turbine Unit Operation/Turbine (Gas) (Applicability MS5001P. The operator must also be aware of the power plant devices which are tied into the gas turbine mechanically and electrically and could affect normal operation. 2. 2. REFERENCE DATA AND PRECAUTIONS A. overspeed etc. Operator Responsibility It is essential that the turbine operators be familiar with the information contained in the following operation text. Requirements listed under CHECKS PRIOR TO OPERATION have been met. 6001B.

Wear of turbine seals 3. identified together with their nomenclature. System Description Monitor exhaust temperature for proper control upon first startup and after any turbine maintenance is performed. A particularly critical period for overtemperature damage to occur is during the startup phase before the turbine reaches governing speed. The faulty thermocouple should be replaced at the earliest convenience. Improper positioning of thermocouple 5. General Operating Precautions 1. Initial startup of unit b. Leakage in external piping UOGTDLN1–2 . The wheelspace thermocouples. This baseline data is established during steady state operation after each of the following conditions: a. Consult Control Specification-Settings Drawings for maximum allowable temperature spreads and wheelspace temperature operating limits.Gas Turbine CAUTION Overtemperature can damage the turbine hot gas path parts. it is an indication of trouble. At this time air flow is low and the turbine is unable to accelerate away from excess fuel. The accurate recording and plotting of exhaust temperatures daily can indicate a developing problem. Before and after a planned shut-down c. or increases at an unusual rate. It is important to define a “baseline value” of exhaust temperature spread with which to compare future data. B. High wheelspace temperature may be caused by any of the following faults: 1. Excessive distortion of the turbine stator 4. Trip the turbine if the exhaust temperature exceeds the normal trip level. A bad thermocouple will cause a “High Wheelspace Differential Temperature” alarm. Temperature Limits Refer to the Control Specifications for actual exhaust temperature control settings. Before and after planned maintenance An important point regarding the evaluation of exhaust temperature spreads is not necessarily the magnitude of the spread. Restriction in cooling air lines 2. Malfunctioning combustion system 6. but the change in spread over a period of time. are on the Device Summary. When the average temperature in any wheelspace is higher then the temperature limit set forth in the table.

Vibration Limits The maximum overall vibration velocity of the gas turbine should never exceed 1. So that maximum trouble-free operation can be secured. 3. After a turbine overhaul. all orifices should be changed back to their original size. Excessive temperatures are annunciated but will not cause the turbine to trip. Consult with a GE Company field representative to obtain recommendations as to the size that an orifice should be increased. CAUTION Wheelspace temperatures are read on the <I> CRT.27 cm) per second as indicated on the SPEEDTRONIC <I> CRT. it is permissible to increase the size of the cooling air orifices slightly.System Description 7. Pressure Limits Refer to the Device Summary for actual pressure switch settings. these machines are designed somewhat better UOGTDLN1–3 . generator ventilation. etc. refer to the Reactive Capability Curve.54 cm) per second in either the vertical or horizontal direction. Overloading of Gas Turbine. 4.5 inch (1. High wheelspace temperature readings must be reported to the GE technical representative as soon as possible. For the upper limits of generator capability. Pressure variations between these values will result from entrapped particulate matter within the lube oil filtering system. As a result. Temperatures in excess of the maximum are potentially harmful to turbine hot-gas-path parts over a prolonged period of time. Load Limit The maximum load capability of the gas turbine is given in the control specification. 5. Lube oil pressure in the bearing feed header is a nominal value of 25 psig kPa. assuming that all turbine clearances are returned to normal and all leakage paths are corrected. 2. compressor and turbine wheel stresses. Excessive distortion of exhaust inner diffuser Gas Turbine Check wheelspace temperatures very closely on initial startup. If doubt exists regarding the accuracy of the reading or if more accurate and specific vibration readings are desired a vibration check is recommended using vibration test equipment. Facts Involved and Policy It is GE practice to design gas turbines with margins of safety to meet the contract commitments and to secure long life and trouble-free operation. GE designs these machines with more than ample margins on turbine bucket thermal and dynamic stresses. If consistently high. and a check of the external cooling air circuits reveals nothing.0 inch (2. Corrective action should be initiated when the vibration levels exceed 0. The turbine will trip at 8 psig kPa. coolers.

Such operation. the gear is rated at the maximum capability of the gas turbine. The imbedded temperature detectors of the stator register a lower temperature than the copper because of the temperature drop through the insulation from the copper to the outside of the insulation. which is available at lower ambient temperatures (because of increased air density). The gas turbine-generator sets may require gearing between the gas turbine and the generator. might result in failure of the turbine parts. The exhaust temperature control system senses the turbine exhaust temperature and introduces proper bias to limit the fuel flow so that neither the maximum allowable turbine inlet temperature nor the maximum allowable turbine exhaust temperature is exceeded. The turbine will trip. The load limit of the gas turbine-generator must not be exceeded. will be exceeded and will result in a corresponding increase in maintenance and. There are also conditions of conductor expansion. even when the ambient temperature is lower than that at which the load limit of the gas turbine is reached. If the gas turbine-generator set is operated beyond the maximum rating of the gear. These standards were primarily set up for the protection of insulation from thermal deterioration on small machines. The fact that a generator operates at temperature rises below the 185F (85C) for the rotor and 140F (60C) for the stator permitted by the AIEE Standards does not mean that it can be properly run with full safety up to these values by overloading beyond the nameplate rating. will cause several functions to occur in addition to actuating the media discharge system. advantage can be taken of the increased capability over nameplate rating. in extreme cases. etc. an audible alarm will sound. always encroaches upon the design margins of the machines with a consequent reduction in reliability and increased maintenance. and the alarm mes- UOGTDLN1–4 . Accordingly. however. Where a reduction (or speed-increasing) gear is required between the gas turbine and generator. which impose limitations. It cannot be said. therefore. or both. whichever is less. the gear will also be overloaded with corresponding increased maintenance and reduced length of life. any malfunction that occurs as a result of operation beyond contract limits cannot be the responsibility of the GE Company. Fire Protection System Operating Precautions The fire protection system.. These factors have been anticipated in the “Vee” curves and reactive capability curves which indicate recommended values consistent with good operating practice. Under these conditions. without exceeding the maximum allowable turbine inlet temperature.Gas Turbine System Description than is strictly necessary. when actuated. or the maximum kva capability of the generator. 6. If the turbine is overloaded so that the turbine exhaust temperature schedule is not followed for reasons of malfunctioning or improper setting of the exhaust temperature control system. that these machines cannot be safely operated beyond the load limits. where the temperature detectors are located. insulation stress. the maximum allowable turbine inlet temperature or the maximum allowable exhaust temperature. The gas turbines are mechanically designed so that (within prescribed limits). The “Vee” curves and reactive capability curves form part of the operating instructions for the generator and it is considered unwise to exceed the values given. because of the importance of reliability of these turbines to our customers and to the electrical industry. the gas turbine will operate at this load with a lower turbine inlet temperature and the design stresses on the load coupling and turbine shaft will not be exceeded.

must be reopened manually in all compartments before restarting the turbine.System Description Gas Turbine sage will be displayed on the <I> CRT. b. The ventilation openings in the compartments will be closed by a pressure-operated latch and the damper in the turbine shell cooling discharge will be actuated. To reduce the possibility of combustion outer casing failure. Perform a complete combustion system inspection. Ventilation dampers. 7. CAUTION Failure to reopen compartment ventilation dampers will severely shorten the service life of major accessory equipment. The alarm message can be cleared from the ALARM list on the <I> CRT after the ACKNOWLEDGE target and the ALARM RESET target are actuated. automatically closed by a signal received from the fire protection system. d. The fire protection system must be replenished and reset before it can automatically react to another fire. c. Fire protection system reset is accomplished by resetting the pressure switch located on the fire protection system. Caution all personnel against standing in front of access door openings into pressurized compartments. The annunciator audible alarm may be silenced by clicking on the alarm SILENCE target. the operator should adhere to the following: UOGTDLN1–5 . but only after the situation causing the alarm has been corrected. Failure to reopen the load coupling compartment dampers will materially reduce the performance of the generator. Reset must be made after each activation of the fire protection system which includes an initial discharge followed by an extended discharge period of the fire protection media. In such an event: a. Allow no personnel inside the turbine compartment until turbine is shut down. Combustion System Operating Precautions WARNING Sudden emission of black smoke may indicate a possibility of outer casing failure or other serious combustion problems. Immediately shut down the turbine.

since lack of circulating lube oil following a hot shutdown will result in rising bearing temperatures which can result in damaged bearing surfaces. Adhere to recommended inspection intervals on combustion liners. Excessive tripping should be investigated and eliminated. After a trip from 75% load or above. 8. To prevent the above described malfunctions the operator should keep the number of non-operational exhaust thermocouples to a maximum of two but no more than one of any three adjacent thermocouples.Gas Turbine System Description a. Operating a turbine with non-operational exhaust thermocouples increases the risk of turbine overfiring and prevents diagnosis of combustion problems by use of temperature differential readings. The temperature spread is compared to allowable spreads with alarms and/or protective trips resulting if the allowable spread limits are exceeded. Cooldown/Shutdown Precautions CAUTION In the event of an emergency shutdown in which internal damage of any rotating equipment is suspected. b. as even one faulty thermocouple will increase the risk of an invalid “combustion alarm” and/or “Trip”. reinstate the cooldown cycle. If the malfunction that caused the shutdown can be quickly repaired. However. The unit should not be shut down just for replacement of a single faulty thermocouple. transition pieces and fuel nozzles. observe the exhaust on startup for black or abnormal smoke and scan the exhaust thermocouples for unusually high spreads. or if a check reveals no internal damage affecting the rotating parts. Record temperature spread during a normal startup to obtain base line signature for comparison. During operation. CAUTION Operation of the gas turbine with a single faulty thermocouple should not be neglected. do not turn the rotor after shutdown. c. every effort should be made to replace the faulty thermocouples when the machine is down for any reason. Adherence to the above criteria and early preventive maintenance should reduce distortions of the control and protection functions and the number of unnecessary turbine trips. UOGTDLN1–6 . Maintain lube oil pump operation. exhaust temperatures are monitored by the SPEEDTRONIC control system.

maximum. audible checks should be made for rubs. The turbine may be rotated at any time during the 30-hour period if it is free. c. Between 20 minutes and 48 hours after shutdown a restart should not be attempted unless the gas turbine rotor has been turned from one to two hours. If the vibration velocity exceeds one inch per second at any speed. following turbine shutdown. Lube oil pumps. the turbine should be shut down and remain idle for at least 30 hours. CAUTION Where the gas turbine has not been on rotor turning operation after shutdown and a restart is attempted. 3. If the unit has been shut down and not turned at all. the operator should maintain a constant check on vibration velocity as the unit is brought up to its rated speed. Note: The vibration velocity must be measured at points near the gas turbine bearing caps. Standby AC power is required for: 1. 4. Within 20 minutes. *Generator heating. Standby Power Requirements Standby AC power insures the immediate startup capability of particular turbine equipment and related control systems when the start signal is given. b. the gas turbine may be started without cooldown rotation. however. UOGTDLN1–7 . PREPARATIONS FOR NORMAL LOAD OPERATION A. Lube oil heaters. Functions identified by asterisk are also necessary for unit environmental protection and should not be turned off except for maintenance work on that particular function. as under conditions (a) and (b) above.System Description Gas Turbine If there is an emergency shutdown and the turbine is not turned with the rotor turning device. 2. If seizure occurs during the turning operation of the gas turbine. *Control panel heating. which when used in conjunction with the lube oil pumps. Auxiliary pump should be run at periodic intervals to prevent rust formation in the lube oil system. Use the normal starting procedure. it must be shut down for approximately 48 hours before it can be restarted without danger of shaft bow. or until the rotor is free. heat and circulate turbine lube oil at low ambient temperatures to maintain proper oil viscosity. II. the following factors should be noted: a. the unit should be shut down and the shaft rotated for at least one hour before a second starting attempt is made.

8. is in alignment and that calibration of the SPEEDTRONIC system has been performed per the Control Specifications. The turbine should not be started unless flow is visible at each flow sight. Compartment heating. air or lube oil filters have been replaced check that all covers are intact and tight. Fuel oil heaters. B. Inlet and exhaust plenums and associated ducting are clean and rid of all foreign objects. If lube oil flushing has been conducted verify that all filters have been replaced and any blinds if used. it is recommended that the turbine be started and loaded within one hour of losing AC power. Reading should be approximately ambient temperature. 6. UOGTDLN1–8 . removed. noise or overheating. Check operation of auxiliary and emergency equipment. 7. the nut should again be tightened until the collar cannot be rotated. where used. heat and circulate fuel oil at low ambient temperatures to maintain proper fuel oil viscosity. The fitting has to be sufficiently tightened until the collar cannot be rotated by hand. 3. 9. This is the inspection for a proper fitting assembly. Checks Prior to Operation The following checks are to be made before attempting to operate a new turbine or an overhauled turbine. It is assumed that the turbine has been assembled correctly. (Applicable to diesel engine starting only. water pumps. tighten the nut until it bottoms on the collar. 6. Where fuel. *Battery charging (where applicable). Check for obvious leakage. Check lube oil piping for obvious leakage. etc.Gas Turbine System Description 5.) If a black start is required. Heating diesel engine cooling water to assure quick starting capability. Most tube fittings incorporate a stop collar which insures proper torquing of the fittings at initial fitting make up and at reassembly. 7. For each remake of the fitting. abnormal vibration (maximum 3 mils). Also using provided oil flow sights. These heaters used in conjunction with the fuel oil pumps. Verify that the lube oil tank is within the operating level and if the tank has been drained that it has been refilled with the recommended quality and quantity of lube oil. fuel forwarding pumps. such as lube oil pumps. check visually that oil is flowing from the bearing drains. The stop collar is similar to a washer and can be rotated freely on unassembled fittings. *Operation of control compartment air conditioner during periods of high ambient temperature to maintain electrical equipment insulation within design temperature limits. During initial assembly of a fitting with a stop collar. Check condition of all thermocouples and/or resistance temperature detectors (RTDs) on the <I> CRT. 5. 4. All access doors are secure. These collars fit between the body of the fitting and the nut and contact in tightening of the fitting. 2. A standby inspection of the turbine should be performed with the lube oil pump operating and emphasis on the following areas: 1. Check that all piping and turbine connections are securely fastened and that all blinds have been removed.

to ensure that all orifice plates are of designated size and in designated positions. Check the Cooling and Sealing Air Piping against the assembly drawing and piping schematic. If there is evidence of a scaly rust. 11. can be tolerated. the cooling system should be power flushed until all scale is removed. Following the water system refill ensure that water system piping. Check spark plugs for proper arcing. 13. Devices requiring manual lubrication are to be properly serviced. Prohibiting such use will assure that no extraneous signals are introduced into the control system that might influence the normal operation of the equipment. Refer to “Cooling Water Recommendations for Combustion Gas Turbine Closed Cooling Systems” included under tab titled Fluid Specifications. Consult the antifreeze vendor for specific recommendations.System Description 8. 12. 10. primarily pumps and flexible couplings. the plug should be replaced. If necessary. the plug should be cleaned and the tip clearance adjusted. Turbines having a diesel engine starting means should have the engine tested using the diesel test pushbutton in the accessory compartment. Gas Turbine If the arc occurs anywhere other than directly across the gap at the tips of the electrodes. 9. most automobile cooling system cleaners are acceptable and will not damage the carbon and rubber parts of the pump mechanical seals or rubber parts in the piping. Inhibitors used may not be compatible and can cause formation of gums. Any fine powdery rust. Verify the retracting piston for free operation. If it is necessary to use a chemical cleaner. do not leak. UOGTDLN1–9 . or if by blowing on the arc it can be moved from this point. WARNING Do not test spark plugs where explosive atmosphere is present. which might form in the piping during short time exposure to atmosphere. in addition to destroying effectiveness as an inhibitor. The use of radio transmitting equipment in the vicinity of open control panels is not recommended. It is wise not to add any corrosion inhibitors until after the water system is found to be leak free. Note the following regarding antifreeze. Determine that the cooling water system has been properly flushed and filled with the recommended coolant. CAUTION Do not change from one type antifreeze to another without first flushing the cooling system very thoroughly.

overheating.Gas Turbine System Description 14. Shutdown and investigate if unusual noise occurs. C. c. Listen for rubbing noises in the turbine compartment and in the reduction gear compartment especially in the load tunnel area. b. This inspection should include: leakage check. A soundscope or some other listening type device is suggested. lubrication. Crank a. When a unit has been overhauled those parts or components that have been removed and taken apart for inspection/repair should be critically monitored during unit startup and operation. At this time all annunciated ground faults should be cleared. The Control Specifications — Control Systems Adjustments should be reviewed prior to operating the turbine. UOGTDLN1–10 . Inspect for water system leakage. 1. unusual noise. Immediate action should be taken to locate all grounds and correct the problems. Checks During Start Up and Initial Operation The following is a list of important checks to be made on a new or newly overhauled turbine with the OPERATION SELECTOR switch in various modes. CAUTION Where an electric motor is used as the starting means refer to the Control Specifications for maximum operating time. vibration. It is recommended that units not be operated when a ground fault is indicated. Check for unusual vibration.

exercise caution when opening and entering the compartment. visually check all connections for fuel leaks. and be prepared to shut down the turbine and take action if a leak is discovered. while the turbine is operating. hard hat. and take appropriate actions to eliminate the leak(s). exit the area quickly. If fuel leaks are discovered. Bleed fuel oil filters. harness/manline (optional depending on space constraints). and at full load. if appropriate. repair at next shutdown. or specific area. heat resistant/flame retardant coveralls and gloves.e. Do not attempt to correct leakage problems by tightening fittings and/or bolting while lines are fully pressurized.. Note area in question and. Then check entire fuel system and the area immediately around the fuel nozzle for leaks. if/when entering the turbine compartment or when in the vicinity of the fuel handling system or other locations with fuel piping. depending on severity of leak. i. During the first start-up after a disassembly. At any time. Be aware of the possibility of fuel leaks. Require personnel entering the turbine comparrtment to be fitted with the appropriate personal protective equipment. Visually inspect the fittings again at full speed. fuel handling system. no load. it is imperative for everyone to exercise extreme caution in and near any turbine compartment. fuel system components. In particular check for leaks at the following points: UOGTDLN1–11 . hearing protection. Fire Gas Turbine * * * WARNING * * * Due to the complexity of gas turbine fuel systems. Do not enter the turbine compartment unless absolutely necessary. implement the following: Conduct an environmental evaluation of the turbine compartment. Preferably check the fittings during the warm-up period when pressures are low. safety glasses. or fuel system connections. Establish an attendant to maintain visual contact with personnel inside the turbine compartment and radio communications with the control room operator. Attempts to correct leakage problem on pressurized lines could lead to sudden and complete failure of component and resulting damage to equipment and personnel injury. or any other enclosures or areas containing fuel piping or fuel system components. fuel handling system. Follow applicable procedures for leak testing. a. or if required shut unit down immediately. shut the turbine down. Pay particular attention to all locations where fuel piping/components/connections exist. When it is necessary.System Description 2.

Monitor for excessive vibration. lube oil drain temperature. as opposed to normal operation. repair at next shutdown. System Description WARNING Do not attempt to correct leakage problems by tightening fittings and/or bolting while lines are pressurized. Two sight glasses are included as part of the unit startup kit. combustion chamber(s) burning hotter than all the others.Gas Turbine Turbine Compartment (1) Fuel piping/tubing to fuel nozzle (2) Fuel check valves (3) Atomizing air manifold and associated piping (when used) (4) Gas manifold and associated piping (when used) Accessory Compartment or Fuel Module (1) Flow divider (when used) (2) Fuel and water pumps (3) Filter covers and drains CAUTION Elimination of fuel leakage in the turbine compartment is of extreme importance as a fire preventive measure. or if required shut unit down immediately. c. Monitor the turbine control system readings on the <I> processor for unusual exhaust thermocouple temperature. e. Attempts to correct leakage problem on pressurized lines could lead to sudden and complete failure of component and resulting damage to equipment and personnel injury. Following initial startup remove sight glasses and plug opening. highest to lowest exhaust temperature spreads and “hot spots” i. depending on severity of leak. wheelspace temperature. b. Listen for unusual noises and rubbing. Monitor FLAME status on the <I> processor to verify all flame detectors are correctly indicating flame. UOGTDLN1–12 . Note area in question and.e. Use of sight glasses to be limited to initial startup and special requirements. d.

7001EA or 9001E gas turbine unit designed for generator drive application. Tests and checks listed below are to supplement those recorded in Control Specification — Control System Adjustments. Refer to the Schematic Piping Diagram — Summary Sheets for temperature guidelines. Flame detector operation should be tested per the Control Specification — Control System Adjustments. Record all data for future comparison and investigation. Adjust VTRs if required. Check wheelspace. f. Automatic. Inc. OPERATING PROCEDURES A. no load condition. 6001. exhaust and control thermocouples for proper indication on the <I> CRT. UOGTDLN1–13 . III. Monitor lube oil tank. It is suggested that horizontal. General The following instructions pertain to the operation of a model series 5001. vertical and axial data be recorded for the: (1) accessory gear (when used) forward and aft sides (2) all accessible bearing covers on the turbine (3) turbine forward compressor casing (4) turbine support legs (5) reduction gear (when used) forward and aft sides. Utilize all planned shutdowns in testing the Overspeed Trip System per the Control Specifications — Control System Adjustments. and maintenance are not included. g. permit the gas turbine to operate for a 30 to 60 minute period in a full speed. Record these values for future reference. Monitor <I> CRT display data for proper operation. panel installation. using vibration test equipment such as IRD equipment (IRD Mechanalysis. header and bearing drain temperatures continually during the heating period. e. Continue monitoring for unusual rubbing noises and shutdown immediately if noise persists. These instructions are based on use of Mark V SPEEDTRONIC turbine control panels. Refer to Special Operations section of this text. however.) or equivalent with filtered or unfiltered readings. Functional description of the <I> CRT Main Display follows. Remote Gas Turbine On initial startup. calibration. c. At this time a thorough vibration check is recommended. This time period allows for uniform and stabilized heating of the parts and fluids. gear and pinion (6) bearing covers on the load equipment d. a. b.System Description 3.

The most common causes of alarm messages can be found in the concluding section. and in a ready to start condition. Using the cursor positioning device. It is not intended to cover initial turbine operation herein. Select “AUTO” and “EXECUTE” (1) The <I> CRT display will change to: STARTUP STATUS READY TO START AUTO c. The following assumes that the unit is off of cooldown. rather. General Operation of a single turbine/generator unit may be accomplished either locally or remotely. and the previously furnished Control Sequence Program (CSP) for additional operating sequence information and related diagrams. (1) The display will indicate speed. The turbine is in the cooldown or standby mode ready for normal operation with AC and DC power available for all pumps.Gas Turbine System Description Operational information includes startup and shutdown sequencing in the AUTO mode of operation. Starting Procedure a. calibration and checkouts have been completed. The <I> CRT message SEQ IN PROGRESS will appear. Reference the section “Description of Panels and Terms — Turbine Control Panel” for description of turbine panel devices. B. temperature. heaters. select “MAIN” display from the DEMAND DISPLAY menu. motors. 2. Refer to the Control Specifications in this volume. various conditions etc. UOGTDLN1–14 . it will be assumed that initial startup. Select “START” and “EXECUTE” (1) Unit auxiliaries will be started including a motor driven lube oil pump used to establish lube oil pressure. and controls and all annunciator drops are cleared. Start-Up 1. control system and machine actions or events in starting the gas turbine. The following description lists operator. Three lines displayed on the <I> CRT will read: SHUTDOWN STATUS OFF COOLDOWN OFF b.

(9) FSR is set back to warm-up value.) (6) If the unit configuration requires purging of the gas path prior to ignition. The zero speed signal “14HR” will be displayed. When the unit reaches approximately 10 rpm. the <I> CRT display will indicate flame in those combustors equipped with flame detectors. If the unit is being operated remotely (REMOTE having previously been selected on the Main Display). START (3) Where a diesel engine is utilized as starting equipment. The <I> CRT display will change to START-UP STATUS/CRANKING. See Control Specifications-Settings Drawing for purge timer settings. the turning device will be turned off. The purge timer and firing timer are reinitialized. FSR will begin increasing. The purge timer will begin to time. the unit will remain at firing speed. With the clutch engaged. (For machines with cooling water fan motors receiving power from the generator terminals via the UCAT transformer. (4) The turbine shaft will begin to rotate and accelerate. (FSR.System Description Gas Turbine (2) If the starting clutch is not engaged. The <I> CRT will indicate STARTUP STATUS/ACCELERATING and the turbine will increase in UOGTDLN1–15 . field flashing will be initiated to build up generator voltage to power the fans. Fuel Stroke Reference.) Ignition sequence is initiated. The CRT display will change to: STARTUP STATUS STARTING AUTO. The <I> CRT display will change to START UP STATUS/FIRING. if flame has not been established. Reselecting AUTO will cause the ignition sequence to repeat itself after the purge timer has timed out. (At the end of the ignition period. To fire again select CRANK on the Main Display. (8) When flame is established. is the electrical signal that determines the amount of fuel delivered to the turbine combustion system. the starting device will crank the gas turbine at purge speed for a period of time determined by the setting of the purge timer. with flame established. the starting diesel will start and run at idle for two minutes to warm up. (5) When the unit reaches approximately 20% speed. the starting sequence will be terminated and the unit will shutdown. and no fire has been established at the end of the ignition period. the minimum speed signal “14HM” will be displayed on the <I> CRT. (7) FSR will be set to firing value. If the flame goes out during the 60 second firing period. the rotor turning device will operate continuously and the diesel will accelerate. the motor will start immediately. At the end of the diesel warmup period. If flame is not established at this time. otherwise. FSR will be reset to firing value.) At this time the operator may shut the unit down or attempt to fire again. the master protective logic (L4) will be satisfied. field flashing to build up generator voltage will occur at operating speed. At the end of the warmup period. the rotor turning device will operate until the clutch engages. the unit will be purged of unburned fuel. the lube oil pressure and all other permissives satisfied. At the end of the purge period (normally 1 to 2 minutes) ignition will be attempted again. and the <I> CRT display will indicate STARTUP STATUS/ WARMING UP. Where an electric motor is utilized as starting equipment.

once the unit has reached this load point. The <I> CRT will indicate the change in status from STARTUP CONTROL to SPEED CONTROL at approximately 60% speed. (10) The turbine will continue to accelerate. the starting device will disengage and shutdown (if the starting device is a diesel engine. the operating speed signal “14HS” will be displayed on the <I> CRT. be sure that all synchronization equipment is functioning properly. The <I> CRT will read SYNCHRONIZING. C. Initial synchronization and checkout after performing maintenance to synchronizing equipment should be performed with the breaker racked out. Field flashing is terminated. At approximately 50% speed. it will cooldown at idle speed before shutting down). <I> CRT will now read: RUN STATUS FULL SPEED NO LOAD AUTO. and that the phase sequence of the incoming unit corresponds to the existing line phase sequence and the potential transformers are connected correctly to proper phases. The motor-driven lube oil pump will shutdown. The machine will load to Spinning Reserve unless a load control point BASE. The turbine speed is matched to the system (to less than 1/3 Hz difference) and when the proper phase relationship is achieved the generator breaker will close. If the synchronizing selector switch (43S) on the generator control panel is in the OFF position and REMOTE is not selected on the <I> CRT. as the turbine reaches operating speed. CAUTION Before initiating synchronization procedures. the accelerating speed signal “14HA” will be displayed on the <I> CRT.Gas Turbine System Description speed. When it reaches about 60% speed. The <I> CRT will display SPINNING RESERVE. UOGTDLN1–16 . Note: Synchronizing cannot take place unless AUTO or REMOTE has been selected on the <I> CRT Main Display and the turbine has reached full speed. PEAK or PRESELECTED LOAD has been selected. Synchronizing When a gas turbine-driven synchronous generator is connected into a power transmission system. START If the synchronizing selector switch on the generator panel is in the AUTO position or REMOTE is selected on the <I> CRT automatic synchronizing is initiated. This is called synchronizing. (11) When the turbine reaches operating speed. the phase angle of the generator going on-line must correspond to the phase angle of the existing line voltage at the moment of its introduction into the system. since lube oil is being supplied by the shaft driven pump.

4. 2.System Description Gas Turbine Generator synchronization can be accomplished either automatically or manually. (These voltmeters are located on the generator control panel. 3. UOGTDLN1–17 . The brightness of the synchronizing lights will change with the rotation of the synchroscope. match generator voltage to line voltage (if equipped with optional voltage matching). This will start the turbine and accelerate it to full speed as previously described. Select AUTO on the <I> CRT Main Display. A “breaker closed” indicator will actuate when the generator circuit breaker has closed placing the synchronized unit on-line. If the pointer is rotating counterclockwise. Automatic synchronization is accomplished by the following steps: 1. and upon attainment of “complete sequence”. Place the synchronizing selector switch on the generator panel (43S) in the MANUAL position. Make any necessary voltage adjustment by operating the RAISE. The generator circuit breaker “close” signal should be given when it reaches a point approximately one minute before the 12 o’clock position. the generator frequency is lower than the line frequency and should be raised by increasing the turbine-generator speed. 8. This allows for a time lag for the breaker contacts to close after receiving the close signal. Once the generator has been connected to the power system. the turbine fuel flow may be increased to pick up load. FULL SPEED NO LOAD. Place the synchronizing selector switch (43S) in the AUTO position. 3. and the generator excitation may be adjusted to obtain the desired KVAR value. Select AUTO on the <I> CRT Main Display. and load the generator to the preselected value. 7. Select START and EXECUTE on the <I> CRT Main Display. The lights should not be used to synchronize but only to verify proper operation of the synchroscope.LOWER (90R4) switch on the generator panel until the generator voltage equals the line voltage. Select START on the <I> CRT Main Display. 2. When the lights are their dullest the synchroscope will be at the 12 o’clock position.) 5. Manual synchronization is accomplished by the following procedure: 1. Compare the generator voltage with the line voltage. synchronize the generator to the line frequency. Adjust the speed until the synchroscope rotates clockwise at approximately five seconds per revolution or slower. At this point the CRT will indicate RUN STATUS. Compare the generator and line frequency on the synchroscope (located on the generator control panel). 6. This procedure will start the turbine.

High vibration trip 2. The following alarms have been displayed at various occurrences of known generator breaker malclosures: 1. Note: When manually loading with the governor control switch (70R4/CS) for load changes greater than 25% of full load. Loss of excitation 3. Such damage may occur separately or in conjunction with generator damage from out-of-phase breaker closure. Manual Loading Manual loading is accomplished by clicking on the SPEED SP RAISE/SPEED SP LOWER targets on the <I> CRT Main Display. Out-of-phase breaker closure of a magnitude sufficient to cause either immediate or cumulative equipment damage mentioned above will usually result in annunciator drops to notify the operator of the problem. The manual loading rate is shown in the Control Specification-Settings Drawing. Manual loading beyond the selected temperature control point BASE or PEAK is not possible. holding it to the left will decrease the load. Normal Load Operation 1. D. or the creation of circumstances which could result in the automatic removal of generating capacity from the power system. System Description In those cases where out-of-phase breaker closures are not so serious as to cause immediate equipment failure or system disruption. Various AC undervoltage drops Out-of-phase breaker closure will result in abnormal generator noise and vibration at the time of closure. Refer to the “Control and Protection” section of this volume for additional information on the synchronizing system. Damage may be to the gear teeth or to the quill shaft (if there is a quill shaft). If there is reason to suspect such breaker malclosure. Gear damage may result on load packages with a reduction gear in the gas turbine-generator train. UOGTDLN1–18 . Holding the switch to the right will increase the load. the equipment should be immediately inspected to determine the cause of the malclosure and for any damage to the generator and/or reduction gear. Repeated occurrences of out-of-phase breaker closures can eventually result in generator failure because of the stresses created at the time of closure. cumulative damage may result to the on-coming generator.Gas Turbine WARNING Failure to synchronize properly may result in equipment damage and/or failure. Manual loading can also be accomplished by means of the governor control switch (70R4/CS) on the generator control panel. the operator should not change more than 25% of full load in one minute.

and temperature control load points BASE and PEAK can be selected anytime after a start signal has been given. An emergency shutdown can also be mechanically initiated by pushing the manual emergency trip valve on the gauge cabinet assembly. Shutdown and Cooldown 1. The turbine may then be started. On units having an electric motor as the starting device. The SPINNING RESERVE load point is slightly greater than no load. typically 8% of base rating. UOGTDLN1–19 . automatically synchronized.System Description 2. 2. the unit will load to the SPINNING RESERVE load point. The cooldown cycle may be accelerated using the starting device. turbine speed reduction. F. The auto loading rate is shown in Control Specification-Settings Drawing. PRE-SELECTED load. Cooldown operation after emergency shutdown is also automatic provided the permissives for this operation are met. Refer to the control specifications. typically 50%. resultant rubbing and imbalance. the rotor is turned to provide uniform cooling. Cooldown Immediately following a shutdown. Remote Operation To transfer turbine control from the control compartment to remotely located equipment. the synchronizing selector switch (43S) mounted on the generator control panel must be placed in the OFF/REMOTE position. The selection will be displayed on the <I> CRT. E. the operator must heed instructions regarding the length of time the motor can be operated without overheating. The turbine can be started and loaded at any time during the cooldown cycle. select REMOTE on the <I> CRT Main Display. fuel shutoff at part speed and initiation of the cooldown sequence as the unit comes to rest. and loaded by the remote equipment. If manual synchronization is to be performed at the remote location. 3. after the turbine has been in the fired mode. Uniform cooling of the turbine rotor prevents rotor bowing. An intermediate load point. Automatic Loading Gas Turbine On startup if no load point is selected. or the manual trip button on the overspeed trip mechanism mounted on the side of the accessory gear. in which case it will be operated at cranking speed. PRESELECTED LOAD is a load point greater than SPINNING RESERVE and less than BASE. The unit will load to the selected load point. Emergency Shutdown Emergency shutdown is initiated by depressing the EMERGENCY STOP pushbutton. The shutdown procedure will follow automatically through generator unloading. Normal Shutdown Normal shutdown is initiated by selecting STOP on the <I> CRT Main Display. and related damage that might otherwise occur when subsequent starts are attempted without cooldown.

Other factors. Operation When the turbine is started. Select “RATCHET OFF”. The ratchet cycles once every 3. The purchaser may find that these times can be modified as experience is gained in operation of the gas turbine under his particular site conditions. This will cause the cooldown auxiliaries to be turned off. To terminate the cooldown sequence. the DC emergency lube pump will supply adequate lubrication until the accessory gear-driven main lube oil pump pressure is established. G. however. The cooldown times recommended in the following paragraphs are the result of GE Company operating experience in both factory and field testing of GE gas turbines.0 minutes to turn the rotor 47°. Cooldown times should not be accelerated by opening up the turbine compartment doors or the lagging panels since uneven cooling of the outer casings may result in excessive stress. the cooldown auxiliaries can be reinstated. Similarly. Black start operation also requires the addition of the 88HR DC hydraulic ratchet pump assembly. Black Start Operation (Optional with Gas Turbines equipped with a diesel engine starting device) a. recommends that the rotor turning operation continue for 48 hours after shutdown to ensure uniform rotor cooling. A continuous rotor turning device is provided on MS 7001 and MS 9001 units.Gas Turbine System Description The device furnished for cooldown rotation on MS 5000 and MS 6001 units is the hydraulic ratchet which is mounted as part of the torque converter. b. The emergency pump then shuts down if lube oil pressure switch (63QL) indicates adequate pressure. Diesel engines are normally utilized as starting equipment with other compatible steam or gas starting means optional. The prime DC controlling power for the turbine control system is derived from the unit battery. Special Operations 1. A description of rotor turning operation and servicing can be found in the Starting System tab. UOGTDLN1–20 . Ignition and internal AC control power is obtained through DC conversion circuitry within the SPEEDTRONIC power supply system. General Gas turbine operation under “black start” conditions is defined as a requirement to start and run the turbine when an external AC power source is not available. The GE Company. The minimum time required for turbine cooldown depends mainly on the turbine ambient temperature. prior to timer timeout select the Auxiliary Control Display on the <I> CRT. The unit must be on rotor turning operation immediately following a shutdown for at least 24 hours to ensure minimum protection against rubs and unbalance on a subsequent starting attempt. The emergency pump continues to run until the accelerating speed signal (14HA) indicates that the unit has accelerated to 50% speed. by selecting the “RATCHET ON” target. such as wind direction and velocity in outdoor installations and air drafts in indoor installations. This unit furnishes the required hydraulic control oil pressure for operation of the starting clutch and ratchet assembly. can have an affect on the time required for cooldown.

Diesel Testing (Optional on MS 5001 and MS 6001 Units) The starting diesel may be tested either with the turbine operating or while shutdown. there is a thirty second delay before the transfer begins. To test the diesel. Fuel Transfer (Gas-Distillate Option) Fuel transfer is initiated using the Fuel Mixture Display on the <I> CRT. The transfer will occur with no delay for line filling. The diesel will run at idle speed as long as the pushbutton is held in. The diesel can now be tested by operating the diesel test pushbutton located on the accessory base.System Description Gas Turbine For liquid fuel machines. 2. Once started. During turbine shutdown and cooldown periods. UOGTDLN1–21 . The transfer can be stopped at any fuel mixture proportion within limits as specified in the Control Specification-Settings Drawing by setting the FUEL MIX SETPOINT and then selecting MIX. the delay allows for filling the liquid fuel lines.) 5. 4. 3. Automatic Fuel Transfer On Low Gas Pressure (Gas-Distillate Option) In the event of low fuel gas pressure the turbine will transfer to liquid fuel. Refer to the Lube Oil and Hydraulic Oil Supply Schematic Piping Diagrams. 6. fuel pressure delivered to the input of the turbine gear driven fuel pump is provided by a dc/ac powered fuel forwarding pump. For the distillate-to-gas transfer. The DC motor drives the pump until AC power is available to drive the AC motor. as the gas turbine is brought up to operational speed level. fuel transfer takes approximately thirty seconds. Select the “DIESEL TEST ON” target. manually reselect gas fuel. Jogging Turbine Rotor (MS 5001 and MS 6001 Units) A pushbutton (43HR) located on the accessory base is provided for manual jogging of the turbine shaft by means of the hydraulic ratchet. the delay allows time for the speed ratio valve (and gas control valve) to modulate the inter volume gas pressure before the transfer begins. The turbine high pressure fuel oil requirements are satisfied by the normal accessory gear driven fuel pump. When transferring from one fuel to the other. (Do not exceed two (2) minutes. and the SPEEDTRONIC Control instructions of this service manual for further related information. Gas turbine AC powered cooling system fan drive motors are operated from partial to full power by driven load generator output. Testing the Emergency DC Lube Pump The DC emergency pump may be tested using the test pushbutton on the motor starter. For the gas-to-distillate transfer. the operational lube supply is again furnished by the emergency DC lube pump and the 88HR DC hydraulic ratchet supply pump assembly mentioned previously operates to turn the rotor. To return to gas fuel operation after an automatic transfer. Fuel transfer should be initiated prior to ignition or after the unit reaches operating speed. first select the Auxiliary Control Display on the <I> CRT.

With the high speed stop constant adjusted to be higher than the electrical overspeed trip speed. UOGTDLN1–22 . 2. raise unit speed gradually by using the SPEED SP RAISE target on the <I> Main Display and observe speed at which the unit trips against the value tabulated in the Control Specifications — Setting drawing. Mechanical Overspeed (if applicable) In order to test the mechanical overspeed bolt it is necessary to change the electrical overspeed trip setting constant to be greater than the mechanical overspeed bolt overspeed setting. such as oil temperature and vibration.Gas Turbine 7. a. This value is nominally set at 107% of rated speed. For security. Electrical Overspeed Turbine speed is controlled by the turbine speed reference signal TNR. After changing the required constants raise unit speed gradually by using the SPEED SP RAISE target on the <I> Main Display and observe speed at which the unit trips against the value tabulated in the Control Specifications — Settings drawing. All units should be tested after an extended shutdown period of two or more months unless otherwise specified in the Control Specifications-Adjustments Drawings. Return all constants to their normal value after coastdown of unit. Overspeed Trip Checks System Description Overspeed trip system testing should be performed on an annual basis on peaking and intermittently used gas turbines. Reference the control specification and the SPEEDTRONIC Mark V Maintenance Manual (GEH 5980) for details. On continuously operated units. Do not exceed the maximum search speed as defined in the Control Specifications. CAUTION 1. This will allow determination of the actual trip speed. which might be higher or lower than the “cold” trip speed depending upon several contributing factors. an identification code must be entered via the keypad in order to make any changes to the control system constants. It will be necessary to enter a new constant value for the high speed stop constant that will allow the speed to increase above the electrical overspeed trip setting. The maximum speed called for by TNR is limited by the high speed stop control constant. b. Note: The turbine should be operated for at least 30 minutes at rated speed before checking the overspeed settings. New constants can be entered with the Control Constant Adjust display activated and via the <I> keypad. the test should be performed at each scheduled shutdown and after each major overhaul.

Gas Turbine Record all trip speeds. If the trip does not occur within the limits. the overspeed trip mechanisms. To reduce the possibility of overspeed bolt trip system degradation where the trip speed becomes excessively high. Steam supply is within design parameters b. stroked by manually depressing the plunger several times through its stroke limits. 3. 2. refer to the adjustment instructions in the Service Manual. especially after long periods of inactivity. 8. Return all constants to their normal values following tests. Do not exceed the maximum search speed as defined in the Control Specifications. Successful completion of the above tests will assure that all shutdown devices are operating correctly. CAUTION 1. the bolt should be sparingly oiled in place with a lightweight machine oil. the fuel stop valves and other shutdown devices are in reliable condition. Instrument air supply is at required pressure c. Reset mechanical overspeed trip mechanism on unit accessory gear. The overspeed bolt should then be tripped three successive times within 1% of nominal trip speed and within 1% repeatability unless defined otherwise in the Control Specifications. Do not exceed the maximum search speed as defined in the Control Specifications. 2. see instructions for Maintenance and Replacement or contact your Field Service Representative for assistance. If three successive trips do not occur within acceptable repeatability limits. it is recommended that the mechanical bolt be tested periodically by carefully overspeeding the turbine and noting the speed at which the trip occurs. If a trip does not occur within reliable limits. Protection System. Overspeed Bolt Assembly. Steam line orifice size is correct UOGTDLN1–23 . it is important that the following checks be made: a. Steam Injection Operation (Optional) Before operating the steam injection system for the first time following an overhaul or periods of extended shutdown. The turbine should not be operated unless the overspeed bolt. and retested. Mechanical testing should also include the emergency trip button on the turbine control panel and the manual overspeed mechanical trip located on the right side of the accessory gear.System Description CAUTION 1. as defined in the Control Specifications.

the following problems may be the cause: (1) Steam supply exhausted (2) Insufficient supply pressure (3) Control valve closed (4) Stop valve closed The following should be checked: (1) Adequate steam supply (2) Check steam supply system (3) Check control valve actuator and drain valve operation UOGTDLN1–24 . When steam conditions are correct. Manual stop valve is open c. Pre-Operation Checks Prior to operation. check for the following conditions: a. <I> CRT controls are in non-select positions (Steam Injection OFF) b. temperature and flow. Selecting the STM INJ ON target initiates the steam injection control. To initiate steam injection the operator must first select the Steam Injection Overview Display on the <I> CRT. operates the steam injection system control valving and assures that the proper amount of steam injection is provided to the turbine combustion system during operation. the steam control valve releases steam into the combustion system at the proper steam-to-fuel flow ratio. All hand valves in line of flow are open d. Startup System Description The automatic control system. If this does not happen. Steam supply pressure and temperature are in operating range b. c. Trouble Shooting The purpose of the system is to provide steam to the turbine combustion system at the desired pressure. All valves to temperature or pressure gauges are open e. in conjunction with logic circuits of the microcomputer of the SPEEDTRONIC control system. The startup and operating sequence of the steam injection system is described and explained in the Steam Injection control system text of the Control and Protection Tab. initiate the drain and stop valve sequences and control the system.Gas Turbine a. At this point the automatic steam control circuits will take over.

Typical firing temperatures for the Lean-Lean mode are between 1500°F and 1950°F. b. Steam at too high a pressure can cause damage to valve stem packing and system seals. The location of the combustor flame is controlled by changing the fuel flow distribution. A steam injection trip only shuts down the steam injection system. The typical firing temperature TTRF range for this mode is from startup ignition through full speed no load to approximately 1500°F. It does not effect the normal running of the unit. Alarm and trip indications are displayed on the <I> CRT. The fuel flow distribution to the combustion chamber fuel nozzles is determined as a function of a calculated turbine firing temperature signal (TTRF) in the SPEEDTRONIC controller. It does not trip the turbine. A typical firing temperature for this mode is 1900°F. but does require an understanding of the system for proper operation. The Dry Low NOx I (DLNx I) control system regulates the distribution of fuel delivered to staged. UOGTDLN1–25 . DLNx I System Operation a. 9. multi-nozzle combustors located around the gas turbine. It can trip the system on temperature or pressure to protect against loss of superheat and carry over of condensate. Alarm and shutdown conditions of the steam injection system are detected by a protection program built into Control Sequence Program. General The Dry Low NOx system has been designed to function normally without operator input. The computer program is designed to trip the steam stop valve and prevent steam flow if steam temperature becomes too high or too low. See Control Specifications for alarm and trip point values. An alarm condition is initiated by high or low pressure levels and by high or low temperatures. (3) Secondary All fuel and combustion occur in the secondary zone of the combustor. Gas Fuel Operation There are four basic modes of distributing gas fuel to the DLNx combustor which are described below: (1) Primary Fuel and combustion are only in the primary zone. (2) Lean-Lean Fuel and combustion are in both the primary and secondary zones.System Description Gas Turbine (4) Check that instrument air supply pressure is sufficient and/or check solenoid control valve operation.

The gas turbine will startup in Primary mode and accelerate to full speed. After synchronization to the electrical power grid. The consequence of operating in Extended Lean-Lean is that the turbine exhaust emissions will contain higher levels of NOx and unburned hydrocarbons. These permissives are required because the transfer from Lean-Lean to Premix can only be performed through a designated window in the turbine operating region. Choosing this mode bypasses the transition into the Premix mode of operation. Using the “Lean-Lean Base” select. Primary mode is held through generator breaker opening until turbine shutdown. The typical firing temperature range for this mode of operation is above 1900°F. an upset or disturbance in the combustion system may cause flame to propagate from the secondary burning zone back into the fuel/air flow stream in the primary zone. The IGVs remain at a fixed minimum value (typically 57 Deg) from full speed no load until the turbine exhaust temperature reaches the exhaust temperature control curve. Lean-Lean operation continues through the load range until approximately TTRF = 1900°F. called “flashback. the control system will initiate fuel flow into the Secondary combustion zone and the Lean-Lean mode of operation will be established. At this point. The Control Specifications should be consulted to determine the firing temperature TTRF required for Premix Transfer for a particular unit.” will light off the primary zone and force the combustor into an Extended Lean-Lean mode. in order to extinguish the flame in the primary zone. the control system will transition the combustor through the Secondary mode. DLNx I Inlet Guide Vane Operation The DLNx I combustor emission performance is sensitive to changes in fuel to air ratio.Gas Turbine (4) Premix System Description In this mode. c. the turbine will continue to load up in the Primary combustion mode until about TTRF = 1550°F. At this point. If the combustor is operating in the Extended Lean-Lean mode and Premix operation is desired.” Note that this alarm does not annunciate when “Lean-Lean Base” is selected. During Premix operation. The DLNx combustor was designed according to the airflow regulation scheme used with Inlet Guide Vane (IGV) Temperature Control. UOGTDLN1–26 . with combustion only occurring in the secondary zone. and will readmit fuel into the Primary zone without burning which is the Premix mode of operation. the turbine must first be lowered in load until the firing temperature TTRF is below approximately 1820°F. air and a majority of the fuel are mixed in the primary zone and flow into the secondary zone to be burned in an effort to reduce NOx exhaust emissions. This measure is required to reset certain permissives in the DLNx I control for Premix transfer. Basically. fuel is in both the primary and secondary zones. the combustor can be operated in the Lean-Lean mode above TTRF = 1900°F. Unloading of the gas turbine with the DLNx I system from Base Load progresses from the Premix mode through the Lean-Lean mode to Primary mode. The control system is designed to react to such disturbances and sound off an alarm “Extended Lean-Lean — High Emission Levels. This mode is called Extended Lean-Lean. The IGVs open from their minimum value as the turbine increases load while on the exhaust temperature control curve until they reach a maximum (typically 84 Deg) at Base Load. This phenomena.

Alarms and protective actions are also built into the software to ensure the safe operation of this system.” Logic in the control panel software has been developed to default IGV Temperature Control in the “on” state. f. In between the transfer purge shutoff valves is a solenoid operated valve connected to a vent line which is used to port any leakage past the shutoff valves to a safe atmospheric vent. The operator should pay particular attention to any annunciated alarms concerning the gas fuel transfer purge given the serious ramifications of a failure to this system. but the operator should check this during startup. A transition to the LeanLean mode will be made at an approximate firing temperature of 1600°F by diverting a portion of the liquid fuel to the Secondary combustion zone. The unit will startup and load up from full speed no load in Primary mode. An interstage pressure switch located between the shutoff valves is also provided to indicate excessive line pressure when the vent line should be open. Liquid Fuel Operation (If applicable) DLNx I liquid fuel operation is limited to the Primary and Lean-Lean modes of combustion. WARNING A complete and routine checkout of the gas fuel transfer purge system operation should be performed by the operator. DLNx Inlet Heating (if applicable) Operation of the gas turbine with reduced minimum IGV settings (typically less than 57 Deg) can be used to extend the Premix operating region to lower loads. Gas Fuel Transfer Manifold Purge System The design of the diffusion style gas fuel transfer nozzle in the DLNx I combustor requires that the nozzle be purged with a steady flow of compressor discharge air whenever gas fuel is not diverted through the transfer nozzle manifold.System Description Gas Turbine The DLNx I system must be operated with IGV Temperature Control selected “on. The transfer purge system is designed with redundant measures to avoid the hazardous condition of gas fuel mixing with compressor discharge air. d. The transfer purge system is a normally open (purge air flowing) system that uses two shutoff valves to turn off the purge flow. A lack of transfer nozzle purge flow can seriously damage the fuel nozzle tip. e. UOGTDLN1–27 . Reducing the minimum IGV angle allows the combustor to operate at near a constant firing temperature high enough to support Premix operation while maintaining a sufficient fuel to air ratio. Liquid fuel operation will occur in the LeanLean mode with approximately a 50/50 primary to secondary fuel split distribution above TTRF = 1600°F until Base Load. Control logic is designed into the SPEEDTRONIC software to detect potential failures in the transfer purge system. Each of these valves has two redundant limit switches to indicate valve position.

If the valve command setpoint differs from the actual valve position by a prescribed amount for a period of time. The inlet bleed heat system also looks to detect a temperature rise in the compressor inlet airflow as an indication of flow when the control valve is opened. DLNx I Display Messages The following display messages will appear on the SPEEDTRONIC control panel CRT in order to inform the operator of the current combustion mode of operation: Primary Mode Lean-Lean Mode Pos Lean-Lean Mode Neg Lean-Lean Ext. The DLNx Inlet heating system regulates compressor discharge bleed flow through a control valve and into a manifold located in the compressor inlet air stream. the inlet bleed flow is turned down linearly until shutoff. DLNx I System Annunciator Troubleshooting Chart The following is a list of typical alarms and corrective action procedures for a gas turbine supplied with DLNx I and related systems. If the condition persists for an extended amount of time. Failure to detect a sufficient temperature rise in a set amount of time will cause the inlet bleed heat system to be tripped and an alarm annunciated to alert the operator. As the IGVs are opened at higher loads.Gas Turbine System Description Inlet heating through the use of recirculated compressor discharge airflow is necessary when operating with reduced IGV angles in order to protect the turbine compressor. an alarm will annunciate to warn the operator. The control valve varies the inlet heating air flow as a function of the IGV angle. UOGTDLN1–28 . Also. Inlet heating protects the turbine compressor from stall by relieving the discharge pressure and by increasing the inlet air stream temperature. At minimum IGV angles the inlet bleed flow is controlled to a maximum of 5% of the total compressor discharge flow. Mode Secondary Transfer Secondary Load Recovery Premix Transfer Premix Steady State h. the inlet bleed heat system will be tripped and the IGVs will be reset to their normal schedule. This list is intended to supplement the annunciator troubleshooting chart contained in the standard gas turbine operating procedures instruction book articles. The inlet bleed heat control valve is monitored for its ability to track the command setpoint. inlet heating prevents ice formation due to increased drop across the reduced angle IGVs. g.

System Description Alarm Message Gas Splitter Valve Control Trouble Gas Splitter Valve Position Trouble Gas Spitter Valve Trouble — Trip Gas Transfer Valve Control Trouble Gas Transfer Valve Position Trouble Gas Transfer Valve Trouble — Trip Failure to Flame Out Primary Zone — Alarm Cause GSV command setpoint different from actual position. jamming and LVDT trouble. jamming and LVDT trouble. Investigate the GSV for proper seating and shut off of the Primary valve cage. GTV command setpoint different from actual position. Possible failure of ignition system or flame detection system during Primary zone reignition. trouble — Investigate exhaust temp. Examine GTV for sticky operation. and LVDT trouble. Check ignition exciters. system during Primary zone reignition. Possible failure of ignition system or flame detection system during Secondary Load Recovery mode. Premix. GTV position servo loop trouble. Gas Turbine Action Examine GSV for sticky operation. Check ignition exciters. GTV command setpoint different from actual position for extended period. GSV command setpoint different from actual position for extended period. Examine GTV for sticky operation. spark plugs and flame detectors. spreads and other indications of potential combustion hardware damage. Examine GTV servovalve and LVDTs for proper operation. Unexpected Lean-Lean mode Excessive flashbacks could operation at high loads possi. GSV position servo loop trouble. Check ignition exciters. Failure of ignition system or flame detect.proper seating and shut off of ferring from Lean-Lean to the Primary valve cage. spark plugs. jamming and LVDT trouble Examine GSV servovalve and LVDTs for proper operation. Examine GSV for sticky operation. spark plugs and flame detectors. Failure to Leave Secondary Transfer — Trip System bogged down in Investigate the GSV for Secondary mode while trans. Extended Lean-Lean Mode High Emissions Failure to Reignite Primary Zone — Alarm Failure to Reignite Primary Zone — Trip Failure to Reignite Primary in Sec Load Recovery — Alarm UOGTDLN1–29 .indicate combustion system bly due to flashback. Unable to extinguish the Primary Zone flame during the transfer from Lean-Lean to Premix. jamming. and flame detectors.

Action Examine liquid fuel splitter valve and limit switch operation. Inlet Bleed Heating Additional Alarms (if applicable): Alarm Message Bleed Heat Valve Not Tracking — Alarm Bleed Heat System Not Operational — Trip No Inlet Heating Airflow — Trip Cause Action Inlet bleed heat control valve Inspect the control and the stuck or faulty position feed. 1B. Manual stop valve closed. Observe the control valve stoke and check the inlet thermocouples.Gas Turbine Alarm Message Failure to Reignite Primary in Sec Load Recovery — Trip Gas Transfer Purge Valve Failure to Close Gas Transfer Purge Valve Failure to Open Gas Transfer Purge System Pressure High Cause Failure of ignition system or flame detect. Open manual stop valve. Check compressor disch. or faulty pressure switch indication. purge vent solenoid valve and vent line connection. and limit switches. UOGTDLN1–30 . System Description Action Check ignition exciters. j. spark plugs. i. interstage pressure switch setting. Control valve stuck closed or faulty inlet thermocouple readings. Transfer purge valve stuck or Inspect transfer purge valves faulty limit switch indication.position transmitter for back transmitter. proper operation. pressure transducers and sensing lines. blocked vent line. system during Secondary Load Recovery mode. Control valve stuck closed or Observe the control valve faulty inlet thermocouple stoke and check the inlet readings. and flame detectors. Examine transfer purge valves. Transfer purge valve leak. thermocouples. Loss of CPD Transducers — Trip Failure of two or more compressor discharge pressure transducers (96CD-1. DLNx I Liquid Fuel Additional Alarms (if applicable): Alarm Message Liquid Fuel Splitter Valve Failure to Open Liquid Fuel Splitter Valve Failure to Close Cause Liquid fuel splitter valve stuck or faulty limit switch. 1C). and limit switches. Examine liquid fuel splitter valve and limit switch operation. Transfer purge valve stuck or Inspect transfer purge valves faulty limit switch indication. Liquid fuel splitter valve stuck or faulty limit switch.

Mandatory Precautions Before water washing of the compressor begins. consult the GE Installation and Service Engineering representative.9°C) to prevent thermal shock to the hot gas parts. CAUTION The differential temperature between the wash water and the interstage wheelspace temperature must not be greater than 120°F (48. UOGTDLN1–31 .6°C). the ash should be removed. During this cooling of the turbine. This will allow enough time for the internal machine temperature to drop to the required levels for the washing. the turbine blading temperature must be low enough so that the water does not cause thermal shock. General Gas Turbine Water washing should be scheduled during a normal shutdown. a correct temperature reading will not be obtained. Radiation shields should also be checked. they should be repositioned per the appropriate drawing. the maximum wheelspace temperature must be no greater than 300°F (148. the thermocouples in the exhaust plenum should be examined. If the thermocouples are coated with ash. CAUTION If.2°C). there has been an increase in exhaust temperature spread above the normal 15°F to 30°F (8. Water Washing System Operation (Optional) a. For wash water of 180°F (82. The wheelspace temperatures are read in the control room on the <I> CRT. b. the wash water may be heated and the turbine kept on crank until the wheelspace temperatures drop to an acceptable level. If they are coated with ash. if possible. or if the radiation shields are not properly oriented.3°C to 16. the wash water is to be heated to the proper level. If they are not radially oriented relative to the turbine. To reduce this difference.9°C) as measured by the digital thermocouple readout system on the turbine control panel. during operation. The time required to cool the machine can be shortened by maintaining the unit at crank speed.System Description 10. If neither of the above conditions exists and there is no other explanation for the temperature spread.

All operator commands can be issued from the <I> CRT. c. EMERGENCY STOP (5E) — This red pushbutton is located on the front of the TCP. With the proper password. The turbine rotor should be operated on turning gear or ratchet for one hour each day to prevent the buildup of corrosive deposits in the turbine wheel dovetails. These deposits can be removed by washing with a garden hose. Caution must be exercised to ensure the proper positioning of all valves during this operation. IV. The gas turbine should be operated at full speed. <I> CRT The <I> CRT is a personal computer that directly interfaces to the turbine control panel. B. System Description Note: Before water washing the compressor. Turbine Control Panel (TCP) The turbine control panel contains the hardware and software required to operate the turbine. pipes. OR b. and potentially hot surfaces. inspect the inlet plenum and gas turbine bellmouth for large accumulations of atmospheric contaminants which could be washed into the compressor. UOGTDLN1–32 . BACKUP OPERATOR INTERFACE (BOI) — This interactive display is mounted on the front of the TCP. Standby Gas Turbines on Extended Shutdown The GE Company recommends the following procedures for gas turbines subject to extended shutdowns. a. necessary precautions should be taken in handling valves.Gas Turbine WARNING The water wash operation involves water under high pressure. Alarm management can be performed and turbine parameters can be monitored. 11. DESCRIPTION OF PANELS AND TERMS A. alarm management can be performed and turbine parameters can be monitored from the <BOI>. no load for one hour per week to dry the turbine out and thereby preventing moisture condensation in the turbine wheel dovetail crevices. In addition. All operator commands can be issued from this module. Operation of this pushbutton immediately shuts off turbine fuel. Water Wash Procedures Refer to cleaning publication included in this section for details on procedure. editing can also be accomplished. Since the water may also be hot. This is the primary operator station.

The machine will load at the manual loading rate. FAST START . the EXECUTE target at the bottom of the display must also be selected in order to actuate that command. the unit will load to the SPINNING RESERVE load point.Select base temperature control load point. All green targets are the AUTO/EXECUTE type. CRANK — With crank selected. within three seconds. 3. Operator selector targets include: OFF — Inhibits a start signal.A STOP selection will cause the unit to initiate a normal shutdown.Select peak temperature control load point. With AUTO selected. which means that the target must be selected with the CPD and then. a START signal will bring the machine to minimum speed and establish flame in the combustors.System Description 1. 2. Selecting FIRE while the machine is on CRANK will initiate the firing sequence and establish flame in the combustors. With AUTO selected. Main Display Gas Turbine Operator selector targets and master control selector targets can be actuated from the main display by using the cursor positioning device (CPD). *PEAK . Load selector targets include: PRESEL . STOP . Fuel selector targets include: *Optional equipment UOGTDLN1–33 . REMOTE — With REMOTE selected. AUTO — With AUTO selected. FIRE — With FIRE selected.A FAST START selection will cause the unit to start. control for the unit is transferred to the remote control equipment. Load Control Display Load selector targets can be actuated from the load control display by using the cursor positioning device (CPD). a start signal will bring the machine to cranking speed (14HM). the unit will load to the PRESELECTED load point. BASE . Changing selections from FIRE to AUTO will allow the machine to accelerate to operating speed. All operator selector switches and master control selector targets are green and are located on the right side of the display.Select the preselected load point. a START signal will bring the machine to operating speed. Master control selector targets include: START — A START selection will cause the unit to start. *Fuel Mixture Display Fuel selector targets are used to select the desired fuel by using the cursor positioning device (CPD).

Auxiliary Display COOLDOWN ON and COOLDOWN OFF can be selected from this display. 8. see the Mark V Users’ Manual (GEH 5979). The DIESEL TEST ON and DIESEL TEST OFF targets (if diesel starting means is used) can also be selected from this display.Used to select droop speed control. *Inlet Guide Vane Control Display The inlet guide vane (IGV) temperature control targets are IGV TEMP CNTL ON and IGV TEMP CNTL OFF. For more information. Manual Reset Target Selecting the manual reset target resets the Master Reset Lockout function. the time when each alarm occurred. 4.100% gas fuel operation. This will adjust the electrical overspeed setpoint to allow testing of the mechanical overspeed equipment. the OVERSPEED TEST HP target can be selected. The IGV AUTO target selects normal operation of the IGVs.100% distillate fuel operation. Selecting the DIESEL TEST ON target enables the permissive which allows the Diesel Test Pushbutton to be manually operated. System Description MIX SELECT . *Optional equipment UOGTDLN1–34 .Selecting MIX while on 100% single fuel will cause the machine to transfer to mixed fuel operation at a preset mixture. An “*” indicates that the alarm has not been acknowledged. *Mechanical Overspeed Test Display After selecting the ENABLE SOFTSW’s target. DIST SELECT . ISOCH SELECT . *Isochronous Setpoint Display Governor selector targets are used to select the desired type of speed control by using the cursor positioning device (CPD).Used to select isochronous speed control.Gas Turbine GAS SELECT . This target must be selected so that the unit can be restarted following a trip. 6. the alarm drop number and a word description of the alarm. Alarm Display This screen displays the current un-reset alarms. The “*” disappears after the alarm has been acknowledged. 7. Governor selector targets include: DROOP SELECT . 5. 9. The IGV MANUAL target allows the maximum IGV angle to be manually set by the operator (not normally used while on-line).

GENERATOR VARMETER — Indicates the generator reactive output in megavars.The minimum load control point based on generator output.) Reads the generator Resistance Temperature Detector (RTD) selected by the temperature meter selector switch. Manual — Selects manual synchronizing mode. GENERATOR AMMETER — Indicates generator phase current. Peak loading duration is based on turbine exhaust temperature levels. The spinning reserve magnitude in MWs can be found in the control specifications (5–10% of rating is a typical value). FREQUENCY METER — Indicates generator frequency. SYNCHRONIZING SELECTOR SWITCH (43S/CS) — Three position switch used to select the synchronizing mode. AMMETER SELECTOR SWITCH — See Generator Ammeter (above). The phase current to be read is selected on the three position ammeter selector switch.This is the maximum allowable output permitted for relatively long-duration. PEAK LOAD (Optional) . D. The preseelected load point is normally set below the base load point (50–60% of rating is a typical value). SYNCHROSCOPE — Indicates the phase relationship between the generator and bus voltage.A load control point based on generator output. In this position the generator frequency and voltage.System Description C. bus voltage. but actually displayed in Mark V SPEEDTRONIC systems on the <I> CRT. The preselected load point is adjustable within a range designated in the Control Specification. and phase relationship will be displayed to facilitate manual synchronizing. emergency power requirement situations consistent with acceptable turbine parts life. EXCITER VOLTMETER — Indicates generator field voltage (if used). PRESELECTED LOAD . UOGTDLN1–35 . BASE LOAD . GENERATOR FIELD AMMETER — Indicates generator field amperes (if used). Definition of Terms Gas Turbine SPINNING RESERVE . GENERATOR WATTMETER — Indicates the generator output in megawatts. GENERATOR TEMPERATURE METER — (Traditionally included on the Generator Control Panel. Generator Control Panel (Typical) SYNCHRONIZING LAMPS — Rough indication of the speed and phase relationship between the generator and the bus. INCOMING VOLTMETER — Indicates generator voltage. RUN VOLTMETER — Indicates bus voltage.This is the normal maximum loading for continuous turbine operation as determined by turbine exhaust temperature levels.

but actually displayed in Mark V SPEEDTRONIC systems on the <I> CRT. it may differ somewhat in metering and indications. Motor controllers are used for auxiliaries such as motors and heaters. VOLTAGE/VAR CONTROL SWITCH (90R4/CS) — Controls generator voltage when the unit is off the line. However. Motor Control Center The turbine is provided with a motor control center for the control of the electrical auxiliaries. TRANSFORMER DIFFERENTIAL LOCK-OUT SWITCH (86T) — Manual reset lockout switch which operates in the event of a transformer fault. The indicator lights above the switch indicate Open (Green) and Closed (Red).e. spring return to normal. The selector switch is normally left in AUTO. Decrease — Left. UOGTDLN1–36 . selector switch and indicator lights. generator load when the generator is on the line. F. VOLTMETER SWITCH (VS) — Used to select the phase of the bus voltage to be displayed on the run voltmeter. and frequency when the generator is running isolated and on DROOP speed control. and controls voltage/vars when the machine is on the line. (Increase — Right. Note: Using this switch. The motor control center includes AC and DC distribution systems.) GENERATOR BREAKER CONTROL SWITCH (52G/CS) — Used to open or close the generator breaker. the generator breaker should be closed only when proper synchronizing techniques are used or when the system onto which the generator is being brought is not energized. E.Gas Turbine System Description Off/Remote — Used when the unit is being controlled from the remote control equipment. Each motor controller normally consists of a breaker. control power transformer. Refer to the supervisory manufacturer’s instruction manual for details. for manual synchronizing). power contactor. GOVERNOR RAISE/LOWER CONTROL SWITCH (70R4/CS) — Used to control turbine speed when the generator is off the line (i. GENERATOR DIFFERENTIAL LOCK-OUT SWITCH (86G) — Manual reset lockout switch which operates in the event of a generator fault. control circuit. Auto — Used for local automatic synchronizing. WATTHOUR METER — Measures the watthour output of the generator. Each motor control center is also provided with AC and DC distribution panel boards with circuit breakers. Supervisory Remote Equipment Supervisory equipment is normally functionally the same as the equipment described in the cable connected master panel. TEMPERATURE METER SELECTOR SWITCH — Traditionally included on the Generator Control Panel.

Before clearing an alarm. For those alarms associated with permissive to start and trip logics latched up through the MASTER RESET function. it will be necessary to call up the <I> CRT Display with the Master Reset target in order to unlatch and clear these alarms. The following is a list of annunciator messages along with suggested operator action. The “trip” messages contain the word TRIP in the message. action should be taken to determine the cause and perform the necessary corrective action. Annunciator System Gas Turbine Alarms are displayed on the <I> CRT when the ALARM Display mode is selected. The “alarm” messages do not indicate TRIP. UOGTDLN1–37 .System Description G. Note: The alarm messages can be categorized as either “trip” or “alarm”.

.

.

NOMEMCLATURE DES APPAREILS DE CONTROLE DIAGRAM. APPROVED 03 OCT 01 03 OCT 01 03 OCT 01 g GE Energy Products – Europe ANCEL T. LIST OF COMPLEMENTARY DOCUMENTS First made for : MS9001E ITEM : 0414 DATE GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED DIMENSIONS ARE IN MM [INCHES] DRAWN NAMES TOLERANCES ON: 1 [2] PL DECIMALS + 2 [3] PL DECIMALS + ANGLES + FRACTIONS + CHECKED THIRION F. NO. JOST JM. ALL SHEETS OF EACH SECTION ARE THE SAME REVISION LEVEL AS INDICATED IN THE REVISION BLOCK. copied or reproduced without our prior written consent.P. Il ne peut être communiqué. TCA DW-NG THIRION F. copié ou reproduit sans notre autorisation écrite préalable. P. OF SHEETS 3 7 7 REV C C C Ce document. This document. SCHEMA. – DEVICE SUMMARY FIRST MADE FOR : 9E : ITEM 0414 SIZE CAGE CODE DWG NO WEIGHT : 0000 kg A SIM TO: SCALE 372A8094 SHEET INDEX 1 . JEZEQUEL ROUSSEL A. ANCEL T. THIRION F. JOST JM. ITEM DESCRIPTION DWG. It must not be communicated. JEZEQUEL DATE 03 OCT 01 03 OCT 01 03 OCT 01 03 JUI 02 03 JUI 02 03 JUI 02 15 JUI 02 15 JUI 02 15 JUI 02 SIGNATURES C IM-2002003561 M SECTION INDEX 01F 01E NO. B First Issue IM-2002003364 M THIRION F. exclusive property of GE Energy Products France SNC is strictly confidential. propriété exclusive de GE Energy Products France SNC est strictement confidentiel.SIZE A DWG NO 372A8094 SH ISO PROJECTION 1 REV C DESCRIPTION REVISIONS REV A EACH SECTION SHALL BE REVISED IN ITS ENTIRETY.

P. I. GT DIAGRAM. SCHEM P. AIR ASPIRATION SCHEMA TUY. AIR REFROIDT ET ETANCHETTE SCHEMA TUY.P. FUEL PURGE DIAGRAM.V. SCHEM P. FIRE PROTECT DIAGRAM.P.CPRSR WSHG DIAGRAM. CLG . SCHEM GAZ DETECTOR DIAGRAM.P. WATER INJ.PIPING SYSTEMS SCHEMATIC DESCRIPTION (ENGLISH) SYMBOLS . LUBE OIL DIAGRAM. SCHEM P. AIR ATOMISATION SCHEMA PROTECTION INCENDIE SCHEMA TUY.TURBINES DIAGRAM. SCHEM P. SCHEM P. SUPPLY DIAGRAM.P.SLG AIR DIAGRAM. STARTING MEANS DIAGRAM. NUMEROS DEVICE SUMMARY . SCHEM P. SCHEM P. SCHEMA TUY.CPRSR CLN DIAGRAM. SCHEM P.Europe THIRION F. FUEL GAS DIAGRAM. SCHEM P.P.P. SCHEM P. FUEL PURGE -SYMBOLES UTILISES DANS LES SCHEMAS ET TABLEAUX -LEGEND FOR DESCRIPTION OF MISCELLANEOUS ABBREVIATIONS AND SYMBOLS APPEARING ON LISTED DRAWINGS DESIGNATION ABBR DESCRIPTION GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY DESIGNATION SIZE CAGE CODE ABBR DWG NO DESCRIPTION g DRAWN GE Energy Products . RECHAUFF.P.G.P.VENT DIAGRAM. FLOW-HEATING . SCHEM P. SCHEM P. SCHEM P. HYDR.P. ET VENTIL. WATER INJ. SCHEM P. ALIMENTATION HUILE HP SCHEMA CHAUFF.P INLET AIR REHEATING DIAGRAM.P.P. SCHEM P. CONT DEVICES . TG AUX SCHEMA NETTOYAGE COMPRESSEUR ET TURBINE SCHEMA LAVAGE COMPRESSEUR TURBINE SCHEMA NETTOYAGE COMPRESSEUR SCHEMA TUY. COMBUSTIBLE SCHEMA PURGE TUY. COMPT. DIAGRAM. HUILE DE GRAISSAGE SCHEMA TUY. TRIP OIL DIAGRAM. HUILE DE CONTROLE SCHEMA TUY.G. LIQ.P. ATOMIZING AIR NOMENCLATURE DES SCHEMAS ET DES TUYAUTERIES DESIGNATION (FRANCAIS) SYMBOLES NOMENCLATURE APPAREILLAGE SCHEMA APPAREILS DE PROTECTION T. GT 91-242B9854 91-317644 91-315296 DIAGRAM. TURB .P. COOLING WATER DIAGRAM. SCHEM P. SCHEM P. SCHEM P.P.P.P. TURB & CPRSR CLN 356B2267 DIAGRAM. COMBUSTIBLE 0414 0415 0416 0417 0418 0420 0421 0422 0424 0425 0426 0432 0434 0436 0441 0442 0443 0461 0462 0469 0474 0477 0495 CD LO CSA TO CW SM GF LF AA FP IAR HS HV TCC TCW CC WI WI IGV HGD FPU FPU 372A8094 356B2601 202D8427 239C7408 91-316352 360B1319 356B2630 356B2265 356B2647 239C7268 356B2725 91-313088 DIAGRAM.SIZE A DWG NO 372A8094 SH 2 REV C ITEMS SYS. INJECTION D'EAU TG SCHEMA COMMANDE AUBES VARIABLES SCHEMA DETECTION GAZ SCHEMA PURGE TUY.P. INJECTION D'EAU TG SCHEMA TUY. COMBUSTIBLE GAZ SCHEMA TUY COMBUSTIBLE LIQUIDE SCHEMA TUY. . EAU DE REFROIDISSEMENT SCHEMA MOTEUR DE LANCEMENT SCHEMA TUY. A SCALE 372A8094 SECTION INDX SHEET 2 . FUEL DIAGRAM. SCHEM P.DEVICE SUMMARY DIAGRAM.

PRESSION DIFFERENTIELLE COMBUSTIBLE GAZEUX EVENT DE GAZ FUITE AUX GARNITURES VANNE COMBINEE GAZ HUILE DE REGULATION HP HUILE DE SECURITE HP HUILE DE GRAISSAGE EVENT D' HUILE DE GRAISSAGE HUILE DE GRAISSAGE MODULEE RACCORDEMENT CLIENT EGOUTTURES D'EAU ALIMENTATION D'EAU RETOUR D'EAU RETOUR D' HUILE DOUBLE CONTACT DOUBLE POLE BOUCHON PRESSION AMONT FILTRE PRINCIPAL HUILE PRESSION AMONT FILTRE HUILE CONTROLE PRESSION AMONT FILTRE HYDRAULIQUE HUILE RETOUR HUILE AUDESSOUS DU NIVEAU CUVE A HUILE AA AD AE DPG GF GFV GPL OH OHT OL OLV ATOMIZING AIR COMPRESSOR DISCHARGE AIR EXTRACTION AIR DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE GAUGES. GAS FUEL GAS FUEL VENT GAS VALVE STEM PACKAGING LEAKOFF CONTROL OIL HIGH PRESSURE TRIP OIL HIGH PRESSURE LUBE OIL LUBE OIL EVENT CONTACT ADDITIONNEL NC AVEC POINT COMMUN ELECTRIQUE CONTACT ADDITIONNEL NC AVEC CONTACT ELECTRIQUEMENT SEPARE CONTACT ADDITIONNEL NO AVEC POINT COMMUN ELECTRIQUE CONTACT ADDITIONNEL NO AVEC CONTACT ELECTRIQUEMENT SEPARE CROISSANT NORMALEMENT FERME NORMALEMENT OUVERT NORMALEMENT DESENGAGE NORMALEMENT RETRACTE SIMPLE CONTACT SIMPLE POLE TRANSFORMATEUR DIFFERENTIEL ROTATIF DE POSITION TRANSMETTEUR POSITION TRANSF.SIZE A DWG NO 372A8094 CEC CES OEC OES INC NC NO ND NR SPST RVDT SH 3 REV C AIR D'ATOMISATION AIR SORTIE COMPRESSEUR AIR D'EXTRACTION MANOMETRE.LINEAIRE DIFFERENTIEL NON REGLABLE VANNE 2 VOIES VANNE 3 VOIES DECROISSANT PLUS GRAND QUE PLUS PETIT QUE VALEUR DE MOINDRE IMPORTANCE PRESSION AVAL FILTRE PRINCIPAL HUILE PRESSION AVAL FILTRE HUILE CONTROLE PRESSION AVAL FILTRE HUILE HYDRAULIQUE RETOUR HUILE AU-DESSUS DU NIVEAU CUVE A HUILE ADDITIONAL CONTACT NC ELECTRICALLY COMMON ADDITIONAL CONTACT NC ELECTRICALLY SEPARATE ADDITIONAL CONTACT NO ELECTRICALLY COMMON ADDITIONAL CONTACT NO ELECTRICALLY SEPARATE INCREASING NORMALLY CLOSED NORMALLY OPEN NORMALLY DISENGAGED NORMALLY RETRACTED SIMPLE POLE SIMPLE THROW ROTARY VARIABLE DIFFERENTIAL TRANSFORMER-POSITION TRANSMIT LINEAR VARIABLE DIFFERENTIAL TRANSFORMER (POSITIONTRANSMIT) DIFFERENTIAL NOT ADJUSTABLE 2 WAY (VALVE) 3 WAY (VALVE) DECREASING GREATER THAN LESS THAN NUMBER IS OF SECONDARY IMPORTANCE LUBE OIL FILTER DOWNSTREAM PRESSURE CONTROL FILTER DOWNSTREAM PRESSURE HYDRAULIC FILTER DOWNSTREAM PRESSURE OIL DRAIN ABOVE LEVEL IN OIL TANK LVDT OR REGULATED LUBE OIL D (2) (3) DEC > < () AMF ACF AHF12 OD PC WD WR WR OD DPDT X--BMF PURCHASER CONN. WATER DRAIN WATER FEED WATER RETURN OIL DRAIN DOUBLE POLE DOUBLE THROW PLUGGED TAP LUBE OIL FILTER UPSTREAM PRESSURE BCF CONTROL FILTER UPSTREAM PRESSURE BHF1.HYDRAULIC FILTER 2 UPSTREAM PRESSURE OD OIL DRAIN BELOW LEVEL IN OIL TANK GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY SIZE CAGE CODE DWG NO g DRAWN GE Energy Products .Europe THIRION F. A SCALE 372A8094 SECTION INDX SHEET 3 .DIF.

CONTACT FERME FIN DE COURSE VANNE PURGE SYSTEME COMBUSTIBLE GAZ NORMAL =(2) NC-OES FERME QUAND VANNE OUVERTE FIN DE COURSE VANNE PURGE SYSTEME COMBUSTIBLE GAZ NORMAL =(2) NO-CES OUVERT QUAND VANNE OUVERTE FIN DE COURSE POSITION VANNE DE GAVAGE CONVERTISSEUR DE COUPLE AU REPOS.0=FLAMME SORTIE LOGIQUE DIRECTEMENT DANS ARMOIRE SPEEDTRONIC FIN DE COURSE SOUTIRAGE AIR ETANCHEITE PALIER LE FIN DE COURSE EST TOUJOURS FERME AVEC LA VA14 DANS LA POSITION SOUTIRAGE 5e ETAGE FIN DE COURSE VANNE ANTI-POMPAGE 11eme ETAGE COMPRESSEUR VANNE OUVERTE : FIN DE COURSE ACTIONNE .) DANS MOTEUR DE LANCEMENT DETECTEUR FLAMMES-CHAMBRE DE COMBUSTION N°14 ETAT LOGIQUE:1=PAS DE FLAMME. CONTACT S'OUVRE SUR DEPASSEMENT COUPLE MAXI EN COURSE MINI NORMAL = NC-OEC SIZE CAGE CODE DWG NO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY g DRAWN GE Energy Products .20TU = 0.SIZE A DWG NO 372A8094 SYMBOLE 0417 CSA 0418 TO 0477 FPU 0432 IAR 0421 SM 0418 TO 0442 TCW 0442 TCW 0422 GF 0477 FPU 0421 SM 0434 HS 0416 LO 0416 LO 0421 SM 0417 CSA 0421 SM 0415 CD 0415 CD 0415 CD 0415 CD 0417 CSA 0417 CSA 0477 FPU 0477 FPU 0421 SM 0432 IAR 0432 IAR 0421 SM 0421 SM SH 1 REV C SYSTEME 20CB-1 1071 20FG-1 0991 20PG-3.P.LIMITEUR COUPLE MAXI.2 0938 23TG-1 0538 23TK-1.T.14S 1121 28FD-1P.2 KW – 400 V .1S 1121 28FD-2P.3S 1121 33BQ-1 1044 33CB-1to4 1022 33PG-5.LIMITEUR COUPLE MAXI CONTACT S'OUVRE SUR DEPASSEMENT COUPLE MAXI EN COURSE MINI NORMAL = NC-OEC FIN DE COURSE:POSITION AUBES CONVERTISSEUR DE COUPLE .0=FLAMME SORTIE LOGIQUE DIRECTEMENT DANS ARMOIRE SPEEDTRONIC DETECTEUR FLAMMES-CHAMBRE DE COMBUSTION N°3 ETAT LOGIQUE:1=PAS DE FLAMME.Europe THIRION F.50 Hz RESISTANCE ANTI-CONDENSATION MOTEUR 88 TG-1 RESISTANCE ANTI-CONDENSATION MOTEUR 88 TK SONDE A RESISTANCE(C.8 0991 33TC-1 0605 33TH-3 A037 33TH-4 A037 33TM-5 0605 33TM-6 0605 DESIGNATION ELECTROVANNE 3 VOIES POUR COMMANDE VANNE ANTI POMPAGE COMPRESSEUR NORMAL= B VERS C OUVERT .FIN DE COURSE ACTIONNE.7 0991 33PG-6.0=FLAMME SORTIE LOGIQUE DIRECTEMENT DANS ARMOIRE SPEEDTRONIC DETECTEUR FLAMMES-CHAMBRES DE COMBUSTION N°2 ETAT LOGIQUE:1=PAS DE FLAMME.4 0991 20TH-1 A037 20TU-1 0605 20TV-1 1019 20TW-1 0953 20TW-3 0953 20VG-1 0991 20VG-3 0991 23CR-1to3 0603 23HQ-1 0628 23QA-1 1006 23QT-1. A SCALE 372A8094 SECTION 01F SHEET 1 . A FERME ELECTROVANNE D'ARRET COMBUSTIBLE GAZEUX NORMAL = OUVERT ELECTROVANNE PURGE SYSTEME COMBUSTIBLE GAZ NORMAL = 1 VERS 3:OUVERT -2:FERME ELECTROVANNE COMMANDE VANNE VA20-1 POUR SOUTIRAGE AIR COMPRESSEUR ACTIVE POUR FERMETURE DE VA20-1 ELECTROVANNE DE DECHARGE CONVERTISSEUR DE COUPLE NORMAL = OUVERT ELECTROVANNE DE COMMANDE DES AUBES A OUVERTURES VARIABLES NORMAL = OUVERT ELECTROVANNE LAVAGE COMPRESSEUR OFF LINE ELECTROVANNE LAVAGE COMPRESSEUR ON LINE ELECTROVANNE EVENT COMBUSTIBLE GAZEUX NORMAL = OUVERT ELECTROVANNE EVENT(PURGE)COMBUSTIBLE GAZ NORMAL = FERME RESISTANCES CHAUFFANTES DANS MOTEUR DE LANCEMENT 240 V – 150 W RESISTANCE ANTI-CONDENSATION MOTEUR 88 HQ-1 RESISTANCE ANTI-CONDENSATION MOTEUR 88 QA-1 RESISTANCES DE CHAUFFAGE CUVE A HUILE 10.3 PH . CONTACT FERME FIN DE COURSE SUR VANNE ISOLATION SOUTIRAGE AIR COMPRESSEUR VM15-1 CONTACT FERME QUAND VANNE VM15-1 PLEINE OUVERTURE FIN DE COURSE SUR VANNE ISOLATION SOUTIRAGE AIR COMPRESSEUR VA30-1 CONTACT FERME QUAND VANNE VA30-1 TOTALEMENT FERMEE FIN DE COURSE:POSITION AUBES CONVERTISSEUR DE COUPLE .0=FLAMME SORTIE LOGIQUE DIRECTEMENT DANS ARMOIRE SPEEDTRONIC DETECTEUR FLAMMES-CHAMBRES DE COMBUSTION N°1 ETAT LOGIQUE:1=PAS DE FLAMME.2S 1121 28FD-3P.2 1233 26CR-1to3 0603 28FD-14P.

A SCALE 372A8094 SECTION 01F SHEET 2 .E DETECTEUR GAZ COMPARTIMENT TURBINE ALARME : 5% DE LA L. 375°C MAX.1B 1103 45FT-2A.03± 0.65± 0.2 BARS INC OUVERT = 1.I.Y -PALIER 1 CAPTEURS SANS CONTACT X.72 BARS NORMAL =NO-CEC PRESSION SYSTEME VANNE DE PURGE DEC OUVERT = 2.13 BARS INC FERME = 3.NORMAL = NO SPST DETECTEUR GAZ COMPARTIMENT GAZ ALARME : 5% DE LA L.4±0.75±0.E DECLENCHEMENT : 8% DE LA L.NORMAL = NO SPST DETECTEUR D'INCENDIE TUNNEL PALIER DIFFERENT DE 3 INC FERME = 510±5°C .I.2B 1104 45FA-6A.8±0.I.NORMAL = NO SPST DETECTEUR D'INCENDIE COMPARTIMENT GAZ INC FERME = 316±5°C .4 mm/s = 150 mv CRETE CAPTEURS SANS CONTACT X.068 BARS NORMAL =NC-OEC PRESSION DIFFERENTIELLE FILTRE CONVERTISSEUR DE COUPLE INC OUVERT = 1.035 BARS DEC OUVERT = 0.(ALARME) DEC FERME = 2.NORMAL = NO SPST DETECTEUR D'INCENDIE COMPARTIMENT AUXILIAIRE.20 BARS NORMAL =NC-OEC MANOSTAT DE PRESSION D' HUILE DE DECLENCHEMENT POUR VANNE D'ARRET COMBUSTIBLE GAZEUX INC FERME = 1.NORMAL = NO SPST DETECTEUR D'INCENDIE COMPARTIMENT TURBINE INC FERME = 316±5°C .55± 0.NORMAL = NO SPST DETECTEUR D'INCENDIE COMPARTIMENT DE PUISSANCE INC FERME = 316±5°C . VOLTAGE DE SORTIE A 25. VOLTAGE DE SORTIE A 25.I.9±0. 375°C MAX.13 BARS NORMAL =(2) NO-CEC PRESSION BASSE HUILE DE GRAISSAGE (DEMARRAGE POMPES AUX.07 PRESSION DIFFERENTIELLE FILTRE HYDRAULIQUE H.1B 1218 39V-2A 1218 39V-3A.063 L/SEC A 69 BARS FLUIDE:HUILE HP A 83 BARS SIZE CAGE CODE DWG NO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY g DRAWN GE Energy Products .6B 0991 45FT-1A.14 BARS DEC OUVERT = 1.14 BARS DEC OUVERT = 2.021 BARS NORMAL = NO CEC MANOSTAT DIFFERENTIEL ENCRASSEMENT FILTRE COALESOEUR NORMAL NO FERMETURE 80MBAR ALARME POUR FERMETURE A DEFINIR MANOSTAT DE PRESSION AIR REFFROIDISSEMENT CORPS TURBINE ET CADRE ECHAPPEMENT FERME : AU-DESSUS DE 381±76 mm H20 NORMAL = NO CEC TRANSDUCTEUR ELECTRO-PNEUMATIQUE ETAT DENTREE 4mA POUR VANNE VA20-1 PLEINE OUVERTURE SERVO VALVE POUR VANNE CONTROLE GAZ DEBIT:0.07 BARS NORMAL = NO CEC PRESION BASSE ALIMENTATION CIRCUIT HUILE HP (DEMARRAGE POMPE AUX.) INC FERME = 100±3.3B 1154 45FT-8A.10±0.9B 1160 45HA-4to6 0991 45HT-1to3 1154 5E-1.0315 L/SEC A 69 BARS ALIMENTATION HUILE DE CONTROLE:103.11±1.4 BARS SERVOVANNE VANNE TRANSFERT GAZ (3 ENROULEMENTS) DEBIT:0.1B 1104 45FA-2A.Y -PALIER 3 BOUTON POUSSOIR:COMMANDE VANNE MOTORISEE (20TW-1) LAVAGE COMPRESSEUR DETECTEUR D'INCENDIE COMPARTIMENT AUXILIAIRE INC FERME = 316±5°C .5 BARS MANOSTAT DE BASSE PRESSION D'HUILE DE LUBRIFICATION COTE ALTERNATEUR INC FERME = 0. INC FERME = 316±5°C .32 1160 43TW-1/PB 1105 45FA-1A.4 mm/s =150 mv CRETE CAPTEUR DE VIBRATION PALIER 3 TEMP.4 mm/s = 150 mv CRETE CAPTEUR DE VIBRATION PALIER 2 TEMP.12 0235 39VS-31.E DECLENCHEMENT : 8% DE LA L.10±0.2 A053 65EP-3 A037 65GC-1 0541 65GD-1 0568 DESIGNATION FIN DE COURSE SUR ELECTROVANNNE 20VG-1 FIN DE COURSE ACTIONNE CONTACT FERME NORMAL = NO CES CAPTEUR DE VIBRATION PALIER 1 TEMP.Europe THIRION F.51±0.3B 1218 39VS-11.E BOUTON D'ARRET D'URGENCE PRESSION DIFFERENTIELLE FILTRE ENTREE GAZ INC OPEN :1.03 BARS INC OUVERT = 4.75±1. 375°C MAX.2B 1154 45FT-3A.SIZE A DWG NO 372A8094 SYMBOLE 0422 GF 0415 CD 0415 CD 0415 CD 0415 CD 0415 CD 0442 TWC 0426 FP 0426 FP 0426 FP 0426 FP 0426 FP 0426 FP 0426 FP 0426 FP 0474 HGD 0474 HGD 0426 FP 0422 GF 0434 HS 0418 TO 0434 HS 0477 FPU 0416 LO 0416 LO 0416 LO 0416 LO 0416 LO 0417 CSA 0432 IAR 0422 GF 0422 GF SH 2 REV C SYSTEME 33VG-1 0991 39V-1A.P.2 1104 63GQ-1 0991 63HF-1 0926 63HG-1to3 0991 63HQ-1 0926 63PG-2 0991 63QA-2 0926 63QQ-1 0926 63QQ-8 0916 63QT-2A ALTERNATEUR 63QV-1 A098 63TK-1. INC FERME = 316±5°C .07 BARS NORMAL =NO-CEC PRESSION DIFFERENTIELLE FILTRE PRINCIPAL HUILE DE GRAISSAGE DEC FERME = 0.8B 1160 45FT-9A.10 BARS DEC OUVERT = 93. HP. VOLTAGE DE SORTIE A 25.NORMAL = NO SPST DETECTEUR D'INCENDIE COMPARTIMENT TURBINE INC FERME = 316±5°C .NORMAL = NO SPST DETECTEUR D'INCENDIE COMPARTIMENT TURBINE.13±0.62±0.) INC FERME = 3.

0.01V TRANSMETTEUR PRESSION COMBUSTIBLE GAZ ECHELLE 0-34.5±0.7 BARS .SIZE A DWG NO 372A8094 SYMBOLE 0422 GF 0416 LO 0416 LO 0415 CD 0415 CD 0415 CD 0421 SM 0434 HS 0416 LO 0416 LO 0416 LO 0421 SM 0417 CSA 0421 SM 0422 GF 0432 IAR 0469 IGV 0415 CD 0415 CD 0415 CD 0415 CD 0415 CD 0415 CD 0432 IAR 0432 IAR 0417 CSA 0417 CSA 0417 CSA 0415 CD 0422 GF 0422 GF SH 3 REV C SYSTEME 65GS-1 0565 71QH-1 1038 71QL-1 1038 77HT-1to3 0546 77NH-1to3 0546 77RP-11 0235 88CR-1 0603 88HQ-1 0628 88QA-1 1006 88QE-1 1007 88QV-1 A098 88TG-1 0538 88TK-1.0.311 BARS TRANMETTEUR DE PRESSION AMONT VANNE CONTROLE VA20-1 CAPACITE 0-20.5 BARS -5±0.4 BARS MOTEUR COMMANDE VANNE DE PURGE SUR ENTREE SOUTIRAGE AIR COMPRESSEUR 120V AC 50/60 HZ ALIMENTATION VA20-1 PLEINE A FOURNIR SERVO VALVE COMMANDE DES AUBES VARIABLES ENTREE AIR DEBIT:0.MULTI TENSION 3 PHASES -MULTI FREQUENCE ETURE 80MBAR MOTEUR DE VIRAGE TG 30 KW –725 TR/MN -400 V -3 PH -50 Hz MOTEUR-VENTILATEUR REFROIDISSEMENT CORPS T.7 BARS .7 BARS ZERO 0 BAR .27±0.7 BARS .5 KW –1750 TR/MN -125 V -DC MOTO VENTILATEUR (MIST ELIMINATOR) 18. ZERO 0 BARG 4 +/.20mA TRANSMETTEUR PRESSION ECHAPPEMENT COMPRESSEUR ECHELLE 0-20.27±0.01V MAXI 34.315 L/SEC A 69 BARS ALIMENTATION HUILE DE CONTROLE:103.0.063 L/SEC A 69 BARS FLUIDE:HUILE HP A 83 BARS NIVEAU HAUT HUILE DE GRAISSAGE ALARME VOIR SCHEMA HUILE DE GRAISSAGE(ML ITEM 0416) NORMAL =NC-OEC NIVEAU BAS HUILE DE GRAISSAGE ALARME VOIR SCHEMA HUILE DE GRAISSAGE(ML ITEM 0416) NORMAL =NO-OEC CAPTEUR DE VITESSE.5 ±0 BARS ZERO 0 BAR .45 m BARS TRANSMETTEUR PRESSION COMBUSTIBLE GAZ ECHELLE 0-34.01V MAXI 34.4mA MAXI 20.7 BARS ZERO 0 BAR .315 L/SEC A 69 BARS ALIMENTATION HUILE DE CONTROLE:103.20mA TRANSMETTEUR PRESSION ENTREE D'AIR 0 – 12.2 mA "GAIN" TRANMETTEUR DE PRESSION AVAL VANNE CONTROLE VA20-1 CAPACITE 0-10.2 BARS TRANSMETTEUR PRESSION DIFFERENTIELLE AIR CORPS ADMISSION 0 .35 BARG 20 +/. ZERO 0 BARG 4 +/.35 BARG AJUSTEMENT SUR CONDITION SORTIE TRANSMETTEUR.2 mA "ZERO" MAXI 10.5 KW –3000 TR/MN -400 V -50 Hz SERVO-VALVE VANNE D'ARRET DETENTE GAZ DEBIT:0.5 BARS .69 BARG AJUSTEMENT SUR CONDITION SORTIE TRANSMETTEUR.5 KW .0.4 BARS TRANSFORMATEUR POUR BOUGIE D'ALLUMAGE 95SP-11 TRANSFORMATEUR POUR BOUGIE D'ALLUMAGE 95SP-12 BOUGIE D'ALLUMAGE CHAMBRE N°11 BOUGIE D'ALLUMAGE CHAMBRE N°12 TRANSMETTEUR PRESSION ATMOSPHERIQUE 0.2 1233 88TM-1 0605 90SR-1 0541 90TH-4 A037 90TV-1 0540 95SG-11 1213 95SG-12 1213 95SP-11 1214 95SP-12 1214 96AP-1 0557 96BD-1 0557 96BH-1 A037 96BH-2 A037 96CD-1A 0557 96CD-1B 0557 96CD-1C 0557 96CS-1 0557 96FG-2A 0991 96FG-2B 0991 DESIGNATION SERVOVANNE SPLITTER VANNE GAZ(3 ENROULEMENTS) DEBIT:0.G.69 BARG 20 +/.01V GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY SIZE CAGE CODE DWG NO g DRAWN GE Energy Products .0±0. A SCALE 372A8094 SECTION 01F SHEET 3 .0.4mA MAXI 20.5 ±0 BARS ZERO 0 BAR .2 mA "GAIN" TRANSMETTEUR PRESSION ECHAPPEMENT COMPRESSEUR ECHELLE 0-20.1.20mA TRANSMETTEUR PRESSION ECHAPPEMENT COMPRESSEUR ECHELLE 0-20.12 mm REPERE DE PHASE MOTEUR DE LANCEMENT TG 1000KW –2975 TR/MN -11500 V -50 Hz MOTO-POMPE AUXILIAIRE HUILE HP 15 KW –1450 TR/MN -400 V -3 PH -50 Hz MOTO-POMPE AUXILIAIRE HUILE DE GRAISSAGE 90 KW –2960 TR/MN -400 V -3 PH -50 Hz MOTO-POMPE DE SECOURS HUILE DE GRAISSAGE 7.2 mA "ZERO" MAXI 20.12 mm CAPTEUR DE VITESSE SITUE SUR PALIER N°1 JEUX:1.Europe THIRION F.4mA MAXI 20.7 BARS ZERO 0 BAR . SITUE SUR PALIER N°1 JEUX:1. ET CADRE ECHAPPEMENT 45 KW –2900 TR/MN -400 V -3 PH -50 Hz MOTEUR CONVERTISSEUR DE COUPLE 1.8 .0±0.

2 0507 96TH-1 A037 96TM-1 0605 96TV-1.8 mm LVDT SPLITTER VANNE GAZ-COURSE:57.4mA MAXI : COUPLE MAXIMUM : 100% .4mA "ZERO" MAXI 5 BARS . THERMOCOUPLE COUSSINET PALIER 3 TURBINE THERMOCOUPLE COUSSINET PALIER 3 TURBINE.C.Europe THIRION F.C.4 0991 AT_LC-1 0637 AT_TC-1 0637 BT_J1-1A.01V MAXI 34.MATIERE BUTEE PALIER 1 TURBINE T.2 0564 96QA-2 0926 96QT-2A ALTERNATEUR 96SR-1.MATIERE CONTRE-BUTEE PALIER 1 TURBINE.5 BARS .15 mm TRANSMETTEUR DE PRESSION HUILE DE LUBRIFICATION SORTIE VPR2 ECHELLE 0-7 BARS ZERO 0 BAR 4 mA "ZERO" MAXI 7 BARS 20 mA "GAIN" TRANSMETTEUR DE PRESSION HUILE DE LUBRIFICATION COTE ALTERNATEUR ECHELLE 0-5 BARS ZERO 0 BAR .5 ±0 BARS ZERO 0 BAR .0±0. THERMOCOUPLE TEMPERATURE SOUTIRAGE AIR COMPRESS.2B 0235 BT_TI1-5A.D.MATIERE CONTRE-BUTEE PALIER 1 TURBINE T.SIZE A DWG NO 372A8094 SYMBOLE 0422 GF 0422 GF 0422 GF 0422 GF 0422 GF 0416 LO 0416 LO 0422 GF 0432 IAR 0421 SM 0469 IGV 0415 CD 0434 HS 0422 GF 0436 HV 0436 HV 0415 CD 0415 CD 0415 CD 0415 CD 0415 CD 0415 CD 0415 CD 0415 CD 0415 CD 0415 CD 0415 CD 0415 CD 0432 IAR 0415 CD 0415 CD 0415 CD SH 4 REV C SYSTEME 96FG-2C 0991 96FG-3 0991 96GC-1.2 0637 CT_IF-1.20mA "GAIN" L. VANNE D'ARRET ET DETENTE GAZ COURSE 88.T. T.T.C.2 mA = 0.V.COMMANDE DES AUBES VARIABLES ENTREE AIR CAPTEURS SANS CONTACT BUTEE ACCUMULATEUR SUR HUILE DE CONTROLE CAPACITE :9.2 0637 CT_IF-3/R 0637 DESIGNATION TRANSMETTEUR PRESSION COMBUSTIBLE GAZ ECHELLE 0-34. A SCALE 372A8094 SECTION 01F SHEET 4 .7 BARS ACCUMULATEUR SUR HUILE DE CONTROLE CAPACITE UNITAIRE:10 L PRECHARGE:42 BARS FONCTION:FOURNIR UNE CAPACITE D'APPOINT TEMPERATURE COMPARTIMENT PUISSANCE RESISTANCE THERMOMETRIQUE TEMPERATURE COMPARTIMENT TURBINE RESISTANCE THERMOMETRIQUE THERMOCOUPLE COUSSINET PALIER 1 TURBINE THERMOCOUPLE COUSSINET PALIER 1 TURBINE.0.MATIERE BUTEE PALIER 1 TURBINE T.D.0% 20 +/.5 L PRECHARGE:51. THERMOCOUPLE COUSSINET PALIER 2 TURBINE THERMOCOUPLE COUSSINET PALIER 2 TURBINE.2 0567 96GS-1.2 0502 AH1-3.2B 0235 BT_J2-1A.MATIERE BUTEE PALIER 1 TURBINE T.C.MATIERE CONTRE-BUTEE PALIER 1 TURBINE.5B 0235 BT_TI1-9A.2 0509 96GD-1.T.67mm (+1.9B 0235 CT_BD-1 A037 CT_DA-1.8B 0235 BT_TI1-2A. T.01V TRANSMETTEUR PRESSION ENTREE COMBUSTIBLE GAZ ECHELLE 0-25 BARS ZERO 0 BAR 4 mA "ZERO" MAXI 25 BARS 20 mA "GAIN" L.20mA L.THERMOCOUPLE CHROMEL/ALUMEL TEMPERATURE SORTIE COMPRESSEUR THERMOCOUPLE TYPE K TEMPERATURE ENTREE COMPRESSEUR THERMOCOUPLE TYPE K RESISTANCE THERMOMETRIQUE TEMPERATURE ENTREE COMPRESSEUR GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY SIZE CAGE CODE DWG NO g DRAWN GE Energy Products .2 mA = 100% TRANSMETTEUR DE POSITION DES AUBES CONVERTISSEUR DE COUPLE ZERO : COUPLE MINIMUM : 0% .2B 0235 BT_J3-1A.C. VANNE DE REGLAGE GAZ COURSE 44-45mm LVDT VANNE TRANSFERT GAZ COURSE:50.1B 0235 BT_J1-2A.2B 0235 BT_TA1-2A.2B 0235 BT_TA1-5A.C.-0) TRANMETTEUR POSITION VANNE DE COMMANDE SOUTIRAGE AIR COMPRESSEUR 4 +/.12 0235 AH1-1.5±0.2 0548 96VC-11.V.0.5B 0235 BT_TA1-8A.1B 0235 BT_J2-2A.1B 0235 BT_J3-2A.D. TYPE K .V.

VERIN DOUBLE ACTION REGLAGE VERIN POUR 34°-2° A 84+2° SUR LES VIGV TEMPERATURE RETOUR D'HUILE PALIER 1 THERMOCOUPLE TYPE K TEMPERATURE RETOUR D'HUILE PALIER 2 THERMOCOUPLE TYPE K TEMPERATURE RETOUR D'HUILE PALIER 3 THERMOCOUPLE TYPE K TEMPERATURE RETOUR D'HUILE BUTEE PALIER 1 THERMOCOUPLE TYPE K TEMPERATURE RETOUR D'HUILE PALIER 4 THERMOCOUPLE TYPE K ALTERNATEUR TEMPERATURE RETOUR D'HUILE PALIER 5 THERMOCOUPLE TYPE K ALTERNATEUR TEMPERATURE BASSE CUVE A HUILE RESISTANCE THERMOMETRIQUE TEMPERATURE NORMALE CUVE A HUILE RESISTANCE THERMOMETRIQUE TEMPERATURE COLLECTEUR HUILE DE LUBRIFICATION THERMOCOUPLE TYPE K . THERMOCOUPLE TYPE K INJECTEUR COMBUSTIBLE GAZ PRIMAIRE INJECTEUR COMBUSTIBLE GAZ-SECONDAIRE INJECTEUR COMBUSTIBLE GAZ-TRANSFERT POMPE HYDRAULIQUE PRICIPALE ATTELEE AU REDUCTEUR DES AUXILLIAIRES DEBIT :65 L/MN A 105 BARS-1422 TR/MN POMPE AUXILIAIRE HUILE HP DEBIT :45.3B 0637 MG1-1 0513 MG1-2 0513 MG1-3 0513 PH1 0627 PH2 0627 SLI-1.1B 0637 LT_B3D-1A.4 L/MN A 105 BARS -1450 TR/MN ENTRAINEE PAR MOTEUR ELECTRIQUE 88 HQ AVERTISSEUR LUMINEUX TEMPERATURE TUNNEL PALIER 3 THERMOCOUPLE TYPE K TEMPERATURE APRES 1ere ROUE TURBINE (EXTERIEUR) THERMOCOUPLE TYPE K THERMOCOUPLES AVANT 1ere ROUE TURBINE (INTERIEUR) THERMOCOUPLE TYPE K TEMPERATURE APRES 2eme ROUE TURBINE (EXTERIEUR) THERMOCOUPLE TYPE K TEMPERATURE AVANT 2eme ROUE TURBINE (EXTERIEUR) THERMOCOUPLE TYPE K TEMPERATURE APRES 3eme ROUE TURBINE (EXTERIEUR) THERMOCOUPLE TYPE K TEMPERATURE AVANT 3eme ROUE TURBINE (EXTERIEUR) THERMOCOUPLE TYPE K GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY SIZE CAGE CODE DWG NO g DRAWN GE Energy Products .SIZE A DWG NO 372A8094 SYMBOLE 0477 FPU 0422 GF 0422 GF 0422 GF 0434 HS 0469 IGV 0422 GF 0469 IGV 0416 LO 0416 LO 0416 LO 0416 LO 0416 LO 0416 LO 0416 LO 0416 LO 0416 LO 0416 LO 0416 LO 0422 GF 0422 GF 0422 GF 0434 HS 0434 HS 0426 FP 0415 CD 0415 CD 0415 CD 0415 CD 0415 CD 0415 CD 0415 CD SH 5 REV C SYSTEME FA2-1 0991 FG-1 0929 FH14-1 0564 FH15-1 0567 FH2-1. TEMPERATURE COLLECTEUR HUILE DE LUBRIFICATION.1B 0637 LT_BT1D-1A.1B 0637 LT_TH-2A.2 0637 TT_WS3FO-1. A SCALE 372A8094 SECTION 01F SHEET 5 .2 1104 TT_IB-1 0637 TT_WS1AO-1.2 0637 TT_WS3AO-1.2B 0637 LT_TH-3A.2 0908 FH6-1 0905 FH7-1 0991 HM3-1 0548 LT_B1D-1A. DES VANNES GAZ FILTRATION:40 MICRONS (ELEMENT FILTRANT EN METAL FRITTE) SYSTEME COMMANDE AUBES VARIABLES .2 0637 DESIGNATION FILTRE AIR COMMANDE BALAYAGE GAZ FITRE ALIMENTATION GAZ FILTRATION NOMINAL 1. THERMOCOUPLE TYPE K.5 MICRONS FILTRE ALIMENTATION HYD.SPLITTER VANNE FILTRATION:15 MICRONS FILTRE ALIMENTATION HYD. TEMPERATURE COLLECTEUR HUILE DE LUBRIFICATION.1B 0637 LT_G1D ALTERNATEUR LT_G2D ALTERNATEUR LT_OT-1A 0938 LT_OT-2A 0938 LT_TH-1A.5 MICRONS FILTRE SUR ALIMENTATION EN HUILE H.Europe THIRION F.2 0637 TT_WS2AO-1.2 0637 TT_WS2FO-1. DES IGV FILTRATION:40 MICRONS (ELEMENT FILTRANT EN METAL FRITTE) FILTRE SUR ALIMENTATION EN HUILE H.P.2 0637 TT_WS1FI-1.1B 0637 LT_B2D-1A.VANNE TRANSFERT FILTRATION:15 MICRONS FILTRE SUR HUILE H.P.P. FILTRATION:0.

4 mm .8 mm +1/0 CORPS 63.VANNE GAZ CONTROLE -COMMANDEE HYDRAULIQUEMENT VANNE DE DECHARGE DE SECURITE IGV VANNE DE DECHARGE DE SECURITE DE LA VSR VANNE ISOLATION ENTREE RECHAUFFAGE VANNE TRANSFERT POUR FILTRE HUILE H. C FERME DEBUT DE FERMETURE B VERS E : A 54±1.5e ETAGE FERME VANNE FAUX DEPART VIDANGE CARTER DES CHAMBRES NORMAL = OUVERT VANNE DE FAUX DEPART VIDANGE CADRE ECHAPPEMENT NORMAL = OUVERT VANNE DE CONTROLE SOUTIRAGE AIR CONNEXION BRIDE 8" ANSI VANNES ANTI-POMPAGE COMPRESSEUR 11eme ETAGE NORMAL = OUVERT VANNE DE PURGE SOUTIRAGE AIR COMPRESSEUR CONNEXION BRIDE 2" ANSI VANNE DE VOLUME DE CHARGE SOUTIRAGE AIR COMPRESSEUR PURGEUR D'AIR SUR TUYAUTERIE HUILE H.COURSE 50.3 +0/-0.4±1.13/-0 BARS COMPENSATEUR DE PRESSION POMPE HYDRAULIQUE PRINCIPALE PH1 TARAGE:103.COURSE 57. AUXILIAIRE CLAPET ANTI-RETOUR SUR CIRCUIT HYDRAULIQUE HUILE HP POUR POMPE PRINCIPALE CLAPET ANTI-RETOUR SUR CIRCUIT HYDRAULIQUE HUILE HP POUR POMPE AUXILIAIRE CLAPET ANTI-RETOUR SUR CIRCUIT AIR REFROIDISSEMENT CORPS TURBINE VANNE CONTROLE GAZ .2 0637 DESIGNATION TEMPERATURE ECHAPPEMENT TURBINE THERMOCOUPLE TYPE K VANNE SYSTEME PURGE COMBUSTIBLE GAZ ACTIONNE PAR AIR VENANT DE 20PG VANNE ETANCHEITE AIR PALIER NORMAL: .2 CORPS 152.1 mm +1/0 CORPS 63.7±1.4 0991 VR1 1016 VR21 0947 VR22 0947 VSR-1 0507 VTR1 1035 WT_TL-1.Europe THIRION F.2 A053 VGC-1 0509 VGD-1 0567 VGS-3 0564 VH12-1 0509 VH3-1 0548 VH5 0507 VM15-1 A037 VM4 1052 VPR2-1 1023 VPR3-1 1005 VPR41-1 A037 VPR44-3.89 BARS +0.2 CORPS 152.COURSE 88.CONTROLE 300 LB-ASA .72 +0.0.5 mm SPLITTER VANNE COMBUSTIBLE GAZ CONTROLE 300 LB-ASA.37 BARS VANNE DE CONTROLE REGULATION PRESSIONSEUR SOUTIRAGE AIR TURBINE REGLAGE 3.LVDT 96SR-1.SERVO VALVE 65GC.104 +/. (FH2-1.P.1379 BARG REGULATEUR PRESSION D'AIR-VANNE PURGE COMBUSTIBLE GAZ TARAGE 2.COURSE 44+1/-0 mm VANNE TRANSFERT GAZ CONTROLE 300 LB-ASA.13/-0 BARS VANNE DE DECHARGE POMPE PRINCIPALE HUILE HP TARAGE:113.CONTROLE 300LB-ASA .37 BARS VANNE D_ARRET COMBUSTIBLE GAZ SERVO-VALVE 90SR . A SCALE 372A8094 SECTION 01F SHEET 6 . PRINCIPALE PURGEUR D'AIR SUR TUYAUTERIE HUILE H.4 0991 VA14 1044 VA17-1 1026 VA17-2 1026 VA20-1 A037 VA2-1to4 1022 VA30-1 A037 VA40-1 A037 VAB1 0947 VAB2 0947 VCK3-1 0947 VCK3-2 0947 VCK7-1.SIZE A DWG NO 372A8094 SYMBOLE 0415 CD 0477 FPU 0417 CSA 0442 TCW 0442 TCW 0432 IAR 0417 CSA 0432 IAR 0432 IAR 0434 HS 0434 HS 0434 HS 0434 HS 0417 CSA 0422 GF 0422 GF 0422 GF 0422 GF 0469 IGV 0422 GF 0432 IAR 0434 HS 0416 LO 0434 HS 0432 IAR 0477 FPU 0416 LO 0434 HS 0434 HS 0422 GF 0420 CW 0420 CW SH 6 REV C SYSTEME TT_XD-1to24 0623 VA13-3.6°C RESISTANCE THERMOMETRIQUE TEMPERATURE PATTES TURBINE GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY SIZE CAGE CODE DWG NO g DRAWN GE Energy Products .67+1/-0 mm VANNE THERMOSTATIQUE REFRIGERANT HUILE DE GRAISSAGE AVANT PALIER NORMAL = B VERS E OUVERT .2 BARS VANNE DE DECHARGE POMPE PRINCIPALE HUILE DE LUBRIFICATION TARAGE:6.P.OUVERT DU 11e ETAGE VERS PALIERS . LVDT 96GC-1.5 mm DUMP VALVE COMBUSTIBLE GAZ .7±1.P.4mm .2) VANNE DE REGULATION DE PRESSION COLLECTEUR HUILE PALIERS TARAGE:1.37 BARS VANNE DE DECHARGE POMPE AUXILIAIRE HP TARAGE:113.

7 0991 33PG-6. A CLOSED GAS FUEL STOP VALVE SOLENOID NORMAL = OPEN GAS FUEL SYSTEM PURGE SOLENOID VALVE NORMAL =1 TO 3:OPEN-2:CLOSED INLET HEATING CONTROL VALVE TRIP SOLENOID VALVE DE-ENERGISED TO TRIP VA20-1 TORQ.50 Hz MOTOR SPACE HEATER FOR 88 TG-1 TURB.3 PH .3S 1121 33BQ-1 1044 33CB-1to4 1022 33PG-5. SHELL AND EXHAUST FRAME BLOWER MOTOR HEATER (R.0=FLAME DIGITAL OUTPUT DIRECTLY INTO SPEEDTRONIC PANEL FLAME DETECTORS-COMBUSTION CHAMBERS Nr 2 DIGITAL LOGIC:1=NO FLAME.14S 1121 28FD-1P.150 W MOTOR SPACE HEATER FOR 88 HQ-1 MOTOR SPACE HEATER FOR 88 QA-1 IMMERSION HEATER LUBE OIL TANK EACH:10. CONVERTER UNLOADING(DRAIN) SOLENOID VALVE NORMAL = OPEN TURB COMPRESSOR IGV SOLENOID VALVE NORMAL = OPEN OFF LINE COMPRESSOR WATER WASH SOLENOID VALVE ON LINE COMPRESSOR WATER WASH SOLENOID VALVE GAS FUEL VENT SOLENOID VALVE VALVE NORMAL = OPEN GAS FUEL(PURGE)VENT SOLENOID VALVE NORMAL = CLOSED CRANKING MOTOR SPACE HEATER 240 V . CONVERTER FILLING VALVE 20TU DESENERGIRED.) IN CRANKING MOTOR RESISTANCE THERMOMETER DETECTOR FLAME DETECTORS-COMBUSTION CHAMBERS Nr14 DIGITAL LOGIC:1=NO FLAME.D. A SCALE 372A8094 SECTION 01E SHEET 1 .8 0991 33TC-1 0605 33TH-3 A037 33TH-4 A037 33TM-5 0605 33TM-6 0605 33VG-1 0991 DESCRIPTION COMPRESSOR BLEED VALVE SOLENOID 3 WAY VALVE NORMAL= B TO C OPEN .0=FLAME DIGITAL OUTPUT DIRECTLY INTO SPEEDTRONIC PANEL BEARING SEALING AIR VALVE-LIMIT SWITCH SWITCH CONT CLOSED WITH VA14 IN 5 TH STG POSITION .Europe THIRION F.2 1233 26CR-1to3 0603 28FD-14P. NORMAL = NC-OEC LIMIT SWITCH ON SOLENOID VALVE 20VG-1 LIMIT SWITCH ACTUATED AND CONTACT CLOSED NORMAL = NO CES SIZE CAGE CODE DWG NO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY g DRAWN GE Energy Products .2 KW . CONTACT CLOSED INLET HEATING ISOLATION VALVE LIMIT SWITCH CONTACT CLOSED WHEN VM15-1 FULL OPEN INLET HEATING ISOLATION VALVE LIMIT SWITCH CONTACT CLOSED WHEN VA30-1 FULL CLOSED TORQUE ADJUSTOR-LIMIT SWITCH HIGH TORQUE LIMIT CONTACT OPEN IF HIGH TORQUE DURING RUN DOWN.400 VAC .2 0938 23TG-1 0538 23TK-1.NORMAL=NO-SPST 11 TH STAGE COMPRESSOR BLEED VALVE LIMIT SWITCH VALVE OPEN : SWITCH ACTUATED AND CONTACT CLOSED GAS FUEL SYSTEM PURGE VALVE LIMIT SWITCH NORMAL =(2) NC-OES CLOSED WITH VALVE OPEN GAS FUEL SYSTEM PURGE VALVE LIMIT SWITCH NORMAL =(2) NO-CES OPEN WITH VALVE OPEN LIMIT SWITCH TORQ.2S 1121 28FD-3P.T.SIZE A DWG NO 372A8094 SYMBOLE 0417 CSA 0418 TO 0477 FPU 0432 IAR 0421 SM 0418 TO 0442 TCW 0442 TCW 0422 GF 0477 FPU 0421 SM 0434 HS 0416 LO 0416 LO 0421 SM 0417 CSA 0421 SM 0415 CD 0415 CD 0415 CD 0415 CD 0417 CSA 0417 CSA 0477 FPU 0477 FPU 0421 SM 0432 IAR 0432 IAR 0421 SM 0421 SM 0422 GF SH 1 REV C SYSTEM 20CB-1 1071 20FG-1 0991 20PG-3.4 0991 20TH-1 A037 20TU-1 0605 20TV-1 1019 20TW-1 0953 20TW-3 0953 20VG-1 0991 20VG-3 0991 23CR-1to3 0603 23HQ-1 0628 23QA-1 1006 23QT-1.1S 1121 28FD-2P. NORMAL = NC-OEC TORQUE ADJUSTOR-LIMIT SWITCH HIGH TORQUE LIMIT CONTACT OPEN IF HIGH TORQUE DURING RUN DOWN.0=FLAME DIGITAL OUTPUT DIRECTLY INTO SPEEDTRONIC PANEL FLAME DETECTORS-COMBUSTION CHAMBERS Nr 1 DIGITAL LOGIC:1=NO FLAME.0=FLAME DIGITAL OUTPUT DIRECTLY INTO SPEEDTRONIC PANEL FLAME DETECTORS-COMBUSTION CHAMBERS Nr3 DIGITAL LOGIC:1=NO FLAME.SWITCH ACTUATED.

3 PSIG NORMAL = NO CEC FOULING COALESOEUR FILTER DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE NORMAL NO CLOSE 80 MBAR ALARM TO DEFINE TURB SHELL AND EXHAUST FRAME BLOWER DISCHARGE PRESSURE SWITCH CLOSE : ABOVE 15±3 inch H20 NORMAL = NO CEC ELECTRO-PNEUMATIC TRANSDUCER POSITIONER INPUT 4mA FOR VA20-1 FULL OPEN GAS CONTROL VALVE SERVO VALVE RATED FLOW:5 GPM AT 1000 PSIG FLUID:HYD.2 A053 65EP-3 A037 65GC-1 0541 65GD-1 0568 65GS-1 0565 DESCRIPTION VIBRATION SENSOR TURBINE BEARING 1 TEMP.8B 1160 45FT-9A.3B 1218 39VS-11.L BUTTON OF STOP OF EMERGENCY GAS INLET FILTER DIFFERENTIAL INC OPEN : 22.03 NORMAL : NC-OEC HYD.NORMAL = NO SPST FIRE DETECTOR NOT EQUAL TO 3 BEARING TUNNEL INC CLOSE = 950±9°C .2B 1154 45FT-3A.NORMAL = NO SPST FIRE DETECTOR TURBINE COMPARTMENT INC CLOSE = 600±9°C . 707°F MAX.E. ALRM DEC CLOSE = 12.3B 1154 45FT-8A. PRESS. PURGE PRESSURE SWITCH DEC OPEN 40±2 PSIG INC CLOSE 45±2 PSIG NORMAL =(2) NO-CEC LOW LUBE OIL PRESSURE AUXILIARY PUMP START INC CLOSE = 45±2 PSIG DEC OPEN = 40. OUTPUT VOLTAGE AT 1"/s = 150 mv PEAK VIBRATION SENSOR TURBINE BEARING 3 TEMP.1B 1103 45FT-2A.SIZE A DWG NO 372A8094 SYMBOLE 0415 CD 0415 CD 0415 CD 0415 CD 0415 CD 0442 TWC 0426 FP 0426 FP 0426 FP 0426 FP 0426 FP 0426 FP 0426 FP 0426 FP 0474 HGD 0474 HGD 0426 FP 0422 GF 0434 HS 0418 TO 0434 HS 0477 FPU 0416 LO 0416 LO 0416 LO 0416 LO 0416 LO 0417 CSA 0432 IAR 0422 GF 0422 GF 0422 GF SH 2 REV C SYSTEM 39V-1A.2B 1104 45FA-6A.NORMAL = NO SPST FIRE DETECTOR ACCESSORY COMPARTMENT INC CLOSE = 600±9°C .L TRIP : 8% of L.05±1. 707°F MAX. ALARM DEC CLOSE = 40±15 PSIG INC OPEN = 60±3 PSIG NORMAL =NC-OEC HYDRAULIC OIL TRIP CIRCUIT PRESSURE GAS FUEL STOP VALVE INC CLOSE = 24±2 PSIG DEC OPEN = 20±1 PSIG NORMAL = NO CEC LOW HYDRAULIC SUPPLY PRESS. OUTPUT VOLTAGE AT 1"/s = 150 mv PEAK NON CONTACTING PROBES X.NORMAL = NO SPST GAS DETECTOR GAS COMPARTMENT ALARM : 5% OF L.6±1 PSIG NORMAL =NO-CEC MAIN LUBE OIL FILTER DIFFERENTIAL PRESS.NORMAL = NO SPST FIRE DETECTOR LOAD COMPARTMENT INC CLOSE = 600±9°C .E. 707°F MAX. AUX HYDL.SUPPLY OIL AT 1500 PSIG GAS FUEL TRANSFER VALVE SERVO VALVE (3 COILS) RATED FLOW:1 GPM AT 1000 PSIG FLUID:HYD.NORMAL = NO SPST FIRE DETECTOR GAS COMPARTMENT INC CLOSE = 600±9°C . PUMP START INC CLOSE = 1450±45 PSIG DEC OPEN = 1350±25 PSIG NORMAL =NO-CEC GAS FUEL SYS.5 PSIG DEC OPEN = 8±0. SUPPLY OIL AT 1200 PSIG GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY SIZE CAGE CODE DWG NO g DRAWN GE Energy Products .2 1104 63GQ-1 0991 63HF-1 0926 63HG-1to3 0991 63HQ-1 0926 63PG-2 0991 63QA-2 0926 63QQ-1 0926 63QQ-8 0916 63QT-2A ALTERNATEUR 63QV-1 A098 63TK-1.32 1160 43TW-1/PB 1105 45FA-1A. OUTPUT VOLTAGE AT 1"/s = 150 mv PEAK VIBRATION SENSOR TURBINE BEARING 2 TEMP.6B 0991 45FT-1A.FILTER DIFF. INC CLOSE = 600±9°C .L TRIP : 8% of L.NORMAL = NO SPST FIRE DETECTOR TURBINE COMPARTMENT INC CLOSE = 600±9°C .9B 1160 45HA-4to6 0991 45HT-1to3 1154 5E-1.1B 1218 39V-2A 1218 39V-3A.7±3 PSIG INC OPEN = 15±1 PSIG NORMAL =NC-OEC TORQUE ADJUSTER FILTER DIFFERENCIAL PRESSURE INC OPEN = 21.E.Y -BRG 3 COMPRESSOR WATER WASH PUSH BUTTON STATION FIRE DETECTOR ACCESSORY COMPARTMENT INC CLOSE = 600±9°C . A SCALE 372A8094 SECTION 01E SHEET 2 .Y -BRG 1 NON CONTACTING PROBES X.75 PSIG LOW LUBE OIL PRESSURE GENERATOR SIDE INC CLOSE =9±0.L GAS DETECTOR TURBINE COMPARTMENT ALARM : 5% OF L.Europe THIRION F.12 0235 39VS-31.E. SUPPLY OIL AT 1200 PSIG GAS FUEL SPLITTER VALVE SERVO VALVE (3 COILS) RATED FLOW:1 GPM AT 1000 PSIG FLUID:HYD.1B 1104 45FA-2A.NORMAL = NO SPST FIRE DETECTOR TURBINE COMPARTMENT.

050±0.01V FUEL GAS PRESSURE TRANSMITTER RANGE 0-500 PSIG ZERO 0 PSIG .2 mA "GAIN" COMPRES.0 PSIG ADJUSTEMENT ON CONDITION PRESSURE OUTPUT TRANSMITTER.050±0.20mA COMPRES.2 mA "ZERO" MAXI 300.5 KW -1750 RPM -125 V -DC FAN MOTOR (MIST ELIMINATOR) 18. .01V GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY SIZE CAGE CODE DWG NO g DRAWN GE Energy Products .0±0. SUPPLY OIL AT 1500 PSIG IGNITION TRANFORMER FOR 95SP-11 IGNITION TRANFORMER FOR 95SP-12 SPARK PLUG-COMBUSTION CHAMBER N°11 SPARK PLUG-COMBUSTION CHAMBER N°12 BAROMETRIC PRESSURE TRANSMITTER 11. A SCALE 372A8094 SECTION 01E SHEET 3 .SIZE A DWG NO 372A8094 SYMBOLE 0416 LO 0416 LO 0415 CD 0415 CD 0415 CD 0421 SM 0434 HS 0416 LO 0416 LO 0416 LO 0421 SM 0417 CSA 0421 SM 0422 GF 0432 IAR 0469 IGV 0415 CD 0415 CD 0415 CD 0415 CD 0415 CD 0415 CD 0432 IAR 0432 IAR 0417 CSA 0417 CSA 0417 CSA 0415 CD 0422 GF 0422 GF 0422 GF SH 3 REV C SYSTEM 71QH-1 1038 71QL-1 1038 77HT-1to3 0546 77NH-1to3 0546 77RP-11 0235 88CR-1 0603 88HQ-1 0628 88QA-1 1006 88QE-1 1007 88QV-1 A098 88TG-1 0538 88TK-1.MULTI FREQUENCE TURBINE GEAR MOTOR 30 KW -725 RPM -400 V -3 PH -50 Hz TURBINE EXHAUST FRAME COOLING FAN MOTOR 45 KW -2900 RPM -400 V -3 PH -50 Hz TORQUE ADJUSTER DRIVE MOTOR 1. ZERO 0 PSIG 4 +/. DISCHARGE PRESSURE TRANSMITTER RANGE 0-300 PSIG ZERO 0 PSIG -4mA MAXI 300 PSIG .MULTI TENSION 3 PHASES .005 INCH KEY PHASOR CRANKING MOTOR 1000KW -2975 RPM -11500 V -50 Hz (AUXILIARY) HYDRAULIC SUPPLY PUMP MOTOR 15 KW -1450 RPM -400 V -3 PH -50 Hz AUXILIARY LUBE OIL PUMP MOTOR 90 KW -2960 RPM -400 V -3 PH -50 Hz EMERGENCY LUBE OIL PUMP MOTOR 7.5±0.0.18 PSIG FUEL GAS PRESSURE TRANSMITTER RANGE 0-500 PSIG ZERO 0 PSIG .17.0.2 1233 88TM-1 0605 90SR-1 0541 90TH-4 A037 90TV-1 0540 95SG-11 1213 95SG-12 1213 95SP-11 1214 95SP-12 1214 96AP-1 0557 96BD-1 0557 96BH-1 A037 96BH-2 A037 96CD-1A 0557 96CD-1B 0557 96CD-1C 0557 96CS-1 0557 96FG-2A 0991 96FG-2B 0991 96FG-2C 0557 DESCRIPTION HIGH LUBE OIL LEVEL ALARM SEE LUBE OIL SCHEMATIC (ML ITEM 0416) NORMAL =NC-OEC LOW LUBE OIL LEVEL ALARM SEE LUBE OIL SCHEMATIC (ML ITEM 0416) NORMAL =NO-OEC HIGH PRESSURE SET MAGNETIC PICKUP LOCATION:N°1 BEARING GAP = 0.0±0.0 PSIG 20 +/.0 PSIG ADJUSTEMENT ON CONDITION PRESSURE OUTPUT TRANSMITTER.01V MAXI 500 PSIG .5 KW -3000 RPM -400 V -50 Hz SPEED RATIO/STOP VALVE SERVO VALVE RATED FLOW:5 GPM AT 1000 PSIG FLUID:HYD.6.4mA MAXI 300 PSIG .5±0.0±0.4 PSIG COMPRESSOR BELLMOUTH DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE TRANSMITTER 4.20mA INLET AIR TOTAL PRESSURE TRANSMITTER 0 – 0. DISCHARGE PRESSURE TRANSMITTER RANGE 0-300 PSIG ZERO 0 PSIG .0.0 PSIG 20 +/.5 PSIG INLET HTG CV UPSTREAM PRESSURE TRANSMITTER RANGE 0-300.01V MAXI 500 PSIG .5 KW .01V MAXI 500 PSIG .01V FUEL GAS PRESSURE TRANSMITTER RANGE 0-500 PSIG ZERO 0 PSIG .2 mA "ZERO" MAXI 150.2 mA "GAIN" INLET HTG CV DOWNSTREAM PRESSURE TRANSMITTER RANGE 0-150. ZERO 0 PSIG 4 +/. SUPPLY OIL AT 1500 PSIG INLET BLEED HEAT DRAIN VALVE MOTOR OPERATOR 120V AC 50/60 HZ POWER SUPPLY0-1 FULL OPEN REQUIRED TURBINE INLET GUIDE VANE SERVO VALVE RATED FLOW:5 GPM AT 1000 PSIG FLUID:HYD.5±0.20mA COMPRES. DISCHARGE PRESSURE TRANSMITTER RANGE 0-300 PSIG ZERO 0 PSIG -4mA MAXI 300 PSIG .005 INCH HIGH PRESSURE SET MAGNETIC PICKUP LOCATION:N°1 BEARING GAP = 0.0.Europe THIRION F.

20mA TURBINE INLET GUIDE VANE LVDT NON CONTACTING PROBES THRUST POSITION CONTROL OIL HYDRAULIC ACCUMULATOR CAPACITY:2.6 GAL PRECHARGE:596 PSIG FUNCTION:PROVIDE ADDITIONAL CAPACITY DURING SHORT FLOW TRANSIENTS LOAD COMPARTMENT TEMPERATURE RESISTANCE THERMOMETER DETECTOR TURBINE COMPARTMENT RESISTANCE THERMOMETER DETECTOR BRG THERMOCOUPLE JOURNAL 1 TURBINE BRG THERMOCOUPLE JOURNAL 1 TURBINE BRG THERMOCOUPLE JOURNAL 2 TURBINE BRG THERMOCOUPLE JOURNAL 2 TURBINE BRG THERMOCOUPLE JOURNAL 3 TURBINE BRG THERMOCOUPLE JOURNAL 3 TURBINE T.C.73-1.12 0235 AH1-1.5 PSIG 20 mA "GAIN" LOW LUBE OIL PRESSURE TRANSMITTER GENERATOR SIDE RANGE 0-72 PSIG ZERO 0 PSIG . THRUST ACTIVE BRG 1 TURBINE T.C.SIZE A DWG NO 372A8094 SYMBOLE 0422 GF 0422 GF 0422 GF 0422 GF 0416 LO 0416 LO 0422 GF 0432 IAR 0421 SM 0469 IGV 0415 CD 0434 HS 0422 GF 0436 HV 0436 HV 0415 CD 0415 CD 0415 CD 0415 CD 0415 CD 0415 CD 0415 CD 0415 CD 0415 CD 0415 CD 0415 CD 0415 CD 0432 IAR 0415 CD 0415 CD 0415 CD 0477 FPU SH 4 REV C SYSTEM 96FG-3 0557 96GC-1.1B 0235 BT_J3-2A.THRUST INACTIVE BRG 1 TURBINE.2 mA = 100% TORQUE ADJUSTER VANE POSITION TRANSMITTER ZERO : LOW TORQUE : 0% .2B 0235 BT_TA1-2A. A SCALE 372A8094 SECTION 01E SHEET 4 .THRUST INACTIVE BRG 1 TURBINE T.2B 0235 BT_J3-1A.5B 0235 BT_TI1-9A.2 0509 96GD-1.5 GAL PRECHARGE:750 PSIG CONTROL OIL HYDRAULIC ACCUMULATOR-HALE CAPACITY:2.C.4mA "ZERO" MAXI 72 PSIG .CHROMEL/ALUMEL THERMOCOUPLE COMPRESSOR TEMPERATURE DISCHARGE ANNULUS THERMOCOUPLE K TYPE COMPRESSOR TEMPERATURE INLET FLANGE THERMOCOUPLE K TYPE RESISRANCE THERMOMETER DETECTOR COMPRESSOR TEMPERATURE -INLET FLANGE CONTROLE AIR PURGE GAS FILTER GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY SIZE CAGE CODE DWG NO g DRAWN GE Energy Products .2 0564 96QA-2 0926 96QT-2A ALTERNATEUR 96SR-1.METAL TEMP.2B 0235 BT_TI1-5A.04.2 0548 96VC-11.2 mA = 0. THRUST ACTIVE BRG 1 TURBINE T.2 0507 96TH-1 A037 96TM-1 0605 96TV-1.C.0.THRUST INACTIVE BRG 1 TURBINE T.4 0991 AT_LC-1 0637 AT_TC-1 0637 BT_J1-1A.2 0637 CT_IF-3/R 0637 FA2-1 0991 DESCRIPTION FUEL GAZ INLET PRESSURE TRANSMITTER RANGE 0-362 PSIG ZERO 0 PSIG 4 mA "ZERO" MAXI 362 PSIG 20 mA "GAIN" GAS CONTROL VALVE LVDT STROCKE 1.2 0991 AH1-3.77inch GAS FUEL TRANSFER VALVE LVDT STROKE: 2 INCH GAS FUEL SPLITTER VALVE LVDT STROKE:2.5 PSIG ZERO 0 PSIG 4 mA "ZERO" MAXI 101.9B 0235 CT_BD-1 A037 CT_DA-1.49inch (+0. INLET AIR HGT TEMPERTURE THERMOCOUPLE TYPE K .0.METAL TEMP.0% 20 +/.THRUST ACTIVE BRG 1 TURBINE T.1B 0235 BT_J1-2A.-0) INLET HEATING CONTROL VALVE POSITION TRANSMITTER 4 +/.1B 0235 BT_J2-2A.METAL TEMP.2B 0235 BT_J2-1A.2 0567 96GS-1.5B 0235 BT_TA1-8A.8B 0235 BT_TI1-2A.2B 0235 BT_TA1-5A.C.METAL TEMP.C.25 INCH LUBE OIL PRESSURE TRANSMITTER VPR2 OUTLET RANGE 0-101. METAL TEMP.4mA MAXI : HIGH TORQUE : 100% .Europe THIRION F.20mA "GAIN" STOP/SPEED RATIO VALVE LVDT STROCKE 3.METAL TEMP.2 0637 CT_IF-1.

3B 0637 MG1-1 0513 MG1-2 0513 MG1-3 0513 PH1 0627 PH2 0627 SLI-1.2B 0637 LT_TH-3A.2 0637 TT_WS2FO-1.2 1104 TT_IB-1 0637 TT_WS1AO-1.2 0908 FH6-1 0905 FH7-1 0991 HM3-1 0548 LT_B1D-1A.1B 0637 LT_B2D-1A.SUPPLY FILTER-SPLITTER VALVE FILTRATION:15 MICRONS TRANSFERT VALVE SERVO HYD. A SCALE 372A8094 SECTION 01E SHEET 5 .WHEELSPACE 3rd STAGE AFT -(OUTER) THERMOCOUPLE K TYPE TURBINE TEMPERATURE .Europe THIRION F.2 0637 TT_WS1FI-1.3 THERMOCOUPLE K TYPE TURBINE TEMPERATURE -WHEELSPACE 1 ST STAGE AFT -(OUTER) THERMOCOUPLE K TYPE TURBINE TEMPERATURE -WHEELSPACE 1 ST STAGE FWD -(INNER) THERMOCOUPLE K TYPE TURBINE TEMPERATURE .1B 0637 LT_G1D ALTERNATEUR LT_G2D ALTERNATEUR LT_OT-1A 0938 LT_OT-2A 0938 LT_TH-1A.5 MICRONS HYD.2 0637 TT_WS3FO-1. THERMOCOUPLE K TYPE LUBE OIL TEMPERATURE TURBINE HEADER THERMOCOUPLE K TYPE LUBE OIL TEMPERATURE TURBINE HEADER THERMOCOUPLE TYPE K GAS FUEL NOZZLE PRIMARY FUEL GAS NOZZLE-SECONDARY FUEL GAS NOZZLE-TRANSFER MAIN HYDRAULIC SUPPLY PUMP DRIVEN BY ACCESSORY GEAR RATED FLOW:17.1450 RPM DRIVEN BY A C MOTOR 88 HQ FIRE ALARM STROBE TURBINE TEMPERATURE -INNER BARREL.SIZE A DWG NO 372A8094 SYMBOLE 0422 GF 0422 GF 0422 GF 0434 HS 0469 IGV 0422 GF 0469 IGV 0416 LO 0416 LO 0416 LO 0416 LO 0416 LO 0416 LO 0416 LO 0416 LO 0416 LO 0416 LO 0416 LO 0422 GF 0422 GF 0422 GF 0434 HS 0434 HS 0426 FP 0415 CD 0415 CD 0415 CD 0415 CD 0415 CD 0415 CD 0415 CD 0415 CD SH 5 REV C SYSTEM FG-1 0929 FH14-1 0564 FH15-1 0567 FH2-1.1 GPM AT 1500 PSIG -1422 RPM AUXILIARY HYDRAULIC SUPPLY PUMP RATED FLOW:12 GPM AT 1500 PSIG .WHEELSPACE 2nd STAGE FWD -(OUTER) THERMOCOUPLE K TYPE TURBINE TEMPERATURE .WHEELSPACE 2nd STAGE AFT -(OUTER) THERMOCOUPLE K TYPE TURBINE TEMPERATURE .2 0637 TT_WS2AO-1.SUPPLY FILTER FILTRATION:15 MICRONS HYDRAULIC SUPPLY FILTER FILTRATION:0.1B 0637 LT_TH-2A.2 0637 TT_XD-1to24 0623 DESCRIPTION GAS SUPPLY FILTER NOMINAL FILTRATION 1.2 0637 TT_WS3AO-1.1B 0637 LT_BT1D-1A.1B 0637 LT_B3D-1A.5 MICRONS IGV SERVO HYDRAULIC SUPPLY FILTER FILTRATION:40 MICRONS (SINTERED METAL FILTER ELEMENT) GAS FUEL SERVO HYDRAULIC SUPPLY FILTER FILTRATION:40 MICRONS (SINTERED METAL FILTER ELEMENT) VARIABLE INLET GUIDE VANE SYSTEM CYLINDER SETTING 34-2° TO 84+2° ON VIGV LUBE OIL TEMPERATURE RETURN BEARING 1 THERMOCOUPLE K TYPE LUBE OIL TEMPERATURE RETURN BEARING 2 THERMOCOUPLE K TYPE LUBE OIL TEMPERATURE RETURN BEARING 3 THERMOCOUPLE K TYPE LUBE OIL TEMPERATURE THRUST BEARING 1 THERMOCOUPLE K TYPE LUBE TEMPERATURE BEARING 4 THERMOCOUPLE K TYPE GENERATOR LUBE TEMPERATURE BEARING 5 THERMOCOUPLE K TYPE GENERATOR LUBE OIL TANK TEMPERATURE LOW RESISTANCE THERMOMETER DETECTOR LUBE OIL TANK TEMPERATURE NORMAL RESISTANCE THERMOMETER DETECTOR LUBE OIL TEMPERATURE TURBINE HEADER.WHEELSPACE 3rd STAGE FWD -(OUTER) THERMOCOUPLE K TYPE TURBINE EXHAUST TEMPERATURE THERMOCOUPLE K TYPE GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY SIZE CAGE CODE DWG NO g DRAWN GE Energy Products .

9 PSIG MAIN LUBE OIL PUMP PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE SETTING:100 +2/-0 PSIG MAIN HYDRAULIC SUPPLY PUMP PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE SETTING:1650±20 PSIG AUXILIARY HYDRAULIC SUPPLY PUMP PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE SETTING:1650±20 PSIG FUEL GAS STOP/RATIO VALVE SERVO-VALVE 90SR . STROKE 2 INCH +0.04/-0 INCH BRG HEADER TEMPERATURE REGULATER VALVE NORMAL = B TO E OPEN .Europe THIRION F.00 INCH ANSI FLANGE CONNECTION INLET HEATING CONTROL VALVE VOLUME BOOSTER HYDRAULIC SYSTEM AIR BLEED VALVE (MAIN) HYDRAULIC SYSTEM AIR BLEED VALVE (AUX. LVDT 96GC-1.49+0. STROKE 2.4 0991 VR1 1016 VR21 0947 VR22 0947 VSR-1 0507 VTR1 1035 WT_TL-1.2±2.STROKE 1.25 INCH +0.SIZE A DWG NO 372A8094 SYMBOLE 0477 FPU 0417 CSA 0442 TCW 0442 TCW 0432 IAR 0417 CSA 0432 IAR 0432 IAR 0434 HS 0434 HS 0434 HS 0434 HS 0417 CSA 0422 GF 0422 GF 0422 GF 0422 GF 0469 IGV 0422 GF 0432 IAR 0434 HS 0416 LO 0434 HS 0432 IAR 0477 FPU 0416 LO 0434 HS 0434 HS 0422 GF 0420 CW 0420 CW SH 6 REV C SYSTEM VA13-3.04/0 BODY 2.BOTTOM(11 TH STAGE) TO COMMON (BEARING) OPEN .73+0.SERVO VALVE 65GC.35 +0/-2.5IN GAS FUEL DUMP VALVE . A SCALE 372A8094 SECTION 01E SHEET 6 .) HYDRAULIC PUMP CHECK VALVE FOR MAIN PUMP HYDRAULIC PUMP CHECK VALVE FOR AUXILIARY PUMP TURBINE SHELL COOLING AIR BLOWER CHECK VALVE GAS CONTROL VALVE .2 BODY 6 INCH .2 BODY 6 INCH .RATING 300 LB-ASA .GAS CONTROL VALVE -HYDRAULICALLY OPERATED IGV TRIP VALVE VSR SECURITY DISCHARGE VALVE INLET HEATING ISOLATION VALVE HYDRAULIC FILTER TRANSFER VALVE BEARING HEADER PRESSURE REGULATOR VALVE SETTING:25 +2/-0 PSIG HYDRAULIC SUPPLY PUMP (PH1) COMPENSATOR SETTING 1500 +20/-0 PSIG TURBINE IAH CONTROL VALVE I/P INST AIR PRESSURE REGULATION SET 45. C CLOSED START TO CLOSE B TO E AT 129.LVDT 96SR-1.04/-0 INCH GAS TRANSFER VALVE RATING 300 LB-ASA.RATING 300 LB-ASA .TOP(5 TH STAGE) CLOSED FALSE START DRAIN VALVE-COMBUSTION WRAPPER OPEN = NORMAL FALSE START DRAIN VALVE-EXHAUST FRAME OPEN = NORMAL INLET HEATING CONTROL VALVE 8.00 PSIG AIR PRESS REGULATOR-GAS FUEL PURGE VALVE SETTING 33.2 0637 DESCRIPTION GAS FUEL SYSTEM PURGE VALVE AIR ACTUATED BY 20PG BEARING SEALING AIR VALVE NORMAL: .00 +/.STORKE 3.2 A053 VGC-1 0509 VGD-1 0567 VGS-3 0564 VH12-1 0509 VH3-1 0548 VH5 0507 VM15-1 A037 VM4 1052 VPR2-1 1023 VPR3-1 1005 VPR41-1 A037 VPR44-3.88°F RESISTANCE THERMOMETER DETECTOR WATER SYSTEM TEMPERATURE TURBINE SUPPORT LEGS GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY SIZE CAGE CODE DWG NO g DRAWN GE Energy Products .4 0991 VA14 1044 VA17-1 1026 VA17-2 1026 VA20-1 A037 VA2-1to4 1022 VA30-1 A037 VA40-1 A037 VAB1 0947 VAB2 0947 VCK3-1 0947 VCK3-2 0947 VCK7-1. COMPRESSOR BLEED VALVE NORMAL = OPEN INLET HEATING DRAIN VALVE 2.2.04/0 BODY 2.5IN GAS FUEL SPLITTER VALVE RATING 300 LB-ASA.00 INCH ANSI FLANGE CONNECTION 11TH STG.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

GE Power Systems GLOSSARY OF TERMINOLOGY (Mark IV. MARK IV AND MARK V ELECTRICAL CONTROL TERMINOLOGY Address The identification code that distinguishes one memory location or input/output port from another. and part (B) Gas Turbine Terminology. replaces names with their binary equivalents. Asynchronous Operation of a switching network by a free-running signal. (2400 Baud transfers 2400 Bits = 300 Bytes/sec. such as the Sequencer Code and Control Algorithms. Some modules have a “flow-soldered” back-plane. Assembler A computer program that converts assembly language programs into a form (machine language) that the computer can understand. Bit A single binary digit which can be in either of two states (0/ or 1). Completion of one instruction triggers the next instruction. and assigns locations in memory to data and instructions. ASCII Abbreviation for American Standard Code for Information Interchange. The assembler translates mnemonic instruction codes into binary numbers.) Binary A system of numbers using 2 as a base. since each assembly language instruction translates directly into a specific machine language instruction. which is a printed circuit card that the other cards plug into. Back-plane The internal wiring of a module between pins of the cards located in the module. Each character is assigned a number between 32 and 127. Mark V Gas Turbine Control System) An understanding of the Mark IV and V gas turbine control system requires a knowledge of the terminology used in the electrical control system and for the mechanics of the gas turbine. ASM-86 is used in the Mark IV computer operating system C00023 GLOSSARY OF TERMINOLOGY . 1 A. Application Application-oriented computer programs. The assembler is a low-level language. Array Systematic arrangement of numbers or data in tabulated form. Baud A measure of the rate of data flow transfer. to perform operations which require a fast execution time. (In contrast to the decimal system. Assembly Language A programmming language in which the programmer can use mnemonic instruction codes. which uses 10 as a base). labels. ASM-86 A low-level programming language designed for the Intel 8086 microprocessor. Software which are customized to the needs of each installation. Address Bus A bus used to transmit the identification code that distinguishes one memory location or I/O port from another. Algorithm Refer to CONTROL ALGORITHM Analog A continuous signal or a representation of a quantity that can have any value. Bootstrap Technique for loading first instructions of a program into memory and then using these instructions to bring in the rest of the program. The number of signal elements (bits) transmitted per second. This glossary is divided into part (A) Mark IV and V Electrical Control Terminology. and names to refer directly to their binary equivalents.

Coding The writing of programs in a language that is comprehensible to a computer system. EEPROM Electrically Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory is used to store the field edit2 Checksum A logical sum of data that is included in a record as a guard against recording or transmission errors. arithmetic unit (computation circuits). time constants. GLOSSARY OF TERMINOLOGY C00023 . Hardware architecture and programming are other factors in determining the rate of data manipulation. Bus A group of parallel lines that connect two or more devices. The processor will re-initialize when it is powered back up. write. deletions. Compiler A program that converts a program in a high-level (i. Control Constants The subset of “Constants” that are used in the Control Algorithms and the Sequencer Code to define gains.). Generally. such as speedcontrol or vibration protection. then powered-up). procedure-oriented) language into an assembly or machine language program. output and ‘workspace’ information.e. Data Information that is processed by a microprocessor according to its Code. (by strict definition: No internal data storage/manipulation) Editor A program that manipulates text material and allows the user to make corrections. “Dumb Terminal” Terminal for data input/output to/from Host Computer. execution and timing) and I/O. Downloading The processor’s operation which copies information from one section of a processor’s Memory into a different section of the same Memory or into another processor’s Memory. offsets. Database The organized collection of Data and Constants that are important to field service personnel. and other changes. Differential Input An analog input which has a high impedance to ground on input wires. moving the toggle switch on the processor’s power supply to first the DISABLE position. control block (instruction-decoding. the microprocessor’s input. etc. then powering-up a processor. the <RST> Sequencer Code is downloaded from the Communicator <C> to the Controller. Control Algorithm A PLM-86 Application Software program that performs a specific function. the heart of the computer system. Clock The pulse generator which controls the timing of switching circuits in the microprocessor. (i. If a Controller is ‘cycled’ (powered-down. EPROM Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory can be erased by exposure to ultraviolet light. additions. Data Bus A bus used to transfer coded information to and from the CPU memory storage and peripheral devices. then the ENABLE position). consists of storage elements (registers). etc. Each Control Constant can be called by its Signal Name as shown in the Elementary. Cycle The process of powering-down. CPU Central Processing Unit.e. Control Bus The bus carries commands from and to the CPU for control of the operating system (i.GE Power Systems BRAM Battery-backed Random Access Memory is used to retain field editable software during power outages for a given length of time. read.e. Byte A data element consisting of 8 bits. Cold Junction The junction between the thermocouple wire and the screw terminals on the thermocouple modules generates an EMF at point of termination called the “cold junction”.

LDATA A Database array dedicated to storing logic data Signal Names. This signal directs the receiving device to accept the data. Firmware A method of system control program design in which all control instructions are contained in ROM or PROM. The receiving device then generates a data accepted signal to inform the transmitting device that it may remove the data and proceed.e. Machine Language The programming language that the computer can directly understand with no translation other than numeric conversions. Interpreter A program that fetches and executes instructions written in a high-level language. C00023 3 Interrupt A computer input that temporarily suspends the normal sequence of operations and transfers computer control to an Interrupt Service Routine. such as speed (TNH) or fuel stroke reference (FSR). MEM A Medium Electronics Module can contain up to 24 circuit cards. code. IDATA A Database array dedicated to storing integer variable Signal Names. Linking Loader A loader that will enter a series of program and subroutines into memory and provide the required interconnections. Hexadecimal A system of numbers using 16 as a base (In contrast to the decimal system which uses 10 as a base.GE Power Systems able Application Software so that it will not be lost during a power outage. Instruction Set The set of general-purpose instructions available with a given computer — the set of inputs to which the CPU will produce a known response during the instruction fetch cycle. Membrane Switch One of the pushbuttons which are beneath the overlay on the Operator Interface Module. Interrupt Service Routine A program that performs the actions required to respond to an interrupt. Low-Level Language A language in which each statement is directly translated into a single machine language instruction. IVAR A Database array dedicated to storing integer data. Memory The section of a computer which stores information (i. The value of every bit in every instruction in the program must be specified. Hardware Physical equipment forming a computer system (as opposed to the Software). The Communicator <C> is a MEM. as a compiler does. Instruction A group of bits that defines a computer operation and is part of the instruction set. such as “complete sequence” (L3) or “flame detected” (L28FD). MDATA A Database array dedicated to storing pre-defined miscellaneous data Signal Names. PLM-86 is the high-level language used within the Mark IV system. data and constants) in binary form. A high-level language requires a compiler that translates each statement into a series of machine language instructions. it does not produce an object program. An interpreter executes each instruction as soon as it reads the instruction. Each item in the Memory has a unique address that the CPU can use to access it.) High-Level Language A programming language in which the statements represent procedures rather than single machine instructions. Handshaking A method of controlling data transfers in which the transmitting device generates a data ready signal. LVAR A Database array dedicated to storing logic data. GLOSSARY OF TERMINOLOGY . A machine language program can be loaded into memory and executed.

Protocol A procedure for data communication. Modem A device that adds or removes a carrier frequency to an existing signal which allows data to be transmitted or received on a high frequency channel. Usually a machine language program ready for execution. Microprocessor A central processing unit generally consisting of an arithmetic and logic unit. Operating System System software that controls the overall operation of a computer system and performs such tasks as memory allocation. input and output distribution. A zener-oxide device that suppresses voltage spikes. Multiplexing A process of transmitting more than one signal at a time on a single link via timesharing (i. Object Program (Object Code) The program that is the output of a translator program (such as an assembler or compiler). PLM-86 A high-level language designed for systems and application programming of the Intel 8086 microprocessor. Control programs algorithms are written in PL/M-86. Port The point where the I/O is in contact with the outside world. Modular Programming A programming method whereby the entire task is divided into logically separate sections or modules. as opposed to batch processing at a time unrelated to the time the information is generated. Page A subdivision of Memory containing 64K (i. Optical Isolation A semiconductor device consisting of an LED and a photodiode or phototransistor in close proximity. Voltage differGLOSSARY OF TERMINOLOGY 4 ences have no effect because the devices are electrically separated.e. The Communicator <C> and the Controllers <RST>. Real Time In synchronization with the actual occurrence of events.e. MOV A Metal Oxide Veristor. Real Time Operation A data processing technique which allows the machine to use information as it becomes available. Refresh The process of restoring the contents of a dynamic memory before they are lost. Programming The implementation of the control function of a processing system as a sequence of control signals that is organized into words and stored in memory. 65. PROM Programmable Read Only Memory is used to store software which is not field adjustable and will not be lost during a power outage. C00023 . PROM Programmer A piece of equipment that stores Software in a PROM. interrupt processing.GE Power Systems Microcomputer A computer whose CPU is a microprocessor plus memory and input/output circuitry.0/0/0/ bytes). RAM Random Access Memory can be read and written to during operation and must be backed-up to retain its contents during a power outage. Processor A microcomputer (a microprocessor plus Memory and Input/Output circuitry) used in the Mark IV panel. Current through the LED causes an internal light emission that forces current flow in the phototransistor. and a memory storage system. and task scheduling. Off-line A function performed with the turbine stopped and/or the control disconnected from the process. parallel).e. MVAR A Database array dedicated to storing miscellaneous data. control block and register array. serial) or frequency-sharing (i. Party Line A large number of devices connected to a single line originating in a CPU.

RS422 An IEEE communication standard used for remote communication. pseudo-coil). Software Computer programs. which are assigned a function by the display which currently appears on the screen. RS232 An IEEE communication standard used for communication between <C>. and receive data from. Stack A data structure used for temporary storage which receives data on the top of the stack and pushes existing data further down in the stack. first-out arrangement. Utility Program A program that provides basic functions.e. or setting breakpoints and tracing. The Relay Ladder Diagram Rungs consist of one or more strings. <R>. Controllers <RST> are SEM’s. Subroutine A sub-program that can be reached from one or more places in a main program. located at the right of the CRT display. Sampling Rate The frequency that a given program is run. Sequencer Code The set of instructions that performs the turbine’s sequencing functions. Voting Voting in the Mark IV means that the control will respond to the majority logic from the three Controllers. Single Ended Input An input which has a high impedance to ground on one of the two incoming wires. Stall A cessation of processor operation (due to malfunction). the other system. C00023 5 GLOSSARY OF TERMINOLOGY . such as loading and saving programs. Wire Wrap Wiring within modules is terminated on the card or relay socket pins by wrapping the wire around the pins. Rung A series of Sequencer Code commands (i.e. arithmetic or transfer operations. <T> and the panel mounted printer. Some control algorithms are run four times every second. SEM A Small Electronics Module contains up to 12 circuit cards. Serial Link An interface between two computer systems that permits one of the systems to transmit data to. Word Sixteen consecutive bits which the computer can manipulate in a single cycle. <S>. pseudo-contacts) which result in a store statement (i. It is also available for remote communication. observing and changing the contents of memory locations. String A sequence of character codes stored sequentially in Memory. initiating program execution. Softswitch One of the six pushbuttons. TTL Transistor-Transistor Logic is the most widely used bi-polarity technology for digital integrated circuits. Data is removed from the top of the stack creating a lastin.GE Power Systems Register A temporary small scale memory used by the CPU for logic.

Axial Flow A (gas turbine) compressor which moves air axially through a series of rotor and stator compressor blades. Base Load The load at the rated temperature control setpoint at which the turbine can be operated to maintain the recommended parts life expectancy.GE Power Systems GAS TURBINE TERMINOLOGY Accessory Compartment A sheet metal house with access doors which may be located on the same base as the turbine or on a separate base. Bellmouth The flared bell-shaped cast inlet which provides an even airflow distribution to the compressor through the inlet guide vanes. Actuator A self-contained device designed to deliver a controlled or regulated force in order to activate some other device. main hydraulic pump. main atomizing air compressor. The rotating elements impart momentum to the air mass. Aft End The exhaust end of the gas turbine. Accumulator A hydro-pneumatic device designed to absorb a hydraulic shock and to deliver a regulated force (in the form of pressure and flow) during transient demands on a system. Atomizing Air High pressure air which is used to break up liquid fuel into small droplets to improve the combustion. Common items driven by this gear are: liquid fuel pump. water pump. GLOSSARY OF TERMINOLOGY C00023 . Bearing Feed Header The section of the lube oil piping. Aux. Bearing The stationary machine part which contains the journal bearing liner. 6 Aftercooler The atomizing air cooler downstream of the main atomizing air compressor. Lube Pump Provides lubricating oil during start-up and shutdown. It contains the mechanical accessories needed to support the prime mover operation. which carries lubrication to the individual turbine bearings. Aux. and then by the turbine when the unit reaches self-sufficient speed. Accessory Gear Encompasses a number of gears which drive most of the gas turbine accessories at the proper speeds and which connects the turbine to its starting device. Acid Removal Filter The machine part that neutralizes acid in the lube oil supply. An AC motor is usually the drive source. Blade A rotating or stationary airfoil in an axial compressor. Bearing Seal A general term identifying a means of preventing oil leakage from a bearing. Ambient Air Air surrounding the gas turbine housing which enters the turbine to support combustion. The gear is driven by the starting device. Air Separator The device which removes large particulate matter from an air supply via an inertial or centrifugal force. Hydraulic Supply Pump The motor driven high pressure pump used to supply servo pressure during start-up or emergency conditions. Accessory Coupling A fluid or grease filled flexible coupling which drives the accessory gear from (the forward end of) the prime mover. Anti-Icing System Preheating of the inlet air to prevent ice formation in the inlet system. main lube pump. Black Start The means of starting a turbine without incoming AC power. downstream of the oil filters. Annular Space or Annulus The ring like space between the combustion liner and the flow shield. and serve as a standby to the main pump. Accessory Gear Box Refers to the complete accessory gear assembly. and the stator elements convert that momentum to pressure in conjunction with the converging walls of the compressor casing.

Compressor Discharge Casing Contains the last stages of the compressor stator blades and is used to: — Join the compressor and turbine stators — Support the forward end of the combustion wrapper — Provide an inner support for the first stage turbine nozzles. Brake Horsepower The horsepower developed at the load coupling. Cooling and Sealing Air A system which provides air pressure for cooling and sealing various turbine components. Coupling A component which connects a driven component to the drive source. Combustion System A system consisting of fuel nozzles. This normally occurs on plain bearing surfaces. C00023 7 Combustion Liner The chamber where chemical energy is released and added to the gas flow path. flame detectors. CO2 Carbon dioxide. generator drives. Compression Ratio The ratio of the compressor discharge pressure to the inlet pressure. A housing for the load cou- GLOSSARY OF TERMINOLOGY . Compressor The mechanical component which is used to increase the pressure of the working medium within its structure. two (2) shafts gas turbine) to reduce available energy and prevent overspeed during a sudden loss of load. Cooling Water Pump Provides cooling water flow for the system. Buckets Airfoil elements mounted radially on the rotor wheel to transfer energy from the working medium to the turbine rotor. Examples: Accessory Gear Coupling. Coupling Comp. Brittle The loss of resiliency in the parent metal due to aging. Check Valve A device which allows fluid flow in only one (1) direction. spark plugs. etc. — May provide support for a bearing Control Compt. Centrifugal Separator A device used to remove dust from the gas turbine cooling and sealing air system. combustion liners. Bypass Valve A device which regulates the flow of a fluid in: A) A fuel bypass valve on a liquid fuel system using a positive displacement pump or. Pump Coupling. Burnishing The process of smoothing a metal surface by means of a mechanical action with no loss of material. pling.e. A gear box or electric motor drives the pump.e. Cooling Water Radiator The on or off base water/air or water/water heat exchanger. Separation is achieved by a centrifugal action. It is primarily used on two shaft. transition pieces and a combustion casing or wrapper. Starting Motor Coupling. by the removal of some of the gear material at an angle from the top land to the bottom land at the ends of the teeth. used as a fire extinguishing medium.GE Power Systems Blow Off Valve A valve which bypasses air from the compressor around the regenerator and the high and low pressure turbines (i. Combustor or Combustion Chamber The mechanical component of the combustion system in which the combustion takes place (increasing the temperature of the working medium). extreme cold or chemical action. Chamfer A beveled edge (i. Load Coupling. B) An air control valve used for compressor pulsation protection. crossfire tubes. (Control CAB) The compartment which contains the gas turbine electrical controls and protection equipment.

Exhaust Plenum An enclosed cavity which receives discharged exhaust gases after the gases exit from the load turbine wheel. Diffuser The section designed to increase the area of the flowpath to convert flow velocity to static fluid pressure. Expansion Joints expansion. Evaporator Cooling Liquid (usually water) is added to an air supply. Distance Piece A hollow cylindrical shaft used to couple the axial-flow compressor to the first stage turbine wheel. Filters Components normally used to remove solid particulate matter in a given size range from an air/fluid supply and from lube oil. Flow Divider A device which distributers fuel flow equally to the fuel nozzles. Crossfire Tubes The piping which interconnects the combustion chambers on multiple combustion chamber turbines. Exhaust Hood The component which surrounds the aft bearing area and is bolted to the turbine case aft flange. Exhaust Stack The exhaust assembly which can include silencing sections. internal struts maintain position of the bearing. and the resultant evaporation cools the air mass and increases its mass per unit volume. Fin Fan (Cooling Fan) A mechanically or electric motor driven air fan used tocool the water running through the radiators. Eductor A device used for evacuating an enclosed space usually by means of air purge. Cycle Thermal The ratio of the net work output to the total heat input = [ Work of Turbine . GLOSSARY OF TERMINOLOGY 8 Exhaust Frame The machine part which usually support the aft journal bearing. Exhaust Ports Machine bosses on the compressor casing which extracts air for cooling and sealing. Exhaust Pressure Drop Exhaust duct losses. Devices that allow thermal Extraction Valves Devices used to assist in preventing compressor surge by allowing air to be extracted during off-design periods from an intermediate compressor stage. It assists in guiding air flow in to the turning vanes. It uses the 125 Vdc battery to power the motor.Work of Efficiency Compressor ]/Heat Input. The air discharged from the exhaust diffuser is directed to the turning vanes. Emergency Stop An immediate de-activation of the fuel system due to an emergency electrical or mechanical device or done manually. C00023 . Electrostatic A device used for removing oil particles from an air/oilmixture using the charged particle Precipitator method. Exit Guide Vanes Guide vanes at the exhaust end of the load turbine which direct the gas flow to the exhaust.GE Power Systems Cranking The turning of the turbine rotor during start-up or shutdown. Exhaust Diffuser The component which slows the exhaust gas exit from the last turbine stage to recover energy. Air-cooled. These tubes also allow flame propagation from the two (2) spark plug ignited combustors to the other chambers. Flame Detectors Sensors (usually ultraviolet) used to detect flame. Emergency Lube Oil Pump The back-up lube oil pump to the main pump. Firing Temp The temperature of the air mass at the inlet of the first stage turbine nozzle. Diaphragm The stationary element containing a set of nozzles used to expand the working medium and direct it against the rotating blades. and reduce losses.

e. Gas Either natural gas with a high heat content or manufactured gas. hydraulically opened device used as a positive shutoff of liquid fuel. Fuel Oil Stop Valve A spring-closed. Heating Value (i. Heat Rate The ratio of input energy to output energy (i. Fuel. transition pieces. Inlet Guide Vane The guide vanes at the inlet to the compressor which direct and control the air flow to the first stage of the axial flow compressor. The heat content of a given fuel Fuel Forwarding Skid The off-base pumping unit used to transfer. Preheating is usually not necessary.GE Power Systems Fluid gas. Inlet Pressure Drop (in inches of water). C00023 9 High Pressure Turbine The first stage turbine (that drives the compressor on 2-shaft gas turbines). Labyrinth Packing A seal designed with multiple rows of (aluminum alloy) teeth located at the extremities of the bearing assemblies. Inlet Plenum An enclosed cavity that directs the inlet air to the gas turbine.e. Residual Low volatility petroleum products remaining at the end of a refinery distillation processes. Hydraulic Ratchet A form of turning gear which turns the rotor slightly at periodic intervals. condition and control the flow of liquid fuel to the turbine. Fuel. GLOSSARY OF TERMINOLOGY . high pressure. BTU/BHP-HR). Gib Key The key for the gib block (i. Sealing air is circulated between the shaft and the seal to prevent oil from passing the seal and spreading along the shaft. It is machined as an integral part of the lower half of the exhaust frame.). described above). Fuel Treatment The process of treating residual fuel to eliminate or inhibit contaminants.e. BTU/lb. and the exhaust section. Fuel Nozzle The device that injects fuel into the combustion chamber. turbine nozzles and buckets. Gib Block A steel block welded to the turbine base which has adjusting bolts for axial and transverse locating of the turbine. BTU/hr.e. 2 fuel. The inlet duct pressure drop Inlet Temperature The inlet air temperature to the gas turbine compressor. Journal Bearing The part that supports the weight of the rotating shaft during normal operation. Heat Consumption The heat consumed at rated output (i. Hot Gas Path A path of flow of the hot gases consisting of the combustion chambers. Fuel. All residual fuels require heating for pumping. Provision is made for a gib key in the gib block. liquid fuel pump. Light Distillate (Also known as No. Fuel Pump. GAC Abbreviation for the Generator Auxiliary Compartment containing high voltage switch gear and excitation. Heat Recovery System The means of recovering heat which would otherwise be lost during the process.). clean burning and readily atomized.) A volatile distillate fuel having good combustion properties. filtering and proper air atomization at the fuel nozzle. Main The shaft driven. A general term used to describe a liquid or Heat Exchanger/Cooler The heat transfer equipment used to extract excessive heat from one working fluid and transmit it to another non-working fluid for eventual dissipation to the atmosphere. Inductor Alternator A permanent magnet type of AC generator connected to the compressor shaft.

Nozzle/Diaphragm Assembly A combination of the nozzle and the air control device between the turbine stages at the inner side wall.GE Power Systems Lagging The thermal and/or acoustic covering or enclosure. Mist Eliminator A device which removes small oil droplets from the oil tank vent system prior to the discharge of the vapor in to the atmosphere. turbine or generator base. Load Shaft The low pressure turbine shaft. coupling. gears. Plenum An enclosure which contains a volume of air (i. Peak Load The load reached at the peak exhaust temperature control setpoint (above the base load setpoint) which produces more power but reduces the life expectancy of the turbine parts. Pulsation Protection A mechanical network designed to prevent surge/pulsation during off-speed conditions of the compressor. Pressure Ratio The ratio of the compressor discharge pressure to the inlet pressure.8KV and reducing it to 480/V 3-phase. Partition The airfoil shaped stator portion of the nozzle assembly. exhaust). turbine or generator base. LVDT Abbreviation for Linear Variable Differential Transformer. which is located in the accessory gear box monuted on the shaft connected to the turbine rotor. Pre-cooler The air cooler upstream of the main atomizing air compressor. etc. recognizing that this drastically reduces the life of the hot section turbine parts. Pre-selected Load An adjustable. inlet) or exhaust gas (i. Model Defines the gas turbine frame size. and mechanically senses a rotor overspeed condition and generates a trip independent of the electrical overspeed protection system. Low Pressure Turbine The load turbine. Pump. Lighting Transformer A device usually associated with backfeeding the generator output of 13. Pad Support pads located on all base mounted assemblies. Outer Combustion Casing A cover that provides a pressure vessel and an air flow path. Power Plant A comprehensive term for the components which are contained in an integrated power system. Peak Reserve A short term rating (seldom used) for getting maximum power.e. Lifting Trunnion Extensions which are integrally cast as part of the casing and used to hold slings for lifting purposes. GLOSSARY OF TERMINOLOGY C00023 . Off-Base A part which is not mounted on the accessory. Overspeed Bolt A spring loaded sliding rod. Lube Oil Header The main lube oil piping which feeds the turbine bearings. pre-designated load point between spinning reserve and base load. Centrifugal A non-positive displacement pump designed to use a rotor impeller in an enclosure as a means of transferring a fluid from one place to another. On-Base A part which is mounted on th accessory.e. Platform The portion of a turbine bucket between the airfoil shape and the shank. 10 Load Turbine Nozzle The variable angle nozzle between the high pressure and low pressure turbine wheels on 2-shaft turbines which is to aproportion energy distribution between the turbines. Nozzle Segment A small number of nozzle partitions made as an assembly: multiple assemblies will constitute a complete nozzle assembly.

combustor and turbine (without heating/cooling). Starting Device The machine part used to produce adequate torque for the starting system.GE Power Systems Pump.e. Some types of starting devices are: 1. Turbine Impingement 6. regenerator. SFC Specific fuel consumption (i. The working medium travels from the intake port around the outside of the gear to the outlet port. Tie Bolt A large bolt used to assemble the compressor rotor wheels. (compressor and turbine) are arranged on one shaft. Spinning Reserve The minimum load control point based on generator output. Starting Clutch The (overrunning. Thrust Bearing An active or inactive machine part which absorbs the axial thrust of the rotating shaft. Stage The combination of one row of stator blades or nozzles with one row of rotor blades or buckets. Air motor Stator The stationary part of an assembly usually surrounding a rotating component or rotor. Single Shaft Turbine A gas turbine whose rotating components. C00023 11 Soleplates Individually grouted-in foundation plates used for mounting and supporting the pads of the gas turbine bases. Stub Shaft A hollow cylindrical section integral with the first stage compressor wheel. Steam Turbine 4. Shaft Horsepower The power developed at the input or output shaft. Shroud A segmented part located adjacent to the blade tips which is used to limit the working fluid leakage. turbine and regenerator. Gear A positive displacement pump that consists of a drive gear and driven gear mounted in a housing. lbs/BHPHR) defined for a given fuel heating value. Regenerative Cycle The working cycle which recovers a portion of the exhaust heat to reduce the cycle heat input required to read cycle operating temperatures. Natural Gas Expansion Turbine 5. Electric Motor 3. Silencer A section of the inlet or exhaust of a gas turbine designed to reduce the sound level of air passing through it. Torque Converter A hydraulic device coupled to the turbine starting means which transfers and GLOSSARY OF TERMINOLOGY . Thermocouple A pair of dissimilar metals joined in series to form a closed circuit. which will generate a thermo-electric current when heated. hydraulically positioned jaw) clutch which connects the torque converter or turning gear output to the accessory gear box and disengages when the turbine reaches self-sustaining speed. The working medium passes through compressor. RTD Abbreviation for a Resistance Temperature Detector. Regenerator A heat exchanger used to transfer heat from the exhaust gas to the working fluid before it enters the combustor. combustor. Shank The portion of a bucket between the platform and the dovetail. Diesel Engine 2. Simple Cycle A cycle where the working fluid passes directly through the compressor. Rotor The rotating part of an assembly which is usually surrounded by a stator or stationary casing.

Valve. Turbine Wheels Discs on the gas turbine shaft which are used to mount buckets on the wheel periphery. positioning) in direct relation with a primary control of a comparatively low level of force. Water Removal Filter A device which removes suspended water from the lube oil. Valve. Pressure Regulating A valve designed for continuous automatic control of pressure. Used for proportional control. Turbine Stage A set of stationary nozzles and one row of moving buckets mounted on a wheel. Servo A hydraulically powered valve with provisions for direct control (i. Vane An airfoil used to direct the flow of air or gas. Turning Gear The machine part which is used to break the turbine away while starting and rotate the shaft during cooldown and inspection. Valve. Valve. The working medium expands through the stationary nozzle to a lower pressure causing kinetic energy to be transfered to the moving buckets. Wheelspace Temperature The temperature of the air in close proximity to the surface of the turbine wheel below the platform surface of the turbine buckets. which actuates the valve stem or pilot needle. GE Power Systems Training General Electric Company One River Road Schenectady. Solenoid A valve specifically designed to control the flow of fluid by means of the magnetic action of an electric coil on a movable core or plunger.e. Used for on-off control. predetermined pressure by discharging or bypassing the fluid in a system. Temp. Valve. Transition Piece A thin walled duct used to conduct the combustion gases from the circular combustion chambers to the annular turbine nozzle passage.GE Power Systems amplifies torque causing turbine compressor shaft rotation during start up. Relief A valve that automatically maintains a maximum. NY 12345 GLOSSARY OF TERMINOLOGY 12 C00023 . Two-shaft Turbine A turbine arrangement where the high pressure and low pressure turbine stages are only coupled aerodynamically and run at different speeds. Regulating A self-acting valve designed for controlling the flow of fluids via a thermostatic element located in the fluid.

BASIC CONTROL DEVICE FUNCTION NUMBERS AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARDS INSTITUTE 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 10 12 13 14 15 18 20 21 23 25 26 27 28 30 32 33 34 37 38 39 40 41 43 45 46 47 48 49 MASTER ELEMENT SEQUENCE TIMER CHECKING RELAY MASTER RELAY STOPPING DEVICE STARTING CIRCUIT BREAKER CONTROL POWER DISCONNECTING DEVICE UNIT SEQUENCE SWITCH OVERSPEED DEVICE SYNCHRONOUS SPEED DEVICE SPEED RELAY SPEED or FREQUENCY MATCHING DEVICE ACCELERATING or DECELERATING DEVICE SOLENOID VALVE DISTANCE RELAY TEMPERATURE CONTROL DEVICE SYNCHRONISM CHECK DEVICE TEMPERATURE SENSING DEVICE UNDERVOLTAGE FLAME DETECTOR ANNUNCIATOR RELAY DIRECTIONAL POWER RELAY POSITION SWITCH MASTER SEQUENCE DEVICE UNDERCURRENT or UNDERPOWER RELAY BEARING PROTECTIVE DEVICE MECHANICAL CONDITION MONITOR FIELD RELAY FIELD CIRCUIT BREAKER MANUAL TRANSFER or SELECTOR DEVICE ATMOSPHERIC CONDITION MONITOR REVERSE–PHASE or PHASE–BALANCE CURRENT RELAY PHASE–SEQUENCE VOLTAGE RELAY INCOMPLETE SEQUENCE RELAY MACHINE or TRANSFORMER THERMAL RELAY 50 51 52 55 57 59 60 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 75 77 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 93 94 96 INSTANTANEOUS OVERCURRENT or RATE–of–RISE RELAY AC TIME OVERCURRENT RELAY AC CIRCUIT BREAKER or CONTACTOR POWER FACTOR RELAY SHORT CIRCUITING or GROUNDING DEVICE OVERVOLTAGE RELAY VOLTAGE or CURRENT BALANCE RELAY STOPPING or OPENING TIMER RELAY LIQUID or GAS PRESSURE or VACUUM GROUND PROTECTIVE RELAY GOVERNOR NOTCHING or JOGGING DEVICE AC DIRECTIONAL OVERCURRENT RELAY BLOCKING RELAY PERMISSIVE CONTROL DEVICE ELECTRICALLY OPERATED RHEOSTAT LIQUID or GAS LEVEL RELAY DC CIRCUIT BREAKER or CONTACTOR POSITION CHANGING MECHANISM PULSE TRANSMITTER LIQUID or GAS FLOW RELAY FREQUENCY RELAY DC RECLOSING RELAY AUTOMATIC SELECTIVE CONTROL or TRANSFER RELAY OPERATING MECHANISM CARRIER or PILOT–WIRE RECEIVER RELAY LOCK–OUT RELAY DIFFERENTIAL PROTECTIVE RELAY AUXILIARY MOTOR or MOTOR GENERATOR LINE SWITCH REGULATING DEVICE VOLTAGE DIRECTIONAL RELAY FIELD–CHANGING CONTACTOR TRIPPING or TRIP–FREE RELAY TRANSDUCER A00029b 1 BASIC CONTROL DEVICE FUNCTION NUMBERS .

GE Power Systems Training General Electric Company One River Road Schenectady. NY 12345 A00029b 2 BASIC CONTROL DEVICE FUNCTION NUMBERS .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . In2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . lb-force/ft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ozf⋅foot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . tesla . . . . . . . operation or maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . .383 E–01 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40 E+00 TORQUE TORQUE/LENGTH ELECTRICITY and MAGNETISM ENERGY (Includes Work) FORCE FORCE/LENGTH HEAT LENGTH +E Indicates the power of 10 by which the number must be multiplied. . . . . . . . inch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . amp/meter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . poundal . . . . watt/meter K . . . .184 E+04 4. . . . . . . . . .047 x 103. . . . . . . . . . lbf⋅in/in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .000 E+00 4. joule . . . . . . . . . . . . . .452 E–04 1. . . . . . .189 E+02 1.356 E+00 3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .807 E+00 2. . . . . . . . . . . .048 E-01 2. . . . . Should further information be desired or should particular problems arise which are not covered sufficiently for the purchaser’s purposes the matter should be referred to the GE Company. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . newton meter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . kg-force . . . . .674 E+00 4. . . . . . . . . . . . .448 E+00 3. . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . joule/kg K . . . . . . 4. . joule/meter2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .184 E+04 4. . .054 E+03 1. . . .751 E+02 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . cal*/g deg C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . June 2001 GE Power Systems Generator International Conversion Tables Category ACCELERATION AREA To convert from Ft/sec2 . . . . . . . . . . . . Btu* /ft2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . kilowatt hr . . . . . . . Ft2 . . . . . . . . . cal/cm2 . . . . . . . . . .459 E+01 5.600 E+03 9. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . newton . . . . . . . . . . . . . . lb-force . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . joule/kg . . . . . . . . . newton m/m . . . .214 E–02 9. . . . . . . . .000 E-07 9. . . . . . . . . . newton m/m . . . . . . . joule/kg K . . . . . . . dyne⋅cm . . . . . ft⋅lb-force . *Thermochemical These instructions do not purport to cover all details or variations in equipment nor to provide for every possible contingency to be met in connection with installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . foot . . To meter/sec2 . . . . . . . . weber . . . . . . . . . . millimeter (mm) . . . . . . . . . . meter2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . cal/cm2 sec . . . . . . . . . . . . .000 E–04 7. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .257 E–07 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .540 E–02 3. . . . . .448 E+00 1. unit pole . . . . . . . . newton . . . . kilogram-force⋅meter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .807 E+00 1. . . . . water/meter K . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . weber . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . joule . . . . . . . . newton meter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .958 E–01 1. . newton meter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . meter . . . . . . . cal/cm sec deg C . . lbf⋅ft/in . . . . . . .600 E+06 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . meter . . . Btu* /hr ft2 deg F . . watt/meter2 K . . . . . . . . newton meter . . . foot . . . . . . . . . . . . newton . . . . . . . . . . watt⋅sec . . . .356 E+00 7. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . newton/meter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . gilbert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .650 E+04 1. © 1999 GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ft⋅poundal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .184 E+03 2. . . . . . . . Multiply by + 3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .048 E+02 25. . . . . . meter/sec2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . faraday (chem) . joule . . . . . . . .e. . . . . . . . . . . .780 E–01 4. . . gauss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . lbf⋅foot . .184 E+03 3. . . . . . . . . inch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . amp hr . . . . . . . . . . . . coulomb . . . . . .540 E–02 9. . . . . . . . . . . . .441 E–01 1. . . . newton . . . newton/meter . . . . . . . Btu*/lbm deg F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .062 E-03 5. .048 E–01 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . cal*/g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Btu*/sec ft2 deg F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .000 E–08 7. joule . Btu* in/sec ft2 deg F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .047E+03 = 4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . oz-force . . . . . . . . . . Btu* . . . . . . . . . . . .184 E+02 4. . . . In/sec2 . . .135 E+04 5. Btu* in/hr ft2 deg F . . . . . . . . newton meter . . . watt/meter2 . . watt/meter K . . . . . . . . . maxwell . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .GEK 95149C Revised. . . . . . . . lb-force⋅inch . . . . . . . . . . . .130 E-01 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . amp-turn . . . . . i. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . lb-force/in . . . millimeter (mm) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . oersted . . . . coulomb . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . meter2 .958 E+01 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . joule/kg K . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .184 E+03 4. . . . . joule/meter2 . . . . . . . .043 E+04 4. . . . . . . .338 E+01 4.290 E–02 6. . . . . . . joule . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . lbf/ft2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .356 E+00 7. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .000 E+05 1. . . Schenectady. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . i. . . . . .536 E–01 9. .768 E+04 1. . . . . . . .047E+03 = 4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . kilogram/meter3 . . . . . .198 E+02 1. . . . . . . . . meter/sec . . .080 E–03 3. . . . . .957 E–05 4. . . . .013 E+05 1. kg/cm2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . watt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pascal . . . . . meter3/sec . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8)+32 8. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .835 E–02 4. . . . . . .e. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . watt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . kilogram/meter3 . gram (force)/cm2 . . hp (elec) . . . . . . . . . .895 E+03 7. . . . . . . . . . . . . . atm (760 Torr) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .460 E+02 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ft3 . . . . . watt . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4. lbm/ft sec . . . . . . .15 tC = (tF . . . . . . . . . degree Kelvin (K) . . . . . . . . . . . .072 E+02 1. . .807 E+01 3. . . . . .488 E+02 4. . . . . . . . . .184 E+00 6. . . . . . . . meter3 . . . . (Includes Capacity) liter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . dyne/cm2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .047 x 103. . . . . . . Cal*/sec . . . . . . kilogram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .785 E–03 1. . . lbf/in2 (psi) . . . . . . . . . . . . . oz (US fluid) . . meter/sec . . meter3 . . . . . . . . meter3 . . . . . . . . pascal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .719 E–04 2. . . . . . . . . . . ft/min . . . . . . . . . watt . . . . . . . . . . .260 E–02 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . g/cm3 . . . . . meter3/sec . . . . . . . . . . . . . TEMPERATURE degree Farenheit (°F) . . +E Indicates the power of 10 by which the number must be multiplied. . . . . . . . . lb-mass (av) . . . . . meter/sec . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Btu*/sec . . . . . (Includes Speed) in/sec . . kilogram . . . . . . (Includes Density) lb-mass (av)/gal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . meter3 . .788 E+01 4. . . . . . .. . . . . . watt . . . . . .832 E–02 3. . . . (Includes Flow) gal/min . . . . . . .333 E+02 TK = tC + 273. . . . VISCOSITY lbf sec/ft2 . . . . . . . . pascal . . degree Celsius . meter3/sec . . . .377 E+03 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .290 E–02 1. . . . . degree Celsius (°C) . POWER ft⋅lb force/hr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 C) . . . VELOCITY ft/sec . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . watt . . . . . Cal*/min . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . kilogram . . . . .309 E–05 To convert from To oz mass (av) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .766 E–04 2. . . . . . . . . . . . (Force/Area) lb-force/ft2 . . . . . . . . NY 12345 518 • 385 • 2211 TX: 145354 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . in of Hg (60 F) . gallon (US) . . . . . . . . kilogram/meter3 . . . kilogram/meter3 . . . meter3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .730 E+03 1. . . . . . . . . VOLUME inch3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . *Thermochemical GE Power Systems General Electric Company One River Road. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ft⋅lb force/min . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pascal . . . . . . . . .540 E–02 9. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Btu*/hr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .054 E+03 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . pascal . . . . . . . . . . . watt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pascal . . . . ft⋅lb force/sec . pascal . . Torr (mm Hg. . degree Celsius . . . . . . . . .000 E–03 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . lbf/in2 . . . . . . . . . .929 E–01 4. . PRESSURE in of water (60 F) . . . . . . .757 E+01 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ft3/sec . . . . . . . meter2/sec . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . kg/m2 . . . . . . . . . . MASS/VOLUME oz-mass (av)/in3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VOLUME/TIME in3/min . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pascal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .037 E–02 1. . . . . . .GEK 95149C Category International Conversion Tables Multiply by + 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MASS ton (2000 lbm) . . . . . . . . . . . ft/hr . . . . . lbm/in3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ft2/sec . . . . lbm/ft3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Btu*/min . . . . . . . . pascal–sec . .788 E+01 2. . . . . . .488 E+00 4. . watt . . . .973 E–02 3. . meter3/sec . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 tF = (tC ⋅ 1. . . . . . . . . . . . meter/sec . . . . . . . . . . . . .000 E+03 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . bar . . . .639 E–05 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .467 E–05 5. . . . . . . . . . . pascal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .000 E–01 9. . . . . . .832 E–02 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ft3/min . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32)/1. . . .602 E+01 2. . . . . . . . . watt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .882 E+00 6. . . . . . degree Farenheit . . . . . . . . . . . .731 E–07 6. . . . . . . . . . . . . . pascal–sec . . . . . . .048 E–01 2. . . . . . . kilogram/meter3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

You're Reading a Free Preview

Download
scribd
/*********** DO NOT ALTER ANYTHING BELOW THIS LINE ! ************/ var s_code=s.t();if(s_code)document.write(s_code)//-->